Bellflower City Council
June 27, 2022

14-L
TO: Honorable Mayor and Members of the City Council

ATTENTION: Jeffrey L. Stewart, City Manager

FROM: Len Gorecki, Assistant City Manager/Director of Public Works Bernardo Iniguez, Public Works Manager

SUBJECT: Consideration and possible action to adopt Resolution No. 22-32 – A Resolution approving the plans and specifications for the Butterfly Garden Park Project (Specifications No. 21/22-03), pursuant to Government Code §830.6; establishing a project payment account; and authorizing solicitation of bids.

DATE: June 27, 2022

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

This action would approve the Plans and Specifications and authorize the Public Works Department to advertise for bids for the Butterfly Garden Park Project (the “Project”).

The award of a contract will be brought before the City Council at a later date for approval.

RECOMMENDATION TO CITY COUNCIL

1) Adopt Resolution No. 22-32; or

2) Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item.

FISCAL IMPACT

The Engineer’s estimate of cost plus contingency to perform the work under Specifications No. 21/22-03 is $1,227,640. Funds will be budgeted in the Butterfly Garden project account number 47922 with $551,000 in the Federal Land and Water Conservation Fund grant and the balance from the Park Facilities Fees and other resources at the time of award of contract when the project costs are better determined.

BACKGROUND

On March 9, 2015, the City entered into a Prop 84 Urban Greening Grant Program agreement with the State Natural Resources Agency for the acquisition of property at 10525 Trabuco St. and 10466-10510 Alondra Blvd. for the development of a sustainable green space with permeable surfaces, a bioswale, walking path, benches, native plant vegetation that attracts butterflies, interpretative signage, and complimentary butterfly-shaped paving.
-1-

Staff Report – Butterfly Garden Park Project
Specifications No. 21/22-03
June 27, 2022

BACKGROUND – Continued

Economic Development staff also sought additional grant funding from various State and federal agencies and were awarded funds from the California Department of Housing and Community Development for the Housing-Related Parks Program and from the National Park Service through the State Department of Parks and Recreation from the Land and Water Conservation Fund. Along with revenues from the Park Facilities development impact fees and rent received for the lease of the property, there are sufficient funds to proceed with the construction of the Project.

On August 2018, the City entered into agreements with Five Point Design, Elite Engineering Consultant, and Hartzog & Crabill for the design of the Project. The Project plans and specifications have now been completed.

Upon City Council approval of the plans and specifications, Public Works staff will solicit bids for the Project.

ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW

Pursuant to the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) (Public Resources Code §§ 21000, et seq.) and CEQA Guidelines (California Code of Regulations, Title 14, §§ 15000, et seq.), the City conducted an environmental assessment for the Project consisting of an Initial Study and Mitigated Negative Declaration. The Initial Study determined that the Project would not result in any significant effect on the environment with incorporation of mitigation measures contained in the Mitigated Negative Declaration.

Pursuant to the requirements from the National Park Service for the use of federal LWCF funds, the City completed a Proposal Description and Environmental Screening Form (PD/ESF) for the Project. The completed PD/ESF becomes part of the federal administrative record in accordance with the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) and its implementing regulations. The State NEPA pathway recommendation was that the Project qualifies for a Categorical Exclusion for which documentation is required.

ATTACHMENTS

Resolution No. 22-32....................................................................................................... 3 Plans and Specifications ................................................................................................. 6

-2-

CITY OF BELLFLOWER

RESOLUTION NO. 22-32

A RESOLUTION APPROVING THE PLANS AND

SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE BUTTERFLY GARDEN
PARK PROJECT (SPECIFICATIONS NO. 21/22-03),
PURSUANT TO GOVERNMENT CODE § 830.6;
ESTABLISHING A PROJECT PAYMENT ACCOUNT; AND

AUTHORIZING SOLICITATION OF BIDS

THE CITY COUNCIL RESOLVES AS FOLLOWS:

SECTION 1. The City Council finds and declares as follows:

A. Public Works Department staff prepared the Plans and Specifications for the Butterfly Garden Park Project (“Project”);

B. The Public Works Director reviewed the completed Plans and Specifications for the Project and agrees that Plans and Specifications are complete and the Project may be completed;

C. The City Council wishes to obtain the immunities set forth in Government Code § 830.6 with regard to the Plans, Specifications and completion of the Project; and

D. The City reviewed the project’s environmental impacts under the California Environmental Quality Act (Public Resources Code §§ 21000, et seq., “CEQA”) and the regulations promulgated thereunder (14 Cal. Code of Regulations §§15000, et seq., the “CEQA Guidelines”). The City conducted an environmental assessment for the Project consisting of an Initial Study and Mitigated Negative Declaration. The Initial Study determined that the Project would not result in any significant effect on the environment with incorporation of mitigation measures contained in the Mitigated Negative Declaration.

SECTION 2. Design Immunity; Authorization.

A. The Plans and Specifications for the Project are determined to be consistent with the City’s standards and are approved.

B. The Plans and Specifications approval set forth in this Resolution occurred before actual work on the Project construction commenced.

C. The approval granted by this Resolution conforms to the City’s General Plan.

-3-

City of Bellflower
Resolution No. 22-32

D. The Public Works Director, or designee, is authorized to act on the City’s behalf in approving any alterations or modifications of the Plans and Specifications approved by this Resolution.

E. The approval and authorization granted by this Resolution is intended to avail the City of the immunities set forth in Government Code § 830.6.

F. The City Manager, or designee, may solicit bids for the Project in accordance with applicable law.

SECTION 3. Project Payment Account. For purposes of the Contract Documents administering the Project, the City Council directs the City Manager, or designee, to establish a fund containing sufficient monies from the current fiscal year budget to pay for the Project (“Project Payment Account”). The Project Payment Account is the sole source of funds available for the Contract Sum, as defined in the Contract Documents administering the Project.

SECTION 4. If any part of this Resolution or its application is deemed invalid by a court of competent jurisdiction, the City Council intends that such invalidity will not affect the effectiveness of the remaining provisions or applications and, to this end, the provisions of this Resolution are severable.

SECTION 5. Electronic Signatures. This Resolution may be executed with electronic signatures in accordance with Government Code §16.5. Such electronic signatures will be treated in all respects as having the same effect as an original signature.

SECTION 6. The Mayor, or presiding officer, is hereby authorized to affix his signature to this Resolution signifying its adoption by the City Council of the City of Bellflower and the City Clerk, or his duly appointed deputy, shall attest thereto.

SECTION 7. This Resolution will become effective immediately upon adoption.

///
///
///

-4-

City of Bellflower
Resolution No. 22-32

PASSED, APPROVED, AND ADOPTED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF BELLFLOWER THIS 27TH DAY OF JUNE 2022.

________________________________
Ray Dunton, Mayor
ATTEST:

________________________________
Mayra Ochiqui, City Clerk

APPROVED AS TO FORM:

________________________________
Karl H. Berger, City Attorney
-5-

CITY OF BELLFLOWER

BELLFLOWER, CALIFORNIA

PLANS

SPECIFICATIONS

AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

FOR THE

BUTTERFLY GARDEN PARK

SPECIFICATIONS NO. 21/22-03

PREPARED BY:

CITY OF BELLFLOWER

PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT
16600 CIVIC CENTER DRIVE
BELLFLOWER, CALIFORNIA 90706
(562) 804-1424

For questions regarding these Bid Specifications
or project, please contact:

Project Manager: Bernardo Iniguez
(562) 804-1424, ext. 2233

BIDS DUE: THURSDAY, JULY 21, 2022 at 11:00 AM

These plans and specifications are the exclusive property of the City of Bellflower and shall not be used in any manner without prior consent of the City of Bellflower. Any reuse of these plans and specifications by others shall be at other’s sole risk and without liability to the City of Bellflower.

-6-

CITY OF BELLFLOWER

BUTTERFLY GARDEN PARK

SPECIFICATIONS NO. 21/22-03

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION PAGE

NOTICE INVITING SEALED BIDS ............................................................................. N-1

BIDDING INSTRUCTIONS .......................................................................................... I-1

BID DOCUMENTS (All Bid Documents must be submitted by bid date) Bid ................................................................................................................................ B-1 Bidders General Information ........................................................................................ B-2 Bidder’s Statement of Past Contract Disqualifications ................................................. B-3 Insurance Requirements .............................................................................................. B-4 List of Subcontractors ................................................................................................... B-6 Project Bid Sheet ......................................................................................................... B-7 Bid Bond ..................................................................................................................... B-11 Non Collusion Declaration .......................................................................................... B-12

CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
Agreement ................................................................................................................... C-1 Faithful Performance Bond ...................................................................................... FPB-1 Labor and Materials Bond .................................................................................... L&MB-1 Worker’s Compensation Insurance Certificate ......................................................... WC-1 Declaration of Sufficiency of Funds……………………………………………………..DSF-1

GUARANTY ................................................................................................................ G-1

STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS ................................................................................ SS-1 PCC § 9204 .................................................................................................... ATTACHED

TECHNICAL PROVISIONS ....................................................................................... TP-1

STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS FOR PEDESTRIAN BRIDGE .................... ATTACHED

Contract Provisions for Non-Federal Entity Contracts under Federal Awards ..... ATTACHED

-7-

N-1

NOTICE INVITING SEALED BIDS

FOR THE BUTTERFLY GARDEN PARK

IN THE CITY OF BELLFLOWER
SPECIFICATIONS NO. 21/22-03

The City of Bellflower is accepting sealed bids in the City Clerk’s office, 16600 Civic Center Drive, Bellflower, CA 90706, until 11:00 a.m. on:

THURSDAY, JULY 21, 2022

at which time they will be publicly opened. Each bid must be accompanied by a certified or cashier’s check or bidder’s bond payable to the order of the City of Bellflower or cash for an amount not less than ten percent (10%) of the bid price submitted, and the check, bond, or cash deposit of the successful bidder shall be forfeited to the City if such bidder fails to enter into the contract to perform the work within ten (10) days after written notice of award. Bids will not be accepted after that time.

As described in the Bidding Documents, the bids are for a public works project (“Project”) which consists of construction of the BUTTERFLY GARDEN PARK and related work as shown on the plans on file with the City’s Public Works Department. The Engineer’s Estimate of cost is $1,227,640. Bids will be publicly opened on Thursday, July 21, 2022. At the time of contract award, the contractor shall possess a Class “A” Contractor’s License or a combination of Class C-8, C-10, C-12, and C-27 Contractor’s License. No bid will be accepted from a contractor who has not been licensed in accordance with the Provisions of Chapter 9, Division III, of the Business and Professions Code of the State of California at the time the bid is submitted. Following the issuance of the Notice to Proceed, the contractor shall have sixty (60) working days to complete the work.

Work on the Project must be performed in strict conformity with Specification No. 21/22-03 as adopted by the City’s City Council on June 27, 2022 which is filed with the City’s Public Works Department. Copies of these plans and specifications may be obtained by prospective bidders from the Public Works Department, 16600 Civic Center Drive, Bellflower, CA 90706 for a non-refundable fee of $35.00. Plans and specifications can be mailed for an additional non-refundable fee of $10.00 per set.

Mandatory jobsite walk will be held at Thursday, July 14, 2022 at 10:30 AM at 10525 Trabuco St., Bellflower, CA 90706. Prospective bidders will have opportunity to examine the project site and are encouraged to raise any questions associated with the project and site. Attendance of the jobsite walk is mandatory for parties wishing to submit a bid as the Prime Contractor.

-8-

Notice Inviting Sealed Bids
Specifications No. 21/22-03
N-2

The terms and conditions for bidding on the Project are described in the Bidding Instructions which can be found at www.bellflower.org .

This project requires payment of State prevailing rates of wages for Los Angeles County. The contractor must post copies of the prevailing schedule at each job site.

Copies of these rates of wages are available from the State of California Department of Industrial Relations Prevailing Wage Unit, Telephone No. (415) 703-4774. The website for this agency is currently located at www.dir.ca.gov .

Note that the Project is subject to compliance monitoring and enforcement by the California Department of Industrial Relations. Pursuant to California law, the City must find bids failing to comply with all applicable Labor Code requirements including, without limitation, Labor Code §§ 1725.5 and 1771.4, to be nonresponsive.

The contractor and any subcontractors must comply with all of the requirements of Appendix II to Part 200 – Contract Provisions for Non-Federal Entity Contracts Under Federal Awards.

Five percent (5%) will be deducted from each progress payment and retained by the City. The remainder less the amount of all previous payments will be paid to the Contractor. Pursuant to Public Contracts Code (“PCC”) § 22300, the Contractor may substitute securities for retention monies held by the City or request that the City place such monies into an escrow account. The Contractor is notified, pursuant to PCC § 22300, any such election will be at the Contractor own expense and will include costs incurred by the City to accommodate the Contractor’s request.

DATED this 27th day of June, 2022.

CITY OF BELLFLOWER, CALIFORNIA

-9-

Instructions to Bidders
Specifications No. 21/22-03
I-1

CITY OF BELLFLOWER

BUTTERFLY GARDEN PARK

SPECIFICATIONS NO. 21/22-03

BIDDING INSTRUCTIONS

1 DEFINITIONS. Unless provided otherwise, the definitions in the Greenbook, Special Conditions, or other Contract Documents are applicable to all Bidding Documents.

1.1 “Addenda” means written or graphic instruments issued by the City before the Bid Deadline that modify or interpret the Bidding Documents by additions, deletions, clarifications, or corrections.

1.2 “Alternate” means a proposed change in the Work, as described in the Bidding Documents which, if accepted, may result in a change to either the Contract Sum or the Contract Time, or both.

1.3 “Bid Deadline” means the date and time designated in the Notice for Bids as the last date and time for receipt of Bids, as may be revised by Addenda.

1.4 “Bidder” means a person or firm that submits a Bid.

1.5 “Bidding Documents” means the construction documents prepared and issued for bidding purposes including all Addenda.

1.6 “Lump Sum Base Bid” means the sum stated in the Bid for which Bidder offers to perform the Work described in the Bidding Documents, but not including unit price items or Alternates.

1.7 “Unit Price” means an amount stated in the Bid for which Bidder offers to perform the Unit Price Work for a fixed price per unit of measurement. 2 BIDDER’S REPRESENTATIONS. By making its Bid, Bidder represents that:

2.1 Bidder read, understood, and made the Bid pursuant to the requirements in the Bidding Documents.

2.2 Bidder visited the Project site and is familiar with the conditions under which the Work will be performed and the local conditions as related to the Contract Documents.

2.3 The Bid is based upon the materials, equipment, and systems required by the Bidding Documents.

2.4 Bidder and all Subcontractors, regardless of tier, have the appropriate current licenses issued by the State of California Contractor’s State License Board for -10-

Instructions to Bidders
Specifications No. 21/22-03
I-2
the Work to be performed. If Bidder is a joint venture, the Bidder will have a joint venture license appropriate for the performance of the work, and each member of the joint venture will likewise have the appropriate license. Business and Professions Code §§ 7000-7191 establish licensing requirements for contractors.

If a Bidder, that is a specialty contractor, submits a Bid involving 3 or more specialized building trades, the work of which is more than incidental and supplemental to the performance of the Work for which Bidder holds a specialty contractor license, Bidder must also hold either (1) a specialty contractor “C” license in each such trade, (2) a General Engineering contractor “A” license, or (3) a General Building contractor “B” license. This requirement is applicable whether or not Bidder lists a Subcontractor for each such trade.

2.5 If licensure or proper licensure is controverted, then proof of licensure pursuant to this section must be made by production of a verified certificate of licensure from the Contractors' State License Board which establishes that the individual or entity bringing the action was duly licensed in the proper classification of contractors at all times during the performance of any act or contract covered by the action. Nothing in this subdivision requires any person or entity controverting licensure or proper licensure to produce a verified certificate.

When licensure or proper licensure is controverted, the burden of proof to establish licensure or proper licensure is on the licensee.

2.6 Bidder has the expertise and financial capacity to perform and complete all obligations under the Bidding Documents.

2.7 The person executing the Bid Form is duly authorized and empowered to execute the Bid Form on Bidder’s behalf.

2.8 Bidder is aware of and, if awarded the Contract, will comply with Applicable Code Requirements in its performance of the Work.

2.9 The Bidder has paid the City’s business license fee(s). 3 BIDDING DOCUMENTS.

3.1 Bidders may obtain complete sets of the Bidding Documents from the City’s Public Works Department for the sum stated in the Notice for Bids.

3.2 Bidders will use a complete set of Bidding Documents in preparing Bids.

3.3 The City makes copies of the Bidding Documents available, on the above terms, for the sole purpose of obtaining Bids for the Work and does not confer a license or grant permission for any other use of the Bidding Documents. 4 INTERPRETATION OR CORRECTION OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS.

4.1 Before submitting its Bid, Bidder will carefully study and compare the various documents comprising the Bidding Documents and compare them with any other work being bid concurrently or presently under construction which relates to the Work for which the Bid is submitted; will examine the Project site, the conditions under which the Work is to be performed, and the local conditions; and will at -11-

Instructions to Bidders
Specifications No. 21/22-03
I-3
once report to the City’s Representative errors, inconsistencies, or ambiguities discovered.

4.2 Requests for clarification or interpretation of the Bidding Documents will be addressed to the City’s Representative and must be received at least seven (7) days prior to the date of receipt of bids. No request shall be taken within the six (6) days prior to bid opening.

4.3 Clarifications, interpretations, corrections, and changes to the Bidding Documents will be made by Addenda. Clarifications, interpretations, corrections, and changes to the Bidding Documents made in any other manner will not be binding and Bidders will not rely upon them.
5 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS. No substitutions will be considered before award of Contract. Substitutions will only be considered after award of the Contract and as provided for in the Contract Documents.
6 SUBCONTRACTORS.

6.1 Each Bidder will list in the Bid Form all first-tier Subcontractors that will perform work, labor or render such services. The Bid Form contains spaces for the following information when listing Subcontractors: (1) Work Activity; (2) name of Subcontractor; (3) city of Subcontractor’s business location. Failure to list any of these items on the Bid Form will result in the City treating the Bid as if no Subcontractor was listed for the Work and that Bidder represents to the City that it is fully qualified to perform that portion of the Work and will perform do so.

6.2 Subcontractors listed in the Bid Form will only be substituted after the Bid Deadline with the City’s written consent in accordance with California law. 7 ADDENDA.

7.1 Addenda will be in writing and issued only by the City. Addenda will be mailed or delivered to all who are known by the City to have received a complete set of Bidding Documents and who have provided a street address for receipt of Addenda.

7.2 Copies of Addenda will be made available for inspection at the City’s Public Works Department.

7.3 The City will issue Addenda so that they are received by prospective Bidders not later than three (3) business days before the Bid Deadline. Addenda that withdraw the request for Bids or postpone the Bid Deadline may be issued any time before the Bid Deadline.

7.4 Each Bidder is responsible for ensuring that it has received all issued Addenda before issuing a Bid.
8 PRE-BID CONFERENCE. Bidder will attend a Pre-Bid Conference where the City will discuss the Bidding Documents, answer questions, accept comments, and conduct a Project site visit. The City requires all Pre-Bid Conference attendees to -12-

Instructions to Bidders
Specifications No. 21/22-03
I-4
arrive for the meeting on time and to sign an attendance list which is used to determine if Bidders meet this requirement. Any Bidder not attending the Pre-Bid Conference in its entirety will be deemed to have not complied with the requirements of the Bidding Documents and its Bid will be rejected. 9 FORM AND STYLE OF BIDS

9.1 Bids will be submitted on the Bid Form included with the Bidding Documents.

Bids not submitted on the City’s Bid Form will be rejected.

9.2 All blanks on the Bid Form will be filled in legibly in ink or by typewriter.

9.3 Bidder’s failure to submit a price for any Alternate or unit price will result in the Bid being considered as nonresponsive. If Alternates are called for and no change in the Lump Sum Base Bid is required, enter “No Change.”

9.4 Each Bidder must fill out the “Bidders Statement of Past Contract Disqualifications” form stating any and all instances of contract disqualifications due to a violation of a law or safety regulation. The Bidder must explain the circumstances of each disqualification. The City may reject the bid based on such information.

9.5 Bidder will make no stipulations on the Bid Form nor qualify the Bid in any manner.

9.6 The Bids will be based upon full completion of all the Work as shown on the plans and specifications. It is expressly understood that the plans are drawn with as much accuracy as is possible in advance, but should errors, omissions or discrepancies exist in the plans which show conditions that vary from those encountered in construction, the Bidder (if awarded the Contract) specifically agrees to construct a completed work ready for the use and in the manner which is intended. In the event of increasing or decreasing of work, the total amount of work actually done or materials or equipment furnished must be paid for according to the unit or lump sum price established for such work under the contract, wherever such unit or lump sum price has been established. In the event no prices are named in the contract to cover such changes or alterations, the cost of such changes must be covered as extra work.

9.7 The Bid Form will be signed by a person or persons legally authorized to bind Bidder to a contract. Bidder’s Representative will sign and date the Declaration included in the Bid Form. Failure to sign and date the declaration will cause the Bid to be rejected.
10 BID SECURITY

10.1 Each Bid will be accompanied by Bid Security, in the amount of 10% of the Lump Sum Base Bid as security for Bidder’s obligation to enter into a Contract with the City on the terms stated in the Bid Form and to furnish all items required by the Bidding Documents. Bid Security will be a Bid Bond on the form provided by the City or a certified check made payable to “City of Bellflower.” When a -13-

Instructions to Bidders
Specifications No. 21/22-03
I-5
Bond is used for Bid Security, failure to use the City’s Bid Bond form will result in the rejection of the Bid.

10.2 If the apparent lowest responsible Bidder fails to sign the Agreement and furnish all items required by the Bidding Documents within the time limits specified in these Instructions to Bidders, the City will disqualify such Bidder and select the next apparent lowest responsible Bidder until all bids have been exhausted or the City may reject all bids. In such an event, the disqualified Bidder will be liable for and forfeit to the City the amount of the difference, not to exceed the amount of the Bid Security, between the amount of the disqualified Bid and the larger amount for which the City procures the Work.

10.3 If a Bid Bond is submitted and an attorney-in-fact executes the Bid Bond on behalf of the surety, a notarized and current copy of the power of attorney will be affixed to the Bid Bond. The surety issuing the Bid Bond will be listed in the latest published State of California, Department of Insurance list of, “Insurers Admitted to Transact Surety Insurance in This State.”

10.4 The City will retain Bid Security until the occurrence of one of the following:

10.4.1 All items required by the Bidding Documents have been furnished and the Agreement has been signed by the successful Bidder and the City.

10.4.2 The specified time has elapsed during which Bids may be withdrawn.

10.4.3 All Bids have been rejected.

10.5 The Bid Form, Bid Security, and all other documents required to be submitted with the Bid will be enclosed in a sealed opaque envelope. The envelope will be addressed to the City Clerk. The envelope will be identified with the BUTTERFLY GARDEN PARK, Bidder’s name and address, and, if applicable, the designated portion of the Project for which the Bid is submitted. If the Bid is sent by mail, the sealed envelope will be enclosed in a separate mailing envelope labeled as follows: “SEALED BID ENCLOSED.”

10.6 Bids will be deposited at the designated location on or before the Bid Deadline. A Bid received after the Bid Deadline will be returned to Bidder unopened.

10.7 Bidder will assume full responsibility for timely delivery at the location designated for receipt of Bids.

10.8 Oral, telephonic, facsimile, or telegraphic Bids are invalid and will not be accepted.
11 MODIFICATION OR WITHDRAWAL OF BID.

11.1 Before the Bid Deadline, a submitted Bid may be modified or withdrawn.

Notice of such action will be given to the City in writing and signed by the -14-

Instructions to Bidders
Specifications No. 21/22-03
I-6
Bidder’s authorized representative. A change so made will be so worded as not to reveal the amount of the original Bid.

11.2 A withdrawn Bid may be resubmitted up to the Bid Deadline, provided that it then fully complies with the Bidding Requirements.

11.3 Bid Security will be in an amount sufficient for the Bid as modified or resubmitted.

11.4 Bids may not be modified, withdrawn, or canceled within sixty (60) days after the Bid Deadline unless otherwise provided in Supplementary Instructions to Bidders.
12 OPENING OF BIDS. Bids submitted in the manner required by these instructions and are received on or before the Bid Deadline will be opened publicly. 13 REJECTION OF BIDS.

13.1 The City will have the right to reject all Bids.

13.2 The City will have the right to reject any Bid not accompanied by the required Bid Security or any other item required by the Bidding Documents, or a Bid which is in any other way materially incomplete or irregular. 14 AWARD

14.1 The City may retain all bids for a period of sixty (60) days for examination and comparison, and to delete any portion of the work from the contract.

14.2 The City will have the right to waive nonmaterial irregularities in a Bid and to accept the lowest responsive Bid as determined by The City.

14.3 The City will have the right to accept Alternates in any order or combination, unless otherwise specifically provided in the Bidding Documents.

14.4 The City will determine the low Bidder on the basis of the sum of the Lump Sum Base Bid plus all unit prices multiplied by their respective estimated quantities as stated in the Bid Form, if any, plus the Contractor Delay Damages multiplied by the “multiplier” as stated in the Bid Form, plus the amounts of all accepted Alternates.

14.4.1 Inclusion of Contractor Delay Damages within the Bid Form is solely for the purpose of determining the low bidder and establishing the City’s maximum daily liability as a result of City delays to Contractor, if any, and City has no obligation to pay any daily Contractor Delay Damages except as provided for in these Contract Documents for Compensable Delays. In the event that City becomes liable to Contractor for compensable delays, City agrees to pay Contractor the daily Contractor Delay Damages set forth in the Proposal Form or Contractor’s actual daily delay damages, whichever is less, for each day of Compensable Delay as provided for by these Contract Documents. -15-

Instructions to Bidders
Specifications No. 21/22-03
I-7

14.5 The City will select the apparent lowest responsive and responsible Bidder and notify such Bidder within thirty (30) days (unless number of days is modified in Supplementary Instructions to Bidders) after the Bid Deadline or reject all bids.

Within ten (10) days after receiving the City’s notice that Bidder was selected as the apparent lowest responsible Bidder, Bidder will submit to the City all of the following items:

14.5.1 Two originals of the Agreement signed by Bidder.

14.5.2 Two originals of the Labor and Materials Bond.

14.5.3 Two originals of the Faithful Performance Bond.

14.5.4 Certificates of Insurance.

14.5.5 Names of all Subcontractors, with their addresses, telephone number, facsimile number, trade on Bidders’ company stationery.

Evidence, as required by the City, of the reliability and responsibility of the proposed Subcontractors such as statements of experience, statements of financial condition, and references.

14.5.6 Preliminary Contract Schedule.

14.5.7 Selection of Retention Options and Escrow Agreement for Deposit of Securities in Lieu of Retention and Deposit of Retention. If not submitted, the City will withhold retention.

14.5.8 Cost Breakdown.

14.6 Before award of the Contract, the City will notify Bidder in writing, if the City objects to a Subcontractor proposed by Bidder, in which case Bidder will propose a substitute acceptable to the City. Failure of the City to object to a proposed Subcontractor before award will not preclude the City from requiring replacement of any Subcontractor based upon information received subsequent to award, information which cannot be properly evaluated before award due to time constraints, or information relating to a failure to comply with the requirements of the Contract.

14.7 If Bidder submits the two original signed Agreements and all other items within ten (10) days after receiving the City’s notification, and all such items comply with the requirements of the Bidding Documents, the City will award the Contract to Bidder by signing the Agreement and returning a signed copy of the Agreement to Bidder.

14.8 If the City consents to the withdrawal of the Bid of the apparent lowest responsible Bidder, or the apparent lowest responsible Bidder fails or refuses to sign the Agreement or submit to the City all of the items required by the Bidding Documents, within ten (10) days after receiving the City’s notification, or the City determines that the Bidder is not financially or otherwise qualified to perform the Contract, the City may reject such Bidder’s Bid and select the next apparent lowest responsible Bidder, until all bids are exhausted, or reject all Bids. -16-

Instructions to Bidders
Specifications No. 21/22-03
I-8
15 PROTEST

15.1 Procedure to be followed by protester and City Clerk.

A. Persons may challenge (the “Protester”) an award of a City of Bellflower Public Works contract (the “Project”) based upon whether the apparent lowest responsible bidder (the “Low Bidder”) is a “responsible bidder” as defined by applicable law.

B. The Protester must file a written statement with the City Clerk (the “Protest”) that sets forth the reasons for objection. The Protest must be filed with the City Clerk not later than seven (7) days after the bids were received and opened, or as soon as the Protester becomes aware of the ground for the Protest, whichever date occurs first. Any documents which support the objections must be filed together with the Protest.

C. Upon receiving the Protest, the City Clerk must mail a copy of the Protest to the Low Bidder, together with any supporting documents filed with the Protest. The City Clerk must include a letter of transmittal with the Protest which contains substantially the following information:

1. Notice that the Protest (and supporting documents, if any) was filed with the City Clerk;

2. Notice regarding the date, time, and place when and where the City Council will consider the bids received in connection with the Project; and

3. Notice that the Low Bidder may appear at the meeting and rebut the Protest including, without limitation, the ability to present evidence that the Low Bidder is qualified to perform the work and is the “lowest responsible bidder” on the Project.

D. In addition to the notice provided to the Low Bidder, the City Clerk must attempt to contact the Low Bidder by phone regarding the Protest. If the City Clerk is able to contact the Low Bidder, the City Clerk must provide, if the Low Bidder requests it, a facsimile copy of the Protest.

E. The City Clerk must also provide the Protester with notice regarding the date, time, and place when and where the City Council will meet to consider bids for the Project.

15.2 Procedure to be followed at the Hearing.

A. At the time set for consideration of the bids received in connection with the Project, the City Council must allow City staff to proceed with its presentation first.

B. Following the staff presentation, the City Council will allow the Protester to make his/her presentation. The Protester has the right to introduce -17-

Instructions to Bidders
Specifications No. 21/22-03
I-9
any testimony or other evidence which could not, by the exercise of reasonable diligence, have been submitted at the time the Protest was filed.

C. Following the Protester’s presentation, the Low Bidder has the right to cross-examine any witnesses who testified on behalf of the Protester and to rebut any other evidence introduced or produced by the Protester or City staff.

D. The City Council may, in its discretion, permit rebuttals and surrebuttals by the Protester and/or the Low Bidder.

E. At the conclusion of the hearing on the Protest, the City Council must decide whether, based on the evidence produced at the hearing, the Low Bidder is or is not the lowest responsible bidder.

F. In deciding where the Low Bidder is “responsible,” the City Council must consider the Low Bidder’s trustworthiness, and the quality, fitness and capacity of the Low Bidder to satisfactorily perform the work required to be performed for the Project. Evidence of pervasive and significant violations of the prevailing wage laws of the State of California by the Low Bidder on a City Public Works project or on public works projects involving other public agencies warrants a finding by the City Council that the Low Bidder is not the lowest responsible bidder.

G. If the Low Bidder is found to be “responsible” under the criteria referred to above, the City Council must award the contract for the Project to the Low Bidder, unless the City Council rejects all bids for the Project.

H. If the Low Bidder is found not be “responsible” under the criteria referred to above, the City Council must make a finding to that effect and must then award the contract to the second lowest responsible bidder, unless the City Council rejects all bids for the Project.

-18-

BID
Specifications No. 21/22-03
B-1
BID

BID TO: CITY OF BELLFLOWER, CALIFORNIA

The undersigned Bidder proposes and agrees, if this Bid is accepted, to enter into an Agreement with the City in the form included in the Contract Documents to perform the Work as specified or indicated in said Contract Documents entitled:

FOR CONSTRUCTION OF THE

BUTTERFLY GARDEN PARK

IN THE CITY OF BELLFLOWER
SPECIFICATION NO. 21/22-03

Bidder accepts all of the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, including without limitation those in the Notice Inviting Bids and the Instructions to Bidders dealing with the disposition of the Bid Security.

This Bid will remain open for the period stated in the Notice Inviting Bids, unless otherwise required by law. Bidder will enter into an Agreement within the time and in the manner required in the Instructions to Bidders, and will furnish the insurance certificates, Payment Bond, Performance Bond, and all Permits required by the Contract Documents.

Bidder has examined copies of all the Contract Documents, including the following Addenda (receipt of which is hereby acknowledged):

Number ______________ Date ____________________

Number ______________ Date ____________________

Number ______________ Date ____________________

Number ______________ Date ____________________

Bidder has familiarized itself with the nature and extent of the Contract Documents, the Work, the site, the locality where the Work is to be performed, the legal requirements (federal, state, and local laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations), and the conditions affecting cost, progress, or performance of the Work, and has made such independent investigations as Bidder deems necessary.

In conformance with the current statutory requirements of Labor Code § 1860, et seq., the undersigned confirms the following as its certification:

I am aware of Labor Code § 3700, which require every employer to be insured against liability for worker's compensation, or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions, before commencing the performance of the Work of this Contract.

To all the foregoing, and including all Bid Schedule(s), List of Subcontractors, Non-collusion Affidavit, Bidder's General Information, and Bid Bond contained in these Bid Forms, said Bidder further agrees to complete the Work required under the Contract Documents within the Contract Time stipulated in said Contract Documents, and to accept in full payment therefor the Contract Price based on the Lump Sum or Unit Bid Price(s) named in the aforementioned Bidding Schedule(s).

Dated: ______________________________ Bidder:

By:
(Signature)

Title:
-19-

BID
Specifications No. 21/22-03
B-2

BIDDER'S GENERAL INFORMATION

The Bidder shall furnish the following information. Failure to complete all Items will cause the Bid to be non-responsive and may cause its rejection. Additional sheets may be attached as required.

1. BIDDER/CONTRACTOR'S Name and Street Address:

2. CONTRACTOR'S Telephone Number: ( )
Facsimile Number: ( )
Email address:

3. CONTRACTOR'S License: Primary Classification
State License Number(s)
Supplemental License Classifications
Department of Industrial Relations (DIR) Registration No. _______________________________

4. Surety Company and Agent who will provide the required Bonds on this Contract:

Name of Surety
Address

Surety Company Agent
Telephone Numbers: Agent ( ) Surety ( )

5. Type of Firm (Individual, Partnership or Corporation):

6. Corporation organized under the laws of the State of:

7. List the names and addresses of the principal members of the firm or names and titles of the principal officers of the corporation or firm:

-20-

BID
Specifications No. 21/22-03
B-3
BIDDER'S GENERAL INFORMATION (Continued)

8. Number of years experience as a contractor in this specific type of construction work:

9. List at least three related projects of comparable size and complexity completed to date:

1. Owner
Contact
Phone ( )
Project ( )
Address
Class of Work
Contract amount
Date completed

2. Owner
Contact
Phone ( )
Project ( )
Address
Class of Work
Contract amount
Date completed

3. Owner
Contact
Phone ( )
Project ( )
Address
Class of Work
Contract amount
Date completed

10. List the name and title of the person who will supervise full-time the proposed work for your firm:

11. Is full-time supervisor an employee contract services ?

12. A financial statement or other information and references sufficiently comprehensive to permit an appraisal of your current financial condition may be required by the Engineer.

13. Name of the person who inspected the site of the proposed Work for the bidder:

Name: Date of Inspection:

-21-

BID
Specifications No. 21/22-03
B-4

BUTTERFLY GARDEN PARK

BIDDER’S STATEMENT OF PAST CONTRACT DISQUALIFICATIONS

Please state all instances of being disqualified, removed, or otherwise prevented from bidding on, or completing, a federal, state, or local government project due to a violation of a law or safety regulation.

1. Have you ever been disqualified from any government contract?

Yes  No 

2. If yes, explain the circumstances:

_________________________________
Bidder’s Signature

-22-

BID
Specifications No. 21/22-03
B-5

INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS
[MUST BE SUBMITTED WITH PROJECT PROPOSAL]

To be awarded this contract, the successful bidder must procure and maintain the following types of insurance with coverage limits complying, at a minimum, with the limits set forth below:

Type of Insurance Limits

Commercial general liability: $3,000,000
Business automobile liability $1,000,000
Workers compensation Statutory requirement.

Commercial general liability insurance must meet or exceed the requirements of ISO- CGL Form No. CG 00 01 11 85 or 88. The amount of insurance set forth above must be a combined single limit per occurrence for bodily injury, personal injury, and property damage for the policy coverage. Liability policies must be endorsed to name the City, its officials, and employees as “additional insureds” under said insurance coverage and to state that such insurance will be deemed “primary” such that any other insurance that may be carried by the City will be excess thereto. Such endorsement must be reflected on ISO Form No. CG 20 10 11 85 or 88, or equivalent. Such insurance must be on an “occurrence,” not a “claims made,” basis and will not be cancelable or subject to reduction except upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to the City.

Automobile coverage must be written on ISO Business Auto Coverage Form CA 00 01 06 92, including symbol 1 (Any Auto).

The Consultant must furnish to the City duly authenticated Certificates of Insurance evidencing maintenance of the insurance required under this Agreement, endorsements as required herein, and such other evidence of insurance or copies of policies as may be reasonably required by the City from time to time. Insurance must be placed with admitted insurers with a current A.M. Best Company Rating equivalent to at least a Rating of “A:VII.” Certificate(s) must reflect that the insurer will provide thirty (30) day notice of any cancellation of coverage. The Consultant will require its insurer to modify such certificates to delete any exculpatory wording stating that failure of the insurer to mail written notice of cancellation imposes no obligation, and to delete the word “endeavor” with regard to any notice provisions.

By signing this form, the bidder certifies that it has read, understands, and will comply with these insurance requirements if it is selected as the City’s consultant. Failure to provide this insurance will render the bidder’s proposal “nonresponsive.”

___________________ __________________________
Date Bidder
-23-

BID
Specifications No. 21/22-03
B-6
Contractor's Name
_________________________________________________________ List of Subcontractors and Off-Job Fabricators
Listing must comply with the provisions of Public Contract Code § 4104.

Name of Subcontractor
or Off-Job Fabricator
Contractor’s License No.

DIR Registration No.

Business Address
Telephone No.

Email address
Items of Work and Dollar
Amount

If more space is needed, attach additional sheets.

Public Contract Code § 4104 provides that bidders must list:
(a)(1) The name, the location of the place of business, and the California contractor license number of each subcontractor who will perform work or labor or render service to the prime contractor in or about the construction of the work or improvement, or a subcontractor licensed by the State of California who, under subcontract to the prime contractor, specially fabricates and installs a portion of the work or improvement according to detailed drawings contained in the plans and specifications, in an amount in excess of one-half of 1 percent of the prime contractor's total bid or, in the case of bids or offers for the construction of streets or highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half of 1 percent of the prime contractor's total bid or ten thousand dollars ($10,000), whichever is greater.

Per Public Contract Code §4104, Contractor’s bidding on public projects are required to list above California contractor license numbers for all subcontractor’s performing work in excess of one- half of one-percent of the contract’s value.

-24-

BID
Specifications No. 21/22-03
B-7

UNIT PRICE BID SCHEDULE A
Schedule of Prices for the Construction of the:

BUTTERFLY GARDEN PARK
SPECIFICATIONS NO. 21/22-03
in Bellflower, California

Item
No. Description Estimated
Quantity
Unit
Price Total Amount

1. Mobilization (may not exceed
5% of total construction cost) 1 LS

2. Remove and dispose of
existing Asphalt Concrete
Pavement and Base Material
to a Depth of 8” Complete. D-
104 on D1.1
34,930

3. Remove and Dispose of
Existing PCC Pads and
Sidewalk complete. D-101 on
D1.1
1,760

4. Remove and Dispose Existing
PCC Drive Approach (incl.
gutter) Complete. D102 on
D1.1
1 EA

5. Construct PCC Drive
Approach. C1.2 2 EA

6. Install Pavement Markings,
Painted Zones, and Signs
Complete. C1.2
1 LS

7. Construct 4” AC over 4" CMB.

C1.2 4,500 SF

8. Construct 4" Permeable AC
over 1" # 57 Aggregate of 3"
CAB with min. 40% Voids.

Includes non-woven
Geotextile.
1,650 SF

9. Construct PCC Curb Only.

C1.2 180 LF

10. Construct PCC Curb & Gutter
Complete. C1.2 34 LF

11. Remove and Dispose CMU
Wall, Footing, Guard Posts
Complete. D-107 on D1.1
1 LS

12. Remove and Dispose Existing
Chain Link Fence, Roll Gates,
Fence With Slats and Razor
Wire Complete. D-105, D-106
on D1.1
1 LS

13. Construct 4” PCC Sidewalk /
Walkway (uncolored concrete)
Complete. C1.2; 5 on L1.1
6,890 SF

14. Provide and Maintain
Construction BMP’s 1 LS

15. Survey Monumentation 1 LS
-25-

BID
Specifications No. 21/22-03
B-8

16. Prepare, Implement and
Maintain Traffic Control Plan
Complete
1 LS

17. Remove Existing Tree Well
and Fill With PCC Complete,
C1.2
80 SF

18. Construct 4" Stabilized
Decomposed Granite Path 4"
Class II base Complete, 3,
L1.1.
943 SF

19. Construct 6" Wide PCC
Mowcurb Complete. 23 on
L1.1
520 LF

20. Construct 4" PCC Paving in
Integral Color 'Spanish Gold'
Complete. 19 on L1.1
787 SF

21. Construct PCC Curb Only in
Integral Color 'Brick Red'
Complete. 20 on L1.1
207 LF

22. Install Aluminum Edge Header
Complete. 22 on L1.1 75 LF

23. Install Bend-A-Board Header
or Approved Equal Complete.
27 on L1.1.
273 LF

24. Install 6' Tall Green Vinyl
Chainlink Fence Complete, 7
on L1.1
419 LF

25. Install 6' Ornamental Steel
Fence by Montage Industrial in
Classic Style or Approved
Equal Complete. 8 on L1.1.
532 LF

26. Install 6' Tall 24' Wide
Ornamental Steel Roll Gate to
Match Fence Complete. 9 on
L1.1
1 EA

27. Install Vehicular Swing Gate
with Posts Complete. 15 on
L1.1
1 LS

28. Construct Bioswale Riverbed
Bank and Basin Complete. 21
on L1.1.
246 SF

29. Install 24"x17" Single Post
Interpretive Sign in Green
Satin Finish by Pannier or
Approved Equal Complete. 12
on L1.1.
4 EA

30. Install 6' x 5' Double Post,
Single Sided Monument Sign
with Custom Arched Green
Satin Finish Frame by Pannier
or Approved Equal Complete.
16 on L1.1.
1 EA

31. Install 4' x 4' Double Post,
Single Sided Secondary
Entrance Sign with Custom
Arched Green Satin Finish
Frame by Pannier or Approved
Equal Complete. 17 on L1.1
1 EA
-26-

BID
Specifications No. 21/22-03
B-9

32. Install Bollard with Ground
Sleeve by Dumor or Approved
Equal Complete. 24 on L1.1
3 EA

33. Install ADA Accessible
Drinking Fountain and Bottle
Filler, Provide 3/4" Domestic
Water Supply, and Sump
Complete. 25 on L1.1
1 EA

34. Install Owner Furnished 6'
Long Metal Bench Complete.
13 on L1.1.
7 EA

35. Install Owner Furnished Trash
Receptacle Complete. 14 on
L1.1.
4 EA

36. Install Owner Furnished Bike
Rack Complete. 18 on L1.1 1 EA

37. Install Owner Furnished Solis
Hue Shade Structures
Complete. 26 on L1.1
2 EA

38. Install 1" Irrigation Meter
Complete, L2.1 1 EA

39. Install Irrigation Mainline
Complete, L2.1 450 LF

40. Install Controller and Power
Connection Complete, L2.1 1 EA

41. Install Turf Irrigation Complete,
L2.1 13,537 SF

42. Install Shrub and Tree
Irrigation System Complete,
L2.1
6,945 SF

43. Install Imported Top Soil
Complete, L3.1 507 CY

44. Soil Preparation Complete,
L3.1 20,482 SF

45. Install 3" Mulch Complete,
L3.1 6,945 SF

46. Install 24" Box Tree Complete,
L3.1 23 EA

47. Install 15 Gallon Plant
Complete, L3.1 22 EA

48. Install 5 Gallon Plant
Complete, L3.1 279 EA

49. Install 1 Gallon Plant
Complete, L3.1 793 EA

50. Install Groundcover Complete,
L3.1 20 FLATS

51. Install Tifway Bermuda Sod
Complete, L3.1 13,537

52. 90 Calendar Day
Maintenance, L3.1 1 LS

53. Furnish Material and Construct
TREX Deck Pedestrian Bridge,
S1.0, S2.1
2 LS

54. Furnish Material and Construct
Bridge Abutments, S1.0, S2.1 4 LS
-27-

BID
Specifications No. 21/22-03
B-10

55. Furnish Material and Install
Grating Screen, S1.0, S2.1 4 LS

TOTAL BID PRICE – FOR SCHEDULE A
For the lump sum of

$
(Price in figures)

(Price in words)

UNIT PRICE ADDITIVE BID SCHEDULE B

Item
No. Description Estimated
Quantity
Unit
Price Total Amount

1. Furnish and Install Solis Hue
Shade Structures Complete 2 EA

TOTAL ADDITIVE PRICE – FOR SCHEDULE B
For the lump sum of

$
(Price in figures)

(Price in words)

QUANTITIES OF WORK:

The quantities of work or material stated in the unit price items of the Bid Schedule are supplied only to give an indication of the general scope of the Work. The City of Bellflower does not expressly or by implication agree that the actual amounts of work or material will correspond therewith, and reserves the right after award to increase or decrease the quantity of any unit price bid item, by an amount up to 25 percent of increase or decrease, without a change in the unit prices, and may delete any bid item in its entirety, and receive full credit in the amount shown in the Bid Schedule for the deleted item of Work.

Name of Bidder or Firm

-28-

BID
Specifications No. 21/22-03
B-11

BID BOND

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we ___________________________

__________________________________________________________________, Principal,

and________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________, Surety, are held and firmly bound unto
THE CITY OF BELLFLOWER Obligee,
in the sum of Ten Percent of the total amount of the Bid for the payment of which we bind ourselves, our legal representatives, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.

Principal submitted or is about to submit a bid or proposal to Obligee on a contract for

BUTTERFLY GARDEN PARK

Should a contract be awarded to the principal and principal, within such time as specified, duly execute the contract in the prescribed form and deliver the same to obligee with all required bonds/performance securities, certificates of insurance and such other items as required in the bidding or contract documents then this obligation is null and void. Otherwise, it will remain in full force and effect, and if the contract is awarded to principal and principal fails, within the time specified, to duly execute the contract in the prescribed form and deliver the same to obligee with all said required items, then surety must pay obligee the full penalty sum of this bond.

Surety, for value received, hereby agrees that no extension of time, change, alteration, modification, or addition to the bidding or contract documents, or of the work required thereunder, releases or exonerates surety on this bond or in any way affect the obligation of this bond; and surety does hereby waive notice of same.

Signed, sealed and dated
_______________________________________________
(Principal)

by________________________________________(Seal)

_______________________________________________
(Surety)

by_____________________________________________
Attorney-in-Fact

INDICATE COMPLETE ADDRESS OF SURETY TO WHICH

CORRESPONDENCE CONCERNING THIS BOND SHOULD BE
DIRECTED.

Telephone No.

-29-

BID
Specifications No. 21/22-03
B-12

NON COLLUSION DECLARATION TO BE EXECUTED
BY

BIDDER AND SUBMITTED WITH BID

The undersigned declares:

I am the __________________ of ________________________________, the party making the foregoing bid.

The bid is not made in the interest of, or on behalf of, any undisclosed person, partnership, company, association, organization, or corporation. The bid is genuine and not collusive or sham. The bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other bidder to put in a false or sham bid. The bidder has not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed with any bidder or anyone else to put in a sham bid, or to refrain from bidding. The bidder has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement, communication, or conference with anyone to fix the bid price of the bidder or any other bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit, or cost element of the bid price, or of that of any other bidder. All statements contained in the bid are true. The bidder has not, directly or indirectly, submitted his or her bid price or any breakdown thereof, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto, to any corporation, partnership, company, association, organization, bid depository, or to any member or agent thereof, to effectuate a collusive or sham bid, and has not paid, and will not pay, any person or entity for such purpose.

Any person executing this declaration on behalf of a bidder that is a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, or any other entity, hereby represents that he or she has full power to execute, and does execute, this declaration on behalf of the bidder.

I declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing is true and correct and that this declaration is executed on ____________ [date], at ______________________ [city], ________________________ [state].

___________________________
Signature

-30-

Agreement
Specifications No. 21/22-03
C-1

PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACT

BETWEEN

THE CITY OF BELLFLOWER AND

This CONTRACT is entered into this day of , 20 , by and between the CITY OF BELLFLOWER, a general law city and municipal corporation (“the City”) and (“the Contractor”).

1. WORK.

A. The Contractor will provide all work required by the Contract Documents (the “Work”). The Contractor agrees to do additional work arising from changes ordered by the City in accordance with the Contract Documents.

B. The Contractor and the City agree to abide by the terms and conditions contained in the Contract Documents;

C. The Contractor will furnish all of the labor; supplies and materials; equipment; printing; vehicles; transportation; office space and facilities; all tests, testing and analyses; and all matters whatsoever (except as otherwise expressly specified to be furnished by the City) needed to perform and complete the Work and provide the services required of the Contractor by the Contract Documents.

D. “Contract Documents” means the Notice Inviting Bids; Instructions to Bidders; Supplementary Instructions to Bidders; Proposal; this Contract; Standard Specifications; Supplementary Conditions; Exhibits; Technical Specifications; List of Drawings; Drawings; Addenda; Notice to Proceed; Change Orders; Notice of Completion; and all other documents identified in the Contract Documents which together form the contract between the City and the Contractor for the Work. The Contract Documents constitute the complete agreement between the City and the Contractor and supersede any previous agreements or understandings.

2. CONTRACT SUM. The City agrees to pay the Contractor a sum not to exceed dollars ($ ) for the Work in the manner set forth in the Contract Documents. The City may adjust this amount as set forth in the Contract Documents.

3. TIME FOR PERFORMANCE.

A. The Contractor will fully complete the Work within sixty (60) working days (the “Contract Time.”)

B. The Contract Time will commence when the City issues a notice to proceed.

The Contract Documents will supersede any conflicting provisions included on the notice to proceed issued pursuant to this Contract. -31-

Agreement
Specifications No. 21/22-03
C-2

C. The Contractor may not perform any Work until:

i. The Contractor furnishes proof of insurance as required by the Contract Documents; and

ii. The City gives the Contractor a written, signed, and numbered purchase order and notice to proceed.

D. By signing this Contract, the Contractor represents to the City that the Contract Time is reasonable for completion of the Work and that the Contractor will complete the Work within the Contract Time.

E. Should the Contractor begin the Work before receiving written authorization to proceed, any such Work is at the Contractor’s own cost and risk.

4. DISPUTES. Disputes arising from this contract will be determined in accordance with the Contract Documents and Public Contracts Code §§ 10240-10240.13.

5. THIRD PARTY CLAIMS. In accordance with Public Contracts Code § 9201, the City will promptly inform the Contractor regarding third-party claims against the Contractor, but in no event later than ten (10) business days after the City receives such claims. Such notification will be in writing and forwarded in accordance with the “Notice” section of the Contract Documents. As more specifically detailed in the Contract Documents, the Contractor agrees to indemnify and defend the City against any third-party claim.

6. TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER. The Contractor will provide the City with a Taxpayer Identification Number.

7. PERMITS AND LICENSES. Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor, at its sole expense, will obtain and maintain during the Contract Time, all necessary permits, licenses, and certificates that may be required in connection with the Work.

8. OWNERSHIP OF DOCUMENTS. All documents, data, studies, drawings, maps, models, photographs and reports prepared by the Contractor under the Contract Documents are the City’s property. The Contractor may retain copies of said documents and materials as desired, but will deliver all original materials to the City upon the City’s written notice.

9. INDEMNIFICATION. The Contractor agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold the City harmless as set forth in the Contract Documents. The requirements as to the types and limits of insurance coverage to be maintained by the Contractor as required by the Contract Documents, and any approval of such insurance by the City, are not intended to and will not in any manner limit or qualify the liabilities and obligations otherwise assumed by the Contractor pursuant to the Contract Documents, including, without limitation, to the provisions concerning indemnification.

10. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR. The City and the Contractor agree that the Contractor will act as an independent contractor and will have control of all work and -32-

Agreement
Specifications No. 21/22-03
C-3
the manner in which is it performed. The Contractor will be free to contract for similar service to be performed for other employers while under contract with the City. The Contractor is not an agent or employee of the City and is not entitled to participate in any pension plan, insurance, bonus or similar benefits the City provides for its employees. Any provision in this Contract that may appear to give the City the right to direct the Contractor as to the details of doing the work or to exercise a measure of control over the work means that the Contractor will follow the direction of the City as to end results of the work only.

11. AUDIT OF RECORDS. The Contractor will maintain full and accurate records with respect to all services and matters covered under this Contract. The City will have free access at all reasonable times to such records, and the right to examine and audit the same and to make transcript therefrom, and to inspect all program data, documents, proceedings and activities. The Contractor will retain such financial and program service records for at least three (3) years after termination or final payment under the Contract Documents.

12. NOTICES. All communications to either party by the other party will be deemed made when received by such party at its respective name and address as follows:

The City The Contractor
Len Gorecki, Director of Public Works
16600 Civic Center Drive
Bellflower, CA
[email protected]

Any such written communications by mail will be conclusively deemed to have been received by the addressee three (3) days after deposit thereof in the United States Mail, postage prepaid and properly addressed as noted above. In all other instances, notices will be deemed given at the time of actual delivery. Changes may be made in the names or addresses of persons to whom notices are to be given by giving notice in the manner prescribed in this paragraph.

13. NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARY. This Contract and every provision herein is for the exclusive benefit of the Contractor and the City and not for the benefit of any other party. There will be no incidental or other beneficiaries of any of the Contractor’s or the City’s obligations under this Contract.

14. INTERPRETATION. This Contract was drafted in, and will be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, and exclusive venue for any action involving this Contract will be in Los Angeles County.

15. EFFECT OF CONFLICT. In the event of any conflict, inconsistency, or incongruity between any provision of the Contract Documents, precedence will be as follows:

A. This Contract;

B. The Standard Specifications; and
-33-

Agreement
Specifications No. 21/22-03
C-4
C. Precedence of documents as determined in the Standard Specifications.

16. SEVERABILITY. If any portion of the Contract Documents are declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable, then such portion will be deemed modified to the extent necessary in the opinion of the court to render such portion enforceable and, as so modified, such portion and the balance of this Contract will continue in full force and effect.

17. AUTHORITY/MODIFICATION. The Parties represent and warrant that all necessary action has been taken by the Parties to authorize the undersigned to execute this Contract and to engage in the actions described herein. This Contract may be modified by written amendment. The City’s city manager, or designee, may execute any such amendment on the City’s behalf.

18. ACCEPTANCE OF FACSIMILE SIGNATURES. The Parties agree that this Contract, agreements ancillary to this Contract, and related documents to be entered into in connection with this Contract will be considered signed when the signature of a party is delivered by facsimile transmission. Such facsimile signature will be treated in all respects as having the same effect as an original signature.

19. COVENANTS AND CONDITIONS. The parties agree that all of the provisions hereof will be construed as both covenants and conditions, the same as if the words importing such covenants and conditions had been used in each separate paragraph.

20. CAPTIONS. The captions of the paragraphs of this Contract are for convenience of reference only and will not affect the interpretation of this Contract.

21. TIME IS OF ESSENCE. Time is of the essence for each and every provision of the Contract Documents.

-34-

Agreement
Specifications No. 21/22-03
C-5
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have executed this contract the day and year first hereinabove written.

CITY OF BELLFLOWER _______

_________________________________ ____________________________ Jeffrey L. Stewart,
City Manager

_____________________________

ATTEST:

_____________________________ Taxpayer ID No. _______________ Mayra Ochiqui,
City Clerk

APPROVED AS TO FORM:

_________________________________
Karl H. Berger,
City Attorney

-35-

Faithful Performance Bond
Specifications No. 21/22-03
FPB-1

CITY OF BELLFLOWER

BUTTERFLY GARDEN PARK

SPECIFICATIONS NO. 21/22-03

FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE BOND

Bond No.

Bond Fee:

(“PRINCIPAL”)
and , a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of and licensed by the State of California to execute bonds and undertakings as sole surety, as surety (“SURETY”), are held and firmly bound unto the CITY OF BELLFLOWER (“CITY”) in the sum of ($ ) dollars, lawful money of the United States, which may be increased or decreased by a rider hereto executed in the same manner as this bond, for the payment of which sum PRINCIPAL and SURETY bind themselves, their successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, by this instrument.

PRINCIPAL or SURETY will apply this bond for the faithful performance of any and all of the conditions and stipulations set forth in this bond, SPECIFICATIONS NO. 21/22-03, and the public works contract executed with such Specifications. In the case of any default in the performance of the conditions and stipulations of this undertaking, it is agreed that PRINCIPAL or SURETY will apply the bond or any portion thereof, to the satisfaction of any damages, reclamation, assessments, penalties, or deficiencies arising by reason of such default.

BOND CONDITIONS

1. PRINCIPAL will construct the public improvements identified in SPECIFICATIONS NO. 21/22-03, a copy of which is on file with CITY’s Public Works Department (“Public Project”). Such performance will be in accordance with CITY’s plans and profiles which are made a part of this bond when said plans and profiles are approved by the City Council and filed with CITY’s Public Works Department. CITY has estimated the required amount of the bond as shown above.

2. PRINCIPAL’s work on the Public Project will be done in accordance with CITY’s plans and specifications and with any permit issued by CITY. Should PRINCIPAL fail to complete all required work within the time allowed, CITY may, at its sole discretion, cause all required work to be done and the parties executing the bond will be firmly bound for the payment of all necessary costs therefor.

3. PRINCIPAL will guarantee its work against any defective work, labor, or materials on the Public Project for a period of one (1) year following the Public Project’s completion and acceptance by CITY.

4. This bond is conditioned upon and guarantees due compliance with all applicable law including, without limitation, the Bellflower Municipal Code (“BMC”).

-36-

Faithful Performance Bond
Specifications No. 21/22-03
FPB-2

5. SURETY, for value received, agrees that no changes, extensions of time, alteration or modification of SPECIFICATIONS NO. 21/22-03 or of the obligation to be performed will in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it waives notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or modification of the contract documents or of the obligation to be performed.

6. This bond consists of this instrument; the plans and specifications identified above; and the following two (2) attached exhibits all of which are incorporated herein by reference:

A. A certified copy of the appointment, power of attorney, bylaws or other instrument entitling or authorizing the persons executing this bond to do so;

B. A certificate issued by the county clerk for the county in which SURETY’s representative is located conforming with California Code of Civil Procedure § 995.640 and stating that SURETY’s certificate of authority has not been surrendered, revoked, cancelled, annulled, or suspended, or in the event that it has, that renewed authority has been granted; and

7. Should PRINCIPAL perform its obligations within the time allowed, PRINCIPAL’s obligation will be void upon the acceptance of the performance by CITY; otherwise this obligation will remain in full force and effect.

SIGNED AND SEALED this day of , 20__.

PRINCIPAL’s PRESIDENT SURETY’s PRESIDENT

PRINCIPAL’s SECRETARY SURETY’s SECRETARY

PRINCIPAL’s MAILING ADDRESS: SURETY’s MAILING ADDRESS:

NOTE: ALL signatures must be acknowledged by a notary public. -37-

Labor and Materials Bond
Specifications No. 21/22-03
L&MB-1

CITY OF BELLFLOWER

BUTTERFLY GARDEN PARK

SPECIFICATIONS NO. 21/22-03

LABOR AND MATERIALS BOND

Bond No.

Bond Fee:

, as principal (“PRINCIPAL”)
and , a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of and licensed by the State of California to execute bonds and undertakings as sole surety, as surety (“SURETY”), are held and firmly bound unto the CITY OF BELLFLOWER (“CITY”) in the sum of ($ ) dollars, lawful money of the United States, which may be increased or decreased by a rider hereto executed in the same manner as this bond, for the payment of which sum PRINCIPAL and SURETY bind themselves, their successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, by this instrument.

This bond is conditioned upon and guarantees payment by PRINCIPAL to contractors, subcontractors, and persons renting equipment; payment by PRINCIPAL and all PRINCIPAL’S subcontractors for all materials, provisions, provender, or other supplies, and equipment used in, upon, for or about the performance of the work contemplated in SPECIFICATIONS NO. 21/22-03 (“Public Project”), the public works contract executed for such Public Project, and for all work or labor of any kind performed for the Public Project. In the case of any default in the performance of the conditions and stipulations of this undertaking, it is agreed that PRINCIPAL or SURETY will apply the bond or any portion thereof, to the satisfaction of any damages, reclamation, assessments, penalties, or deficiencies arising by reason of such default.

BOND CONDITIONS

1. PRINCIPAL will construct the public improvements identified in SPECIFICATIONS NO. 21/22-03, and the public works contract executed for such Specifications, copies of which is on file with CITY’s Public Works Department (“Public Project”). Such performance will be in accordance with CITY’s plans and profiles which are made a part of this bond when said plans and profiles are approved by the City Council and filed with CITY’s Public Works Department.

2. PRINCIPAL will pay all contractors, subcontractors, and persons renting equipment.

3. PRINCIPAL will pay for all materials and other supplies, for equipment used in, on, for or about the performance of the Public Project, and will pay for all work and labor thereon.

4. This bond is conditioned upon and guarantees due compliance with all applicable law including, without limitation, the Bellflower Municipal Code (“BMC”). -38-

Labor and Materials Bond
Specifications No. 21/22-03
L&MB-2

5. SURETY, for value received, agrees that no changes, extensions of time, alteration or modification of SPECIFICATIONS NO. 21/22-03, or of the obligation to be performed will in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it waives notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or modification of the contract documents or of the obligation to be performed.

6. This bond consists of this instrument; the plans and specifications identified above; and the following TWO (2) attached exhibits all of which are incorporated herein by reference:

A. A certified copy of the appointment, power of attorney, bylaws or other instrument entitling or authorizing the persons executing this bond to do so; and

B. A certificate issued by the county clerk for the county in which SURETY’s representative is located conforming with California Code of Civil Procedure § 995.640 and stating that SURETY’s certificate of authority has not been surrendered, revoked, cancelled, annulled, or suspended, or in the event that it has, that renewed authority has been granted.

7. Should PRINCIPAL perform its obligations within the time allowed, PRINCIPAL’s obligation will be void upon the acceptance of the performance by CITY; otherwise this obligation will remain in full force and effect.

SIGNED AND SEALED this day of , 20__.

PRINCIPAL’s PRESIDENT SURETY’s PRESIDENT

PRINCIPAL’s SECRETARY SURETY’s SECRETARY

PRINCIPAL’s MAILING ADDRESS: SURETY’s MAILING ADDRESS:

NOTE: ALL signatures must be acknowledged by a notary public.

-39-

Worker’s Compensation
Specifications No. 21/22-03
WC-1

WORKERS’ COMPENSATION CERTIFICATE

(AS REQUIRED BY LABOR CODE § 1861)

I am aware of Labor Code § 3700 which requires every employer to be insured against liability for workers’ compensation, or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of said Code, and I will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the Work of this Contract.

Contractor

By

Title

-40-

Declaration of Sufficiency of Funds
Specifications No. 21/22-03
DSF-1

DECLARATION OF SUFFICIENCY OF FUNDS
(California Labor Code Section 2810)

I, the undersigned, an authorized representative of ________________ (insert name of Bidder) (“Bidder”) with authority to make the statements contained in this Declaration on behalf of Bidder, hereby declare the following:

1. The Bidder’s employer identification number for state tax purposes is ______________________ (insert identification number).

2. The Bidder’s workers’ compensation insurance policy number is ______________________ (insert policy number) and the name, address, and telephone number of the insurance carrier providing said insurance is:
__________________________________ (insert information requested).

3. The following information is provided concerning any and all vehicles that are owned by the Bidder and that will be used for transportation in connection with any service provided for the performance of the Work that is subject of the Bidder’s Bid to the District (insert information requested.

Attach addition sheets, if needed):

Vehicle Vehicle ID No.

Vehicle
Liability Insurance Policy No.
(of Policy covering vehicle)
Name, Address and Telephone No.
of Vehicle Liability Insurance Carrier
(issuing Policy covering vehicle)

-41-

Declaration of Sufficiency of Funds
Specifications No. 21/22-03
DSF-2

4. The following is the address of any real property that will be used to house workers in connection with the performance of the W ork that is subject of the Bidder’s Bid to the District (insert information requested. If no such housing will be provided, enter “none”). ___________________________.

5. The actual or estimated number of workers that will be employed to perform the Work of the Project that is the subject of the Bidder’s Bid, the total amount of wages to be paid to said workers, and the date on which said wages will be paid are as follows (attach additional sheets, if needed):

Total Number of Workers Total Amount of Wages Dates for Payment of Wages

6. Check only one of the following boxes, as applicable:

The statement of number of workers declared in Paragraph 5, above, is a statement of the actual number of workers that will be employed; or

The actual number of workers requested in Paragraph 5, above, is unknown and therefore the statement of number of workers declared therein is based on the Bidder’s best estimate available at the time of Bid, rather than the actual number of workers that will be employed.

7. The actual or estimated total number of persons and entities who will be utilized as independent contractors to perform the Work of the Project that is the subject of the Bidder’s Bid (together with their known, current local, state, and federal contractor license identification numbers that each is required to have under local, state or federal laws or regulations are as follows (attach additional sheets, if needed):

List of Independent Contractors Current, Local, State and Federal Contractor License Identification Number

-42-

Declaration of Sufficiency of Funds
Specifications No. 21/22-03
DSF-3

8. Check only one of the following boxes, as applicable:

The statement of number of independent contractors declared in Paragraph 7, above, is a statement of the actual number of independent contractors that will be utilized; or,

The actual number of independent contractors requested in Paragraph 7, above, is unknown and therefore the statement of number of independent contractors declared therein is based on the Bidder’s best estimate available at the time of Bid, rather than the actual number of independent contractors that will be utilized.

I, the undersigned, declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing statements are within my personal knowledge and are true and correct. Executed on this ______ day of ______________, in the year 20___.

_____________________________________

_____________________________________
Print Name

-43-

Guaranty
Specifications No. 21/22-03
G-1

CITY OF BELLFLOWER

BUTTERFLY GARDEN PARK

SPECIFICATIONS NO. 21/22-03

GUARANTY

In accordance with the terms of the contract for the Butterfly Garden Park Project in the City of Bellflower (the “Contract”) approved ______________________________ between the City of Bellflower (the “Agency”) and the undersigned (the “Contractor”), under which the Contractor shall complete work as described in the Contract Documents (as defined in the Contract), the following guarantee of said work is hereby made.

If any of the items installed pursuant to the Contract, prove defective or if the item, as a whole, proves defective, due to faulty workmanship, material furnished or methods of installation, or if the said item or any part thereof fails to operate properly, as planned, due to any of the above causes, all within one (1) year after date on which the work is accepted by the Agency, then the undersigned agrees the repairs shall be made and such materials as are necessary shall be furnished and installed within thirty (30) days after the receipt of demand from the Agency; provided, that if the Contract Documents require a longer guaranty period, then the longer period shall apply. In the event repairs are not made within thirty (30) days, the Agency shall have the unqualified option to make any needed repairs or replacements itself or by any other contractor. The Contractor agrees to reimburse the Agency, upon demand, of its expenses incurred in restoring said items to the condition contemplated in the Contract, including the cost of any equipment or materials replaced, or upon demand by the Agency, to replace any such equipment and repair said items completely without cost to the Agency so that they will operate successfully as originally contemplated.

Emergency repairs must necessarily be made by the Agency; therefore, when defective material or workmanship results in emergency repairs, the undersigned agrees to reimburse the Agency, upon demand, expenses incurred.

Each item will be deemed defective within the meaning of this guaranty in the event that item fails to operate as originally intended thereof and in accordance with the plans and specifications included in the Contract. The Faithful Performance Bond required for the Contract shall remain in full force and effect for the entire first year of the applicable guarantee period.

_____________________________ ________________________________ Date (Print Name of Contractor, Company or Corporation)

________________________________
Signature

-44-

Standard Specifications
Specifications No. 21/22-03
SS-1

CITY OF BELLFLOWER

PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT

STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS

Except as modified by these Standard Specifications, the provisions of the latest edition of the “Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction” (“Greenbook”) and its supplements prepared and promulgated by the Southern California Chapters of the American Public Works Association and the Associated General Contractors of America, constitute the Standard Specifications for this project. THESE STANDARD

SPECIFICATIONS ARE INTENDED TO, AND DO, TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER ANY CONFLICTING PROVISION OF THE GREENBOOK.

1. NUMBERING OF SECTIONS

The numbering of these Standard Specifications is NOT intended to conform with the Greenbook. Rather, the numbering is specific for these Standard Specifications. As noted at the outset, however, the provisions contained within these Standard Specifications supersede any conflicting clauses within the Greenbook and govern the contractual relationship between the Parties.

2. MODIFICATIONS

To the extent that the provisions of the Contract Documents conflict with the Green Book, the Contract Documents take precedence.

3. DEFINITIONS

Unless the contrary is stated or clearly appears from the context, the following definitions will govern the construction of the words and phrases used in these Standard Specifications.

Acceptance – The date on which the City Council accepts the Work as complete.

Architect, Design Engineers, Soils Engineer, Structural Engineers – Advisors employed by the City.

Bidder – Any individual, firm, partnership, corporation, or combination thereof, submitting a proposal for the work contemplated, acting directly or through a duly authorized representative.

Compensable Delay – a delay entitling the Contractor to an adjustment of the Contract Sum and an adjustment of the Contract Time in accordance with this Agreement.

Due Notice – A written notification, given in due time, of a proposed action where such notification is required by the contract to be given a specified interval of time (usually 48 hours or two working days) before the commencement of the contemplated action. -45-

Standard Specifications
Specifications No. 21/22-03
SS-2

Notification may be from Public Works Director to Contractor or from Contractor to Public Works Director.

Public Works Director – The City Public Works Director, or designee, as defined in the Greenbook. Unless otherwise provided, all correspondence and decisions made relative to the contract will be by the City Public Works Director or designee.

PCC – California Public Contract Code.

Prompt – The briefest interval of time required for a considered reply, including time required for approval of a governing body.

(Check if applicable) State Standard Specifications - State of California Standard Specifications ( https://dot.ca.gov/programs/design/ccs-standard-plans-and-standard- specifications).

Working Days – A working day is defined as any day, except Saturdays, Sundays, legal holidays and days when work is suspended by the Public Works Director.

4. ABBREVIATIONS
AAN American Association of Nurserymen
AGC Associated General Contractors of America
AISC American Institute of Steel Construction
APWA American Public Works Association
ASA American Standard Association
ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers
CA MUTCD California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices IEEE Institute of Electric and Electronic Engineers
NEC National Electric Code
Greenbook The most current edition of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, and subsequent supplements prepared by Public Works Standards, Inc.

SPPWC Standard Plans for Public Works Construction by the American Public Works Association
SSPWC Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction by the American Public Works Association

5. ACCESS TO PROJECT SITE

Not later than the date designated in the City Notice to Proceed, the City will provide access to the real property and facilities upon which the Work is to be performed, including access to real property and facilities designated in the Contract Documents for the Contractor’s use.

6. SUBCONTRACTOR LISTING

Except as provided in PCC §§ 4100, et seq., each bidder will file with its bid the name and location of the place of business of each subcontractor who will perform work or labor or render service to the prime contractor in or about the construction of the work -46-

Standard Specifications
Specifications No. 21/22-03
SS-3

or improvement, or a subcontractor licensed by the State of California who, under subcontract to the prime contractor, specifically fabricates and installs a portion of the work or improvement according to detailed drawings contained in the plans and specifications, in an amount in excess of one-half of one percent of the prime contractor’s total bid. Only one subcontractor will be listed for each portion of the work, which portion will be defined in the bid. In each instance, the nature and extent of the work to be sublet will be described. The failure of the Contractor to specify a subcontractor, or the listing of more than one subcontractor for the same portion of the work, constitutes an agreement by the Contractor that it is fully qualified to perform that portion itself and that it will perform that portion itself.

The Contractor must have the City Council’s written consent to substitute a subcontractor other than that designated in the original bid, to permit any subcontract to be assigned or transferred, or to allow a subcontract to be performed by other than the original subcontractor.

Subcontracting of work for which no subcontractor was designated in the original bid, and which is more than one-half of one percent of the work, will be allowed only in cases of public emergency or necessity, and then only after a finding reduced to writing as a public record of the City Council setting forth the facts constituting the emergency or necessity.

Violation of any of the above provisions will be considered a breach of the Contract, and the City may terminate the Contractor’s control over the Work, cancel the contract, or assess the Contractor a penalty of not more than 10 percent of the subcontract involved.

All persons engaged in the work, including subcontractors and their employees will be considered as employees of the Contractor. The Contractor will be solely responsible for and have control over construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, procedures, and the coordination of all portions of the Work. The City will deal directly with, and make all payments to, the prime Contractor.

When subcontracted work is not being prosecuted in a satisfactory manner, the Contractor will be notified to take corrective action. The Public Works Director may report the facts to the City Council. If the City Council so orders, and on receipt by the Contractor of written instructions from the Public Works Director, the subcontractor will be removed immediately from the Work. That subcontractor will not again be employed on the Work.

If licensure or proper licensure is controverted, then proof of licensure pursuant to this section must be made by production of a verified certificate of licensure from the Contractors’ State License Board which establishes that the individual or entity bringing the action was duly licensed in the proper classification of contractors at all times during the performance of any act or contract covered by the action. Nothing in this subdivision requires any person or entity controverting licensure or proper licensure to produce a verified certificate. When licensure or proper licensure is controverted, the burden of proof to establish licensure or proper licensure is on the licensee.

-47-

Standard Specifications
Specifications No. 21/22-03
SS-4

The Contractor will submit experience statements for each subcontractor who will perform contract work that amounts to more than 10% of the Work.

7. CONTRACT BONDS

The Faithful Performance Bond and the Labor and Materials Bond must be paid and in effect for one year after the acceptance of the job by the City in accordance with the guarantee required by the Greenbook.

The term “surety bond,” “guarantee,” and “bond” also includes such other acceptable security, such as letters of credit or cash deposit agreements issued by responsible financial institutions, which are approved by the City Attorney. Sureties must be admitted to do business in California.

8. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

The Contractor will maintain the following at the Work site:

• One as-built copy of the Plans and Specifications, in good order and marked to record current changes and selections made during construction. As-built plans must be submitted to the City representative for approval before the City pays a final retention amount.

• The current accepted Contract Schedule.

• Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples.

• Approved permits from other agencies, including Cal-OSHA permits for trench shoring.

• All other required submittals.

The Plans, Specifications, and other Contract Documents will govern the Work. The Contract Documents are intended to be complementary and cooperative and to describe and provide for a complete project. Anything in the Specifications and not on the Plans, or on the Plans and not in the Specifications, will be as though shown or mentioned in both.

Payment for any items on the plans for which there is no specific bid item will be included in the various items of work or in any item to which it is appurtenant.

If the Contractor performs any work which it knows or should know involves an error, inconsistency, or omission without notifying and obtaining written consent from the Public Works Director, the Contractor will be responsible for the resulting losses, including, without limitation, the costs of correcting defective work.

9. PRECEDENCE OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

-48-

Standard Specifications
Specifications No. 21/22-03
SS-5

As the figured dimensions shown on the plans and in the specifications of the Contract may not in every case agree with scaled dimensions, the figured dimensions will be followed in preference to the scaled dimensions and plans to a large scale will be followed in preference to the plans to a small scale. Should it appear that the work to be done, or any of the matters relative thereto, are not sufficiently detailed or explained in the Contract, the Contractor will apply to the Public Works Director for such further explanations as may be necessary and will conform thereto as part of the Contract so far as may be consistent with the terms thereof. Any items shown on drawings and not mentioned in the specifications will be of like effect as if shown or mentioned in both.

10. ACCURACY OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS

Although it is believed that much of the information pertaining to conditions and existing utilities that may affect the cost of the Work will be shown on the Plans or indicated in the Specifications, the City does not warrant the completeness or accuracy of such information.

The Contractor will carefully study and compare each of the Contract Documents with the others and with information furnished by the City and will promptly report in writing to the Public Works Director any errors, inconsistencies, or omissions in the Contract Documents or inconsistencies with applicable law observed by the Contractor.

The Contractor will take field measurements, verify field conditions, perform soil investigations, and carefully compare with the Contract Documents such field measurements, conditions, and other information known to the Contractor before commencing the Work. Errors, inconsistencies, or omissions discovered at any time will be promptly reported in writing to the Public Works Director.

11. RIGHT-OF-WAY

When the Contractor arranges for additional temporary work areas and facilities, the Contractor will provide the City with proof that the additional work areas or facilities were left in a condition satisfactory to the owner(s) of said work areas or facilities before acceptance of the work.

12. SURVEYING

The Contractor will provide for all construction surveying required to layout, monitor and complete the work. The surveying will be performed by a Land Surveyor or Civil Engineer authorized to practice land surveying by the State of California.

The Project Benchmark is shown on the plans. The Contractor will establish all necessary control lines based on the plans and record information on file with the County of Los Angeles Surveyor and the Public Works Director.

It is the Contractor’s responsibility to protect the survey control as shown on the plans.

If the survey control is destroyed or disturbed during construction, the Contractor will -49-

Standard Specifications
Specifications No. 21/22-03
SS-6

provide for resetting them and file appropriate documents with the County of Los Angeles at the direction of the Public Works Director.

Computations, survey notes, and other data used to accomplish the work will be neat, legible and accurate. Copies of all computations, survey notes, and other data (electronic format may be required) will be furnished to the Public Works Director before beginning work that requires their use.

13. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

Construction Survey – Unless a separate bid item is provided, payment will be considered included in the other items of the bid and no additional payment will be made therefore.

14. BASIS FOR ESTABLISHING COSTS

Regardless of ownership, the rates to be used in determining the equipment usage costs will not exceed those listed for the same or similar equipment in the California State Department of Transportation publication of Labor Surcharge and Equipment Rates effective for the period of usage.

15. MARK UP

Work by Contractor. The following percentages will be added to the Contractor’s costs and will constitute the markup for all overhead and profits.

Labor .................................................... 20 Materials .................................................... 15 Equipment Rental .................................................... 15 Other Items and Expenditures .............................................. 15

To the sum of the costs and markups provided for in this subsection, 1 percent will be added as compensation for bonding. No other formula, e.g., the Eichleay or other method, may be used to calculate daily damages for office overhead, profit, or other purported loss.

Work by Subcontractors. When all or any part of the extra work is performed by a Subcontractor, the markup established in this Section will be applied to the Subcontractor’s actual cost of such work. A markup of 10 percent on the first $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the extra work and a markup of 5 percent on work added in excess of $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the extra work may be added by the Contractor.

In the event that City becomes liable to Contractor for compensable delays, City agrees to pay Contractor the daily Contractor Delay Damages set forth in the Bid Form or Contractor’s actual daily delay damages, whichever is less, for each day of Compensable Delay as provided for by these Contract Documents.

-50-

Standard Specifications
Specifications No. 21/22-03
SS-7

16. DAILY REPORTS BY CONTRACTOR

If disagreement continues regarding extra work, the Contractor may seek compensation in accordance with the Claims procedure. Daily Reports required by this subsection must be made part of the Claim as supporting data for the Claim.

17. CHANGED CONDITIONS

If the Contractor encounters concealed or unknown conditions that differ materially from those anticipated or expected (“changed conditions”), the Contractor will immediately notify the Public Works Director or his designee in writing of such changed conditions (upon discovery and before disturbing such changed conditions), so that the Public Works Director or his designee can determine if such conditions require design details that differ from those design details shown in the Contract Documents. Notwithstanding any other time period, the Contractor is liable to City for any extra costs incurred as a result of the Contractor’s failure to promptly give such notice.

Changed conditions include, without limitation, the following:

• Subsurface or latent physical conditions differing materially from those represented in the Contract Documents;

• Unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature differing materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character being performed; and

• Material differing from what is represented in the Contract which the Contractor believes may be hazardous waste as defined in California Health & Safety Code § 25117 that is required to be removed to a Class I, II, or III disposal site in accordance with applicable law.

The Public Works Director or his designee will promptly investigate conditions that appear to be changed conditions. The Public Works Director’s decision, and any dispute regarding that decision, will be made in accordance with the Greenbook except that the Public Works Director will render a decision promptly.

Any information provided pursuant to INFORMATION AVAILABLE TO BIDDERS is subject to the following provisions:

• The information is made available for the Bidders’ convenience and is not a part of the Contract.

• The City has not determined the accuracy or completeness of such information and all such information is made available to Bidders without any representation or warranty by the City whatsoever as to its accuracy, completeness, or relevancy.

-51-

Standard Specifications
Specifications No. 21/22-03
SS-8

• Bidders will independently evaluate such information for their use and will be solely responsible for use or interpretation of such information. Any such use or interpretation will not be the basis of any claim against the City.

18. DISPUTED WORK

If the Contractor and the City do not reach agreement on disputed work, the City may direct the Contractor to proceed with the work. Any payment for the disputed work will be determined pursuant to the claims procedures in these Standard Specifications.

Although not to be construed as proceeding under extra work provisions, the Contractor will keep and furnish records of disputed work as required by the Contract Documents.

19. INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS

Unless otherwise specified, inspection at the source of production for such materials and fabricated items as bituminous paving mixtures, structural concrete, fabricated metal products, cast metal products, welding, reinforced and unreinforced concrete pipe, application of protective coatings, and similar shop and plant operations is not required. A certificate of compliance, signed by an authorized officer of the producer, certifying compliance with the contract documents will be submitted for all of the following materials: steel pipe, sizes less than 18 inches; vitrified clay pipe; asbestos cement pipe; cast iron pipe; reinforced concrete pipe; non-reinforced concrete pipe; and PVC sewer and water pipe; subject to sampling and testing by City.

Standard items of equipment, such as electric motors, conveyors, plumbing fittings and fixtures, lumber, plywood, and so on, are subject to inspection at the job site.

All other equipment items will be inspected and tested in accordance with the contract documents.

The City does not provide full time inspection. The Contractor will provide 24-hour minimum notice for each inspection required by the work unless other arrangements have been agreed upon, in writing, with the Public Works Director. Any inspection required outside of normal working hours and days, including holidays, will be at the Contractor’s cost at rates established by the City.

20. INSPECTION OF MATERIALS NOT PRODUCED LOCALLY

Contractor purchased materials, fabricated items, and equipment, produced at sources located more than 50 miles outside the corporate limits of the City, and which are specified to be inspected in the Contract Documents, will be inspected by inspectors or testing laboratories arranged for and paid for by City. Report of such inspection must be submitted to the City. If any item inspected fails to meet the specified criteria, the Contractor will pay all costs for reinspection, and such costs may be deducted from payments due to the Contractor.

21. TRADE NAMES OR EQUALS
-52-

Standard Specifications
Specifications No. 21/22-03
SS-9

Whenever any material, product, equipment, or service is specified by brand, trade, or proprietary name, the item so specified will be deemed to be followed by the words “or equal.”

For the City’s consideration of a proposed “equal” item, the Bidder must submit, a minimum of 10 calendar days before the date of the bid opening, documentation of the particulars of the proposed “equal item.” At a minimum, the submitted documentation will include:

• Written request with explanation of why the product should be considered as an equal product.
• Material specifications.
• Technical specifications.
• Test data.
• Samples.
• Comparison chart of key specifications of the “equal” item against similar specifications of the specified item.
• Work locations and reference telephone numbers of at least three (3) locations where the proposed “equal” item has been recently installed under similar conditions.
• Warranty data.

The Bidder will be notified by the Public Works Director whether or not the proposed “equal” product is acceptable to the City five calendar days before the date of the bid opening. Failure to submit all required documentation and/or submittal of incomplete documents may result in the City’s rejection of the proposed “equal” product without further consideration.

22. PROTECTION

If the Contractor, while performing the Work, discovers utility facilities not identified correctly or not shown in the contract plans or specifications by the City, the Contractor will immediately notify the City and utility owner in writing.

23. RESPONSIBILITY OF UTILITY REMOVAL OR RELOCATION

The City is responsible to arrange for the removal, repair, or relocation of existing utilities located within the project limits if such utilities are not correctly identified in the contract plans or specifications by the City. The City has sole discretion to perform repairs or relocation work or permit the Contractor to do such repairs or relocation.

24. DELAYS

Actual loss is understood to include no items of expense other than idle time of equipment and necessary payments for idle time of workers, cost of extra moving of equipment, and cost of longer hauls. Compensation for idle time of equipment and idle time of workers will be determined by these Standard Specifications and no markup will -53-

Standard Specifications
Specifications No. 21/22-03
SS-10

be added in either case for overhead and profit. The cost of extra moving of equipment and the cost of longer hauls will be paid for as extra work.

25. CALCULATING IDLE TIME

Equipment and worker idle time is calculated in accordance with these Standard Specifications and the Greenbook; it is based upon the actual normal working time during which the delay condition exists, but in no case will exceed 8 hours in any one day. The days for which compensation will be paid will be the calendar days, excluding Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays, during the existence of the delay.

26. CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF WORK

A. Pre-Construction Meeting:

After contract award, City will arrange for a pre-construction meeting to discuss the construction of the project. City will invite utility agencies and the contractor will arrange for all of its sub-contractors to attend the meeting.

B. Contract Schedule

After notification of award and before starting any work, the Contractor will submit a Contract Schedule to the Public Works Director for review, as required by these Standard Specifications within 15 calendar days of award.

C. Contract Schedule Content

The Contract Schedule, and any updated Contract Schedule, will meet the following requirements:

• Schedules must be suitable for monitoring progress of the Work. • Schedules must provide necessary data about the time for the Public Works Director’s decisions.
• Schedules must be sufficiently detailed to demonstrate adequate planning for the Work.
• Schedules must represent a practical plan to complete the Work within the Contract Time.
• Schedules must show the critical path method for completing the Work.

The Public Works Director’s review of the form and general content of the Contract Schedule and any updated Contract Schedules is only for the purpose of determining if the listed requirements are satisfied, nothing more.

D. Effect of Contract Schedule

The Contract Schedule, and any updated Contract Schedules, will represent a practical plan to complete the Work within the Contract Time. Extension of any schedule beyond the Contract Time will not be acceptable. Schedules showing the Work completed in -54-

Standard Specifications
Specifications No. 21/22-03
SS-11

less than the Contract may be acceptable if judged by the Public Works Director or his designee to be practical. Acceptance of such a schedule by the Public Works Director will not change the Contract Time. The Contract Time, not the Contract Schedule, will control in determining liquidated damages payable by the Contractor and in determining any delay.

If a schedule showing the Work completed in less than the Contract Time is accepted, the Contractor will not be entitled to extensions of the Contract Time for Excusable Delays or Compensable Delays or to adjustments of the Contract Sum for Compensable Delays until such delays extend the completion of the Work beyond the expiration of the Contract Time.

The Contractor will plan, develop, supervise, control, and coordinate the performance of the Work so that its progress and the sequence and timing of Work activities conform to the current accepted Contract Schedule. The Contractor will continuously obtain from Subcontractors information and data about the planning for and progress of the Work and the delivery of equipment, will coordinate and integrate such information and data into updated Contract Schedules, and will monitor the progress of the Work and the delivery of equipment. The Contractor will act as the expeditor of potential and actual delays, interruptions, hindrances, or disruptions for its own forces and those forces of Subcontractors. The Contractor will cooperate with the Public Works Director in developing the Contract Schedule and updated Contract Schedules.

The Public Works Director’s review and comments about any schedule or scheduling data will not relieve the Contractor from its sole responsibility to plan for, perform, and complete the Work within the Contract Time. Review and comments about any schedule will not transfer responsibility for any schedule to the Public Works Director or City nor imply their agreement with (1) any assumption upon which such schedule is based or (2) any matter underlying or contained in such schedule.

The Public Works Director’s failure to discover errors or omissions in schedules that have been reviewed, or to inform the Contractor that the Contractor, Subcontractors, or others are behind schedule, or to direct or enforce procedures for complying with the Contract Schedule will not relieve the Contractor from its sole responsibility to perform and complete the Work within the Contract Time and will not be a cause for an adjustment of the Contract Time or the Contract Sum.

The Contractor will perform the Work in accordance with the currently accepted Contract Schedule.

E. Commencement of Contract Time

The Contract Time will commence when the City issues a Notice to Proceed. The Work will start on the date specified in the Notice to Proceed and within a maximum of 15 calendar days after the date of the Notice to Proceed and be diligently prosecuted to completion with the time provided in the Specifications.

27. DEFAULT BY CONTRACTOR
-55-

Standard Specifications
Specifications No. 21/22-03
SS-12

A. General

Should the Contractor fail to begin delivery of material and equipment, to commence the Work within the time specified, to maintain the rate of delivery of material, to execute the Work in the manner and at such locations as specified, or fail to maintain the Work schedule (as determined by the current accepted Contract Schedule) which will ensure the City’s interest, or if the Contractor is not carrying out the intent of the Contract, the City may serve written notice upon the Contractor and the Surety on its Faithful Performance Bond demanding satisfactory compliance with the Contract.

B. Termination of Contractor’s Control Over the Work

City may terminate the Contractor’s control over the Work without liability for damages when, in the City’s opinion, the Contractor is not complying in good faith, has become insolvent, or has assigned or subcontracted any part of the Work without the City’s consent. Should such termination occur, the Contractor will be paid the actual amount due based on Contract Unit Prices or lump sums bid and the quantity and quality of the Work completed at the time of termination, less damages caused to the City by the Contractor’s action or inaction.

In the event of such termination of control, the City may do any one, or combination of, the following:

• Serve written notice upon the Surety on its Faithful Performance Bond demanding satisfactory compliance with the Contract. In such event the Surety will, within 5 days, assume control and perform the Work as successor to the Contractor;
• The City may perform the Work itself and deduct the cost thereof from any payment due to the Contractor;
• The City may replace the Contractor with a different contractor to complete the work and deduct the cost thereof from any payment due to the Contractor.

Nothing herein will waive, or serve as a limitation upon, any additional remedy the City may have under these Contract Documents or applicable law.

C. Surety’s Assumption of Control

Should the Surety assume any part of the Work, it will take the Contractor’s place in all respects for that part and will be paid by the City for all work performed by it in accordance with the Contract. If the Surety assumes the entire Contract, all money due the Contractor at the time of its default will be payable to the Surety as the Work progresses, subject to the terms of the Contract.

If the Surety does not assume control and perform the Work within five days after receiving notice of cancellation, or fails to continue to comply, the City may exclude the Surety from the premises. The City may then take possession of all material and equipment and complete the Work by City’s forces, by letting the unfinished work to -56-

Standard Specifications
Specifications No. 21/22-03
SS-13

another contractor, or by a combination of such methods. In any event, the cost of completing the Work will be charged against the Contractor and its Surety and may be deducted from any money due or becoming due from the City. If the sums due under the Contract are insufficient for completion, the Contractor or Surety will pay to the City within five days of completion, all costs in excess of the sums due.

The provisions of this subsection will be in addition to all other rights and remedies available to the City under applicable law.

28. DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME

A. General

If delays are caused by unforeseen events beyond the control of the Contractor, such delays will entitle the Contractor to an extension of time as provided herein, but the Contractor will not be entitled to damages or additional payment due to such delays except as otherwise provided herein. Excusable delay may include war, earthquakes exceeding 3.5 on the Richter Scale, government regulation, labor disputes outside the contemplation of the parties, strikes outside the contemplation of the parties, fires, floods, changes to the Work as identified herein, or other specific events that may be further described in the Specifications.

Delays to the project caused by labor disputes or strikes involving trades not directly related to the project, or involving trades not affecting the project as a whole will not warrant an extension of time.

The City will not grant an extension of time for a delay by the Contractor’s inability to obtain materials unless the Contractor furnishes to the Public Works Director documentary proof. The proof must be provided in a timely manner in accordance with the sequence of the Contractor’s operations and accepted construction schedule.

Should delays be caused by events other than those included herein, the Public Works Director may, but is not required to, deem an extension of time to be in the City’s best interests.

B. Extensions of Time

If granted, extensions of time will be based upon the effect of delays to the critical path of the Work as determined by the current accepted Contract Schedule. Delays to minor portions of the Work that do not affect the critical path will not be eligible for extensions of time.

C. Payment for Delays to Contractor

Any payment for compensable delay will be based upon actual costs excluding, without limitation, what damages, if any, the Contractor may have reasonably avoided.

The Contractor understands that this is the sole basis for recovering delay damages and explicitly waives any right to calculate daily damages for office overhead, profit, or -57-

Standard Specifications
Specifications No. 21/22-03
SS-14

other purported loss, using different formulas including, without limitation, the Eichleay Formula.

D. Written Notice and Report

If the Contractor desires payment for a delay or an extension of time, it will give the Public Works Director written notice of such request not later than the time limit set forth in the Proposal for submitting a claim after the event or occurrence giving rise to a delay claim. Failure to submit a written request within such amount of time will result in the Contractor waiving its delay claim.

Any claim for payment or an extension of time must be in the form required by the “Claims” sections of these Standard Specifications.

In no event will the City grant the Contractor an extension of time if the delay is within the Contract Time as identified by the Contract Documents.

29. WORKDAYS AND WORKING HOURS

City Hall is ordinarily open from Monday thru Thursday during normal working hours (8 a.m. to 5:30 p.m.) and alternating Fridays (8 a.m. to 4:30 p.m.). It is closed on the following holidays:

New Year’s Day - January 1
Martin Luther King, Jr. Day - January 17
President’s Day - February 21
Memorial Day - May 30
Independence Day - July 4
Labor Day - September 5
Veterans’ Day - November 11
Thanksgiving - November 24
Friday after Thanksgiving - November 25
Christmas Eve - December 24
Christmas - December 25
New Year’s Eve - December 31

If the Contractor requests an inspection on a day when City Hall is closed, then the Contractor will have to reimburse the City for the costs of inspection. The Contractor must request such an inspection at least 48 hours in advance. City inspections during hours when City Hall is closed are subject to inspection overtime fees to be paid for by the Contractor. Friday work that does not require inspection can be done without an inspection fee and must be discussed with City staff before its occurrence. If the Contractor does construction on a Friday or a day when City Hall is closed, that day is counted as a project working day.

On workdays, Contractor’s activities will be confined to the hours between 7:30 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. Traffic may only be restricted between the hours of 7:30 am and 2:00 pm and subject to the review of the City Manager.
-58-

Standard Specifications
Specifications No. 21/22-03
SS-15

A. Night Work

Except as otherwise provided in the Technical Specifications or separate permit, City does not permit Work between the hours of 4 p.m. and 7:30 a.m. of the following day.

B. Weekend and Holiday Work

The Public Works Director may, but is not required to, allow the Contractor to work on Saturdays, Sundays and City Holidays.

30. COMPLETION AND ACCEPTANCE

The Work will be inspected by the Public Works Director for acceptance upon the Public Works Director receiving the Contractor’s written assertion that the Work is complete.

If, in the Public Works Director’s judgment, the Work is complete and is ready for acceptance, the Public Works Director will accept the Work on behalf of the City in the manner prescribed by the City. Once a Notice of Completion is issued, the Contractor is relieved from responsibility to protect the Work.

All work will be guaranteed by the Contractor against defective workmanship and materials furnished by the Contractor for a minimum period of one year from the date the Work was completed. The Contractor will replace or repair any such defective work in a manner satisfactory to the Public Works Director, after notice to do so from the Public Works Director, and within the time specified in the notice. If the Contractor fails to make such replacement or repairs within the time specified in the notice, the City may perform this work and the Contractor’s sureties will be liable for the cost thereof.

31. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES

If all the Work is not completed before or upon the expiration of the Contract Time, City will sustain damage. Since it is and will be impracticable to determine the actual damage which the City will sustain in the event of and by reason of such delay, it is agreed that the Contractor will pay to the City the sum specified in the Proposal for each and every calendar day beyond the time prescribed to complete the work not as a penalty, but as a predetermined liquidated damage. The Contractor agrees to pay such liquidated damages as are herein provided, and in case the same are not paid, agrees that the City may deduct the amount thereof from any money due or that may become due to the Contractor under the contract.

Unless otherwise specified, liquidated damages will be $1,000 per calendar day.

32. DISPUTES AND CLAIMS; PROCEDURE

A. General

-59-

Standard Specifications
Specifications No. 21/22-03
SS-16

Consistent with PCC §§ 9204 and 10240.6, “Claim” means a written demand or assertion by the Contractor that seeks an adjustment or interpretation of the terms of the Contract Documents, payment of money, extension of time, or other relief with respect to the Contract Documents, including a determination of disputes or matters in question between the City and the Contractor arising out of or related to the Contract Documents or the performance of the Work, and claims alleging an unforeseen condition or an act, error, or omission by the City, the Public Works Director, their agents or employees. “Claim” does not mean, and the Claims procedures herein do not apply, to the following:

• Claims respecting penalties for forfeitures prescribed by statute or regulations, which a government agency is specifically authorized to administer, settle, or determine.
• Claims respecting personal injury, death, reimbursement, or other compensation arising out of or resulting from liability for personal injury or death. • Claims respecting a latent defect, breach of warranty, or guarantee to repair. • Claims respecting stop notices.

If a Claim is subject to the Change Order procedures, the Claim arises upon the issuance of a written final decision denying in whole or in part the Contractor’s Change Order Request. If a Claim is not subject to the Change Order Procedures, the Claim arises when the Contractor discovers, or reasonably should discover, the condition or event giving rise to the Claim. The requirements of this Section are intended to supplement and implement PCC § 9204, a copy of which is attached for reference.

Accordingly, pursuant to PCC § 9204(f), the parties agree to utilize these Standard Specifications.

B. Form

A Claim must include the following:

• A statement that it is a Claim and a request for a decision.

• A detailed description of the act, error, omission, unforeseen condition, event or other condition giving rise to the Claim.

• If the Claim is subject to the Change Order procedures, a statement demonstrating that a Change Order Request was timely submitted and denied.

• A detailed justification for any remedy or relief sought by the Claim, including to the extent applicable, the following:

 If the Claim involves extra work, a detailed cost breakdown claimed. The breakdown must be provided even if the costs claimed have not been incurred when the Claim is submitted.

 To the extent costs have been incurred when the Claim is submitted, the Claim must include actual cost records (including, without limitation, -60-

Standard Specifications
Specifications No. 21/22-03
SS-17

payroll records, material and rental invoices) demonstrating that costs claimed have actually been incurred.

 To the extent costs have not yet been incurred at the time the Claim is submitted, actual cost records must be submitted on a current basis not less than once a week during any time period costs are incurred. A cost record will be considered current if submitted within seven calendar days of the date the cost reflected in the record is incurred. At the Public Works Director’s request, claimed extra costs may be subject to further verification procedures (such as having an inspector verify the performance of alleged extra work on a daily basis).

• If the Claim involves an error or omission in the Contract Documents:

 An affirmative representation that the error or omission was not discovered before submitting a bid for the Contract; and

 A detailed statement demonstrating that the error or omission reasonably should not have been discovered by the Contractor, its Subcontractors and suppliers, before submitting a bid for the Contract.

• If the Claim involves an extension of the Contract Time, written documentation demonstrating the Contractor’s entitlement to a time extension.

• If the Claim involves an adjustment of the Contract Sum for delay, written documentation demonstrating the Contractor’s entitlement to such an adjustment.

• A personal certification from the Contractor that reads as follows:

“I, , BEING THE (MUST BE AN

OFFICER) OF (CONTRACTOR
NAME),

DECLARE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY UNDER CALIFORNIA LAW, AND DO

PERSONALLY CERTIFY AND ATTEST THAT I HAVE THOROUGHLY REVIEWED

THE ATTACHED CLAIM FOR ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION OR EXTENSION OF TIME, AND KNOW ITS CONTENTS, AND SAID CLAIM IS MADE IN GOOD FAITH; THE SUPPORTING DATA IS TRUTHFUL AND ACCURATE; THAT THE AMOUNT

REQUESTED ACCURATELY REFLECTS THE CONTRACT ADJUSTMENT FOR WHICH THE CONTRACTOR BELIEVES CITY IS LIABLE; AND, FURTHER, THAT I AM FAMILIAR WITH CALIFORNIA PENAL CODE § 72 AND CALIFORNIA GOVERNMENT CODE § 12650, ET SEQ., PERTAINING TO FALSE CLAIMS, AND

FURTHER KNOW AND UNDERSTAND THAT SUBMITTING OR CERTIFYING A

FALSE CLAIM MAY LEAD TO FINES, IMPRISONMENT, AND OTHER SEVERE LEGAL CONSEQUENCES.”

C. Claims Submitted to Public Works Director

-61-

Standard Specifications
Specifications No. 21/22-03
SS-18

Within 30 calendar days after the circumstances giving rise to a Claim occur, the Contractor will submit its Claim to the Public Works Director for a decision. Regardless of any Claim submittal, or any dispute regarding a Claim, unless otherwise directed by the Public Works Director, the Contractor will not cause any delay, cessation, or termination of the Work, but will diligently proceed with the performing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Except as otherwise provided, the City will continue to make payments in accordance with the Contract Documents.

D. Claim Is Prerequisite to Other Remedy

The Contractor certifies that it is familiar with PCC § 10240.2 and understands and agrees that submitting a Claim in accordance with these Specifications is an express condition precedent to the Contractor’s right to otherwise pursue a claim whether through alternative dispute resolution or by litigation. Should the Contractor fail to submit a claim in accordance with these Specifications, including the time limits set forth herein, it will waive any right to a remedy, whether in law or equity, it might otherwise have pursuant to the Contract Documents or applicable law.

E. Decision on Claims

The Public Works Director will promptly review Claims submitted by the Contractor in accordance with these Standard Specifications. Should the Public Works Director require additional supporting evidence to evaluate the claim, the Public Works Director will request such additional information in writing. Any such requested data will be furnished not later than 10 calendar days after the Contractor receives the Public Works Director’s request.

The Public Works Director will render a decision not later than 30 calendar days after either receiving the Claim or the deadline for furnishing additional supporting data, whichever is later. If the Claim amount is more than $50,000, the time period will be extended to 60 days. If the Public Works Director fails to render a decision within the time period established herein, then the Claim will be deemed denied. The Public Works Director’s decision will be final and binding unless appealed in accordance with these Specifications.

The Public Works Director’s decision on a Claim will include a statement substantially as follows:

“This is a decision pursuant to the Standard Specifications of your contract. If you are dissatisfied with the decision and have complied with the procedural requirements for asserting claims, you may have the right to alternative dispute resolution or litigation.

Should you fail to take appropriate action within 30 calendar days of the date of this decision, the decision will become final and binding and not subject to further appeal.”

F. Appeal of Public Works Director’s Decision

Should the Contractor dispute the Public Works Director’s decision, then the Contractor must appeal that decision to the City Manager within 30 calendar days of receiving the Public Works Director’s decision.
-62-

Standard Specifications
Specifications No. 21/22-03
SS-19

The City Manager will address disputes or claims within 30 calendar days after receiving such request and all necessary supporting data. The City Manager’s decision on the dispute or claim will be the City’s final decision.

If the Contractor disputes the City Manager’s decision, then the Contractor must demand alternative dispute resolution in accordance with this Section and the PCC within 30 calendar days of the City’s final decision.

G. Mediation

If the City and the Contractor agree, disputes between the parties may be submitted to non-binding mediation. If the parties cannot agree to an alternative form of mediation, then mediation will be administered by the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) under its Construction Industry Mediation Rules, unless the use of such rules are waived by mutual stipulation of both parties.

The parties may, but are not required to be, represented by counsel in mediation.

The requirement for mediation will not alter or modify the time limitations otherwise provided for claims and no conduct or settlement negotiation during mediation will be considered a waiver of the City’s right to assert that claim procedures were not followed.

H. Arbitration

If the City and Contractor do not agree to mediation, then disputes will be submitted to neutral non-binding (except as provided herein) arbitration. Arbitration will be conducted in accordance with PCC § 10240.3. Any decision rendered by an arbitrator will be consistent with PCC § 10240.8.

The exclusive venue for any arbitration will be in Los Angeles County.

The expenses and fees of the arbitrators and the administrative fees, if any, will be divided among the parties equally. Each party will pay its own counsel fees, witness fees, and other expenses incurred for its own benefit.

I. When Arbitration Decision Becomes Binding

The decision rendered by the arbitrator will become binding upon the parties unless appealed to the Los Angeles County Superior Court pursuant to PCC § 10240.12 within 30 calendar days of the decision. If subsequent litigation results in an award to the party appealing the arbitration that is less than or equal to that of the arbitration decision, or if the litigation results in a decision in favor of the nonappealing party, then the party appealing the arbitration will pay the nonappealing party’s attorney’s fees and court costs.

J. Appeal to Superior Court; Waiver of Jury Trial

-63-

Standard Specifications
Specifications No. 21/22-03
SS-20

Should a party timely object to the arbitration decision, it may file a petition with the Los Angeles County Superior Court in accordance with California Code of Civil Procedure (“CCP”) §§ 1285, et seq. Notwithstanding the limitations set forth in CCP § 1286.2, the court may vacate, correct, or adjust an arbitration award, and enter judgment in accordance with CCP § 1287.4, for any legal or equitable basis including, without limitation, error of law. The court will apply the substantial evidence standard of review when considering the appeal of an objecting party.

BY EXECUTING THESE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, THE CONTRACTOR AGREES

TO HAVE DISPUTES OR CONTROVERSY CONCERNING THE CONSTRUCTION,

INTERPRETATION, PERFORMANCE, OR BREACH OF THESE CONTRACT

DOCUMENTS, INCLUDING CLAIMS FOR BREACH OF CONTRACT OR ISSUES OF BAD FAITH DECIDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS SECTION. BOTH THE CITY

AND THE CONTRACTOR WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL FOR THESE DISPUTES OR ISSUES.

33. PREVAILING WAGES

The Contractor will post at appropriate conspicuous points at the site of the project a schedule showing determinations of the Director of Industrial Relations of the prevailing rate of per diem wages. It will be the Contractor’s responsibility to obtain copies of the prevailing rate of per diem wages. One source that may be used is the California Department of Industrial Relations website which is currently located at www.dir.ca.gov , or by calling the Prevailing Wage Unit at (415) 703-4774.

Attention is directed to Labor Code §§ 1777.5, 1777.6 and 3098 concerning the employment of apprentices by the Contractor or any subcontractor.

Labor Code § 1777.5 requires the Contractor or subcontractor employing tradesmen in any apprenticeship occupation to apply to the joint apprenticeship committee nearest the site of the public works project and which administers the apprenticeship program in that trade for a certificate of approval. The certificate will also fix the ratio of apprentices to journeymen that will be used in the performance of the contract. The ratio of apprentices to journeymen in such cases will not be less than one to five except:

• When employment in the area of coverage by the joint apprenticeship committee has exceeded an average of 15 percent in the 90 calendar days before the request for certificate, or

• When the number of apprentices in training in the area exceeds a ratio of one to five, or

• When the trade can show that it is replacing at least 1/30 of its membership through apprenticeship training on an annual basis state-wide or locally, or

-64-

Standard Specifications
Specifications No. 21/22-03
SS-21

• When the Contractor provides evidence that the Contractor employs registered apprentices on all of his contracts on an annual average of not less than one apprentice to eight journeymen.

The Contractor is required to make contributions to funds established for the administration of apprenticeship programs if the Contractor employs registered apprentices or journeymen in any apprenticeable trade on such contracts and if other contractors on the public works site are making such contributions.

The Contractor and any subcontractor will comply with Labor Code §§ 1777.5 and 1777.6 in the employment of apprentices.

Information relative to apprenticeship standards, wage schedules and other requirements may be obtained from the Director of Industrial Relations, ex-officio the Administrator of Apprenticeship, San Francisco, California, or from the Division of Apprenticeship Standards and its branch offices.

34. RECORD OF WAGES PAID: INSPECTION

Every Contractor and subcontractor will keep an accurate certified payroll records showing the name, occupation, and the actual per diem wages paid to each worker employed in connection with the Work. The record will be kept open at all reasonable hours to the inspection of the body awarding the contract and to the Department of Industrial Relations. If requested by the City, the Contractor will provide copies of the records at its cost.

35. LIABILITY INSURANCE

Contractor must comply with City’s insurance requirements for public works projects which are either adopted by City Council resolution or promulgated by the City Manager, or designee (the “Insurance Matrix”). Contractor will provide endorsements or other proof of coverage for contractual liability in accordance with the Insurance Matrix.

The cost of such insurance will be included in the various items of work in the Contractor’s bid and no additional compensation for purchasing insurance or additional coverage needed to meet these requirements will be allowed.

In the event that any required insurance is reduced in coverage, cancelled for any reason, voided or suspended, Contractor agrees that City may arrange for insurance coverage as specified, and Contractor further agrees that administrative and premium costs may be deducted from payments due to the Contractor. Contractor will not be allowed to work until alternate coverage is arranged.

Coverage will not extend to any indemnity coverage for the active negligence of the additional insured if the agreement to indemnify the additional insured would be invalid under Civil Code § 2782(b).

36. INDEMNIFICATION AND DEFENSE
-65-

Standard Specifications
Specifications No. 21/22-03
SS-22

In addition to all other provisions of the Contract Documents including, without limitation, the Greenbook, as between the City and Contractor, Contractor will take and assume all responsibility for the work as stated herein or shown on the plans.

The Contractor will bear all losses and damages directly or indirectly resulting to it, to the City, its officers, employees, and agents, or to others on account of the performance or character of the work, unforeseen difficulties, accidents, traffic control, job site maintenance, or any other causes whatsoever.

The Contractor will assume the defense of and indemnify and save harmless the City of Bellflower, its officers, employees, and agents, from and against any and all claims, losses, damage, expenses and liability of every kind, nature, and description, directly or indirectly arising from the performance of the contract or work, regardless of responsibility for negligence, and from any and all claims, losses, damage, expenses, and liability, howsoever the same may be caused, resulting directly, or indirectly from the nature of the work covered by the contract, regardless of responsibility for negligence, to the fullest extent permitted by law. In accordance with Civil Code § 2782, nothing in this Section will require defense or indemnification for death, bodily injury, injury to property, or any other loss, damage or expense arising from the sole negligence or willful misconduct of the City, or its agents, servants or independent contractors who are directly responsible to the City, or for defects in design furnished by such persons. Moreover, nothing in this Section will apply to impose on the Contractor, or to relieve the City from, liability for active negligence of the City.

The City does not, and will not, waive any rights against the Contractor which it may have by reason of the aforesaid hold harmless agreements because of the acceptance by the City, or deposit with City by Contractor, of any insurance policies. This hold harmless agreement by the Contractor applies to all damages and claims for damages of every kind suffered or alleged to have been suffered by reasons of any of the aforesaid operations of Contractor, or any subcontractor, regardless of whether or not such insurance policies are determined to be applicable to any of such damages or claims for damages.

No act by the City, or its representatives in processing or accepting any plans, in releasing any bond, in inspecting or accepting any work, or of any other nature, will in any respect relieve the Contractor or anyone else from any legal responsibility, obligation or liability he might otherwise have.

37. PERMITS

The Contractor will apply for permits required by the City. These permits including, without limitation, a business license, will be issued on a “no-fee” basis. However, the Contractor must pay for and obtain all other permits from other governmental and utility agencies necessitated by their operations but cannot charge the City an administrative fee for obtaining such permits.

-66-

Standard Specifications
Specifications No. 21/22-03
SS-23

All bonding fees, (overweight and oversized vehicle permit fees) inspection permit fees or other fees charged or required for such permits must be paid by the Contractor.

These costs will be included in the bid item provided. If no bid item is included, costs will be included in the various items of work, and no additional payment will be allowed.

38. CLEANUP AND DUST CONTROL

On any construction project requiring trenching within public streets and for which total trenching is in excess of 500 feet, the Contractor will be required to sweep the worksite utilizing a pick-up type of street sweeper a minimum of once daily.

39. WATERING

Water for dust control caused by Contractor’s operations or the passage of traffic through the work will be applied as necessary or as directed by the Public Works Director. Water for the above or other purposes may be obtained from any approved source. If the Contractor chooses to use a City fire hydrant, Contractor must contact the appropriate water purveyor to pay deposits and fees. Costs of water to be used will be included in the cost of various bid items.

40. WATER POLLUTION CONTROL

The following requirements are added to establish storm water and urban runoff pollution prevention controls.

Storm or construction generated water containing sediment such as, construction waste, soil, slurry from concrete/asphalt concrete saw cutting operations, clean-up of concrete transit mixers or other pollutants from construction sites and parking areas will be retained or controlled on site and will not be permitted to enter the storm drain system.

Temporary sediment filtering systems such as sandbags, silt fences, or gravel berms will be utilized to trap sediment so that only filtered water enters the City’s storm drain system. Proper clean up and disposal of settled sediment and the filtering system will be the responsibility of the Contractor.

Discharge of concrete transit mixer wash water on to approved dirt areas (sub-grade area designated for new concrete construction for example) is acceptable. Discharge on to private property, parkway areas, or the street is not permitted.

Plastic or other impervious covering will be installed where appropriate to prevent erosion of an otherwise unprotected area, along with any other runoff control devices deemed appropriate by the City.

Excavated soil stored on the site will be covered in a manner that minimizes the amount of sediments running into the storm drain system, street or adjoining properties.

-67-

Standard Specifications
Specifications No. 21/22-03
SS-24

No washing of construction or other industrial vehicles and equipment will be allowed adjacent to a construction site. During the rainy season (October 15 to April 15), Contractor will keep at the construction site sufficient materials and labor to install temporary sediment filtering systems and other water pollution prevention control measures. These control measures will be in place and maintained by the Contractor on a daily basis on days when construction is not in progress due to rain.

All costs associated with water pollution control will be borne by the Contractor. Any expense incurred by the City to expeditiously respond to storm drain contamination resulting from Contractor’s failure to implement water pollution control measures will be charged to the Contractor.

41. PROTECTION AND RESTORATION OF EXISTING

IMPROVEMENTS

Where existing traffic striping, pavement markings, and curb markings are damaged or their reflectively reduced by the Contractor’s operations, such striping or markings will also be considered as existing improvements and the Contractor will replace such improvements.

Relocations, repairs, replacements, or re-establishments will be at least equal to the existing improvements and will match such improvements in finish and dimensions unless otherwise specified.

42. PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY

Unless otherwise specified all traffic control will be performed in accordance with the California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (CA MUTCD), Latest Edition.

Building News, 3055 Overland Avenue, Los Angeles, CA 90034, telephone 310-474- 7771.

43. TRAFFIC AND ACCESS

The Contractor will notify the occupants of all affected properties at least 48 hours before any temporary obstruction of access. Vehicular access to property line will be maintained except as required for construction for a reasonable period of time. No overnight closure of any driveway will be allowed except as permitted by the Public Works Director.

At least one, 12 foot wide, traffic lane will be provided for each direction of travel on all streets at all times except as permitted by the Public Works Director. The traffic lanes will be maintained on pavement and will remain unobstructed. All work requiring that a lane be closed, or a lane moved right or left will be noticed to the traveling public by use of City approved lighted arrow boards.

Clearances from traffic lanes will be five feet to the edge of any excavation and two feet to the face of any curb, pole, barricade, delineator, or other vertical obstruction.

-68-

Standard Specifications
Specifications No. 21/22-03
SS-25

One four-foot-wide paved pedestrian walkway will be maintained in the parkway area on each side of all streets. The clearance from the pedestrian walkway to any traffic lane will be five feet. Pedestrians and vehicles will be protected from all excavations, material storage, and/or obstructions by the placement of an adequate number of lighted barricades (minimum two) at each location, one at each end of the obstruction or excavation), which will have flashing lights during darkness. Barricades will be Type I or Type II and lights will be Type A per the CA MUTCD.

44. STREET CLOSURES, DETOURS, BARRICADES

Street closures will not be allowed except as specifically permitted by the Public Works Director.

The Contractor will prepare any traffic control or detour plans in conformance with the California MUTCD, latest edition that may be required as directed by the Public Works Director. Lane transitions will not be sharper than a taper of 30 to one.

Temporary traffic channelization will be accomplished with barricades or delineators.

Temporary striping will not be allowed unless specifically permitted by the Public Works Director. The Contractor will prepare any plans that may be required for temporary striping to the satisfaction of the Public Works Director. In no event will temporary striping be allowed on finish pavement surfaces, which are to remain.

Where access to driveway or street crossings need to be maintained, minimum 1 1/4- inch-thick steel plating will be used to bridge the trench. All steel plating will have temporary asphalt concrete 1:12 minimum sloped ramps to assist vehicles to cross comfortably over the plates and have a non-skid surface. Plates subject to vehicle high traffic speeds and in residential areas will be secured by welding at the discretion of the Public Works Director.

45. PROTECTION OF THE PUBLIC

It is part of the service required of the Contractor to make whatever provisions are necessary to protect the public. The Contractor will use foresight and will take such steps and precautions as his operations warrant to protect the public from danger, loss of life or loss of property, which would result from interruption or contamination of public water supply, interruption of other public service, or from the failure of partly completed work or partially removed facilities. Unusual conditions may arise on the Project which will require that immediate and unusual provisions be made to protect the public from danger or loss of life, or damage to life and property, due directly or indirectly to prosecution of work under this contract.

Whenever, in the opinion of the Public Works Director, an emergency exists against which the Contractor has not taken sufficient precaution for the public safety, protection of utilities and protection of adjacent structures or property, which may be damaged by the Contractor’s operations and when, in the opinion of the Public Works Director, immediate action will be considered necessary in order to protect the public or property due to the Contractor’s operations under this contract, the Public Works -69-

Standard Specifications
Specifications No. 21/22-03
SS-26

Director will order the Contractor to provide a remedy for the unsafe condition. If the Contractor fails to act on the situation immediately, the Public Works Director may provide suitable protection to said interests by causing such work to be done and material to be furnished as, in the opinion of the Public Works Director, may seem reasonable and necessary.

The cost and expense of said labor and material, together with the cost and expense of such repairs as are deemed necessary, will be borne by the Contractor. All expenses incurred by the City for emergency repairs will be deducted from the progress payments and the final payment due to the Contractor. Such remedial measures by the City will not relieve the Contractor from full responsibility for public safety.

46. HAZARDOUS MATERIAL

For any excavation, which extends more than four feet below existing grade, the Contractor will promptly, and before the conditions are disturbed, notify the Public Works Director, in writing, of 1) any material that the Contractor believes may be hazardous waste, as defined in Health and Safety Code § 25117, which is required to be removed to a Class I, Class II, or Class III disposal site in accordance with provisions of existing law, 2) subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site differing from those indicated, or 3) unknown physical conditions at the site of any unusual nature, different materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract Documents.

After receiving notice from the Contractor, the Public Works Director will promptly investigate any condition identified by the Contractor as being hazardous. The rights and obligations of the City and the Contractor with regard to such conditions (including, without limitation, the procedures for procuring change orders and filing claims) will be specified by the provisions of these Standard Specifications regarding Changed Conditions.

If a dispute arises between the City and the Contractor whether the conditions materially differ, involve hazardous waste, or cause a change in the Contractor’s cost or time required for performance of the work, the Contractor will not be excused from any scheduled completion date provided for by the contract, but will proceed with all work to be performed under the contract.

If the Public Works Director determines that material called to the Public Works Director’s attention by the Contractor is hazardous waste, or if the Public Works Director otherwise discovers the existence of hazardous waste, the Contractor will be responsible for removal and disposal of the hazardous waste by qualified personnel and appropriate equipment in the manner required by law as directed by the Public Works Director.

47. LUMP SUM WORK

Items for which quantities are indicated as “Lump Sum,” “L.S.,” or “Job” will be paid for at the price indicated in the Proposal. Such payment will be full compensation for all -70-

Standard Specifications
Specifications No. 21/22-03
SS-27

costs for labor, equipment, materials and plant necessary to furnish, construct and install the lump sum item of work, complete, in place, and for all necessary appurtenant work, including, but not limited to, all necessary cutting, patching, repair and modification of existing facilities, and clean-up of site.

Contractor will furnish three copies of a detailed schedule, which breaks down the lump sum work into its component parts and cost for each part, in a form and sufficiently detailed as to satisfy Public Works Director that it correctly represents a reasonable apportionment of the lump sum. This schedule is subject to approval by Public Works Director as to both the components into which the lump sum item is broken down, and the proportion of cost attributable to each component.

This schedule will be the basis for progress payments for the lump sum work.

48. PARTIAL AND FINAL PAYMENTS

The closure date for the purpose of making partial progress payments will be the last working day of each month. The Contractor will prepare the partial payment invoice with measurement of the work performed through the closure date and submit it to City for approval.

When work is complete, the Contractor will determine the final quantities of the work performed and prepare the final progress payment and submit it to the Public Works Director for approval.

It will take a minimum of 35 calendar days from the date of approving the Contractor’s invoice to make the payment to the Contractor. However, payments will be withheld pending receipt of any outstanding reports required by the contract documents, or legal release of filed Stop Payment Notices against the Contractor. In addition, the final progress payment will not be released until the Contractor returns the control set of Plans and Specifications showing the as-built conditions.

The full five percent (5%) retention will be deducted from all progress payments. The Contractor will make a payment request for the retained amount, for approval by the City, upon field acceptance of the work by the City Public Works Director. The City Public Works Director upon field acceptance and receipt of the final as-built plans and any other reports or documents required to be provided by the Contractor will process a recommendation to the City for acceptance of the work. Not less than 35 calendar days from the City acceptance of the work, the Contractor’s final payment will be made provided Stop Payment Notices or other claims have not been filed against the Contractor and/or the City by material suppliers, sub- contractors, other governmental agencies, and private property owners. Until these Stop Payment Notices are released, and claims are resolved the stop payment/claim amount will be withheld from the final payment.

The Contractor, however, may receive interest on the retention for the length of construction, or receive the retention itself as long as the retention is substituted with escrow holder surety or equal value.
-71-

Standard Specifications
Specifications No. 21/22-03
SS-28

At the request and expense of the Contractor, surety equivalent to the retention may be deposited with the State Treasurer, or a State or Federally chartered bank, as the escrow agent, who will pay such surety to the Contractor upon satisfactory completion of the contract.

Pursuant to PCC § 22300, the Contractor may substitute securities for retention monies held by the City or request that the City place such monies into an escrow account.

The Contractor is notified, pursuant to PCC § 22300, that any such election will be at the Contractor’s own expense and will include costs incurred by the City to accommodate the Contractor’s request.

Progress payment paid by the City as contemplated herein, will be contingent upon the Contractor submitting, in addition to any additional documents, an updated Contract Schedule in the form prescribed by these Contract Documents. Failure of the Contractor to submit an acceptable updated Contract Schedule will result in the City withholding partial payment, without liability to the City, until such an acceptable updated Contract Schedule is submitted. Nothing herein will allow the Contractor to suspend or slow progress of the Work.

A City Council resolution established a Project Payment Account, encumbered money in the current budget, and assigned that money to the Project Payment Account which is the sole source of funds available for payment of the Contract Sum. Contractor understands and agrees that Contractor will be paid only from this special fund and if for any reason this fund is not sufficient to pay Contractor, Contractor will not be entitled to payment. The availability of money in this fund, and City’s ability to draw from this fund, are conditions precedent to City’s obligation to make payments to Contractor.

49. DELIVERED MATERIALS

Materials and equipment delivered or stored, but not incorporated into the work, will not be approved for progress payments.

50. TERMINATION OF AGENCY LIABILITY

Before receiving final payment, the Contractor will execute a “Release on Contract” form which will operate as, and will be a release to the City, the City Council, and each member of the City Council and their agencies, from all claims and liability to the Contractor for anything done or furnished for, or relating to, the work or for any act of neglect of the City of any person relating to or affecting the work, except the claim against the City for the remainder, if any there be, of the amounts kept or retained as in these Standard Specifications and except for any unsettled claims listed on said form which have been filed in compliance with the requirements for making claims.

- END OF SECTION -
-72-

Standard Specifications Specifications No. 21/22-03 SS-29 -73-

§ 9204. Legislative findings and declarations regarding timely..., CA PUB CONT § 9204 © 2021 Thomson Reuters. No claim to original U.S. Government Works.1 West's Annotated California Codes
Public Contract Code (Refs & Annos)
Division 2. General Provisions (Refs & Annos)
Part 1. Administrative Provisions (Refs & Annos)
Chapter 9. Claims and Disputes (Refs & Annos)
West's Ann.Cal.Pub.Con.Code § 9204
§ 9204. Legislative findings and declarations regarding timely and complete payment of contractors for public works projects; claims process Effective: January 1, 2020
Currentness
(a) The Legislature finds and declares that it is in the best interests of the state and its citizens to ensure that all construction business performed on a public works project in the state that is complete and not in dispute is paid in full and in a timely manner. (b) Notwithstanding any other law, including, but not limited to, Article 7.1 (commencing with Section 10240) of Chapter 1 of Part 2, Chapter 10 (commencing with Section 19100) of Part 2, and Article 1.5 (commencing with Section 20104) of Chapter 1 of Part 3, this section shall apply to any claim by a contractor in connection with a public works project. (c) For purposes of this section:
(1) “Claim” means a separate demand by a contractor sent by registered mail or certified mail with return receipt requested, for one or more of the following:
(A) A time extension, including, without limitation, for relief from damages or penalties for delay assessed by a public entity under a contract for a public works project.
(B) Payment by the public entity of money or damages arising from work done by, or on behalf of, the contractor pursuant to the contract for a public works project and payment for which is not otherwise expressly provided or to which the claimant is not otherwise entitled.
(C) Payment of an amount that is disputed by the public entity. (2) “Contractor” means any type of contractor within the meaning of Chapter 9 (commencing with Section 7000) of Division 3 of the Business and Professions Code who has entered into a direct contract with a public entity for a public works project. (3)(A) “Public entity” means, without limitation, except as provided in subparagraph (B), a state agency, department, office, division, bureau, board, or commission, the California State University, the University of California, a city, including a charter city, county, including a charter county, city and county, including a charter city and county, district, special district, public -74-

§ 9204. Legislative findings and declarations regarding timely..., CA PUB CONT § 9204 © 2021 Thomson Reuters. No claim to original U.S. Government Works.2 authority, political subdivision, public corporation, or nonprofit transit corporation wholly owned by a public agency and formed to carry out the purposes of the public agency.
(B) “Public entity” shall not include the following:
(i) The Department of Water Resources as to any project under the jurisdiction of that department. (ii) The Department of Transportation as to any project under the jurisdiction of that department. (iii) The Department of Parks and Recreation as to any project under the jurisdiction of that department. (iv) The Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation with respect to any project under its jurisdiction pursuant to Chapter 11 (commencing with Section 7000) of Title 7 of Part 3 of the Penal Code. (v) The Military Department as to any project under the jurisdiction of that department. (vi) The Department of General Services as to all other projects. (vii) The High-Speed Rail Authority.
(4) “Public works project” means the erection, construction, alteration, repair, or improvement of any public structure, building, road, or other public improvement of any kind.
(5) “Subcontractor” means any type of contractor within the meaning of Chapter 9 (commencing with Section 7000) of Division 3 of the Business and Professions Code who either is in direct contract with a contractor or is a lower tier subcontractor. (d)(1)(A) Upon receipt of a claim pursuant to this section, the public entity to which the claim applies shall conduct a reasonable review of the claim and, within a period not to exceed 45 days, shall provide the claimant a written statement identifying what portion of the claim is disputed and what portion is undisputed. Upon receipt of a claim, a public entity and a contractor may, by mutual agreement, extend the time period provided in this subdivision. (B) The claimant shall furnish reasonable documentation to support the claim. (C) If the public entity needs approval from its governing body to provide the claimant a written statement identifying the disputed portion and the undisputed portion of the claim, and the governing body does not meet within the 45 days or within the mutually agreed to extension of time following receipt of a claim sent by registered mail or certified mail, return receipt requested, the public entity shall have up to three days following the next duly publicly noticed meeting of the governing body after the 45-day period, or extension, expires to provide the claimant a written statement identifying the disputed portion and the undisputed portion.
-75-

§ 9204. Legislative findings and declarations regarding timely..., CA PUB CONT § 9204 © 2021 Thomson Reuters. No claim to original U.S. Government Works.3 (D) Any payment due on an undisputed portion of the claim shall be processed and made within 60 days after the public entity issues its written statement. If the public entity fails to issue a written statement, paragraph (3) shall apply. (2)(A) If the claimant disputes the public entity's written response, or if the public entity fails to respond to a claim issued pursuant to this section within the time prescribed, the claimant may demand in writing an informal conference to meet and confer for settlement of the issues in dispute. Upon receipt of a demand in writing sent by registered mail or certified mail, return receipt requested, the public entity shall schedule a meet and confer conference within 30 days for settlement of the dispute. (B) Within 10 business days following the conclusion of the meet and confer conference, if the claim or any portion of the claim remains in dispute, the public entity shall provide the claimant a written statement identifying the portion of the claim that remains in dispute and the portion that is undisputed. Any payment due on an undisputed portion of the claim shall be processed and made within 60 days after the public entity issues its written statement. Any disputed portion of the claim, as identified by the contractor in writing, shall be submitted to nonbinding mediation, with the public entity and the claimant sharing the associated costs equally. The public entity and claimant shall mutually agree to a mediator within 10 business days after the disputed portion of the claim has been identified in writing. If the parties cannot agree upon a mediator, each party shall select a mediator and those mediators shall select a qualified neutral third party to mediate with regard to the disputed portion of the claim. Each party shall bear the fees and costs charged by its respective mediator in connection with the selection of the neutral mediator. If mediation is unsuccessful, the parts of the claim remaining in dispute shall be subject to applicable procedures outside this section.
(C) For purposes of this section, mediation includes any nonbinding process, including, but not limited to, neutral evaluation or a dispute review board, in which an independent third party or board assists the parties in dispute resolution through negotiation or by issuance of an evaluation. Any mediation utilized shall conform to the timeframes in this section. (D) Unless otherwise agreed to by the public entity and the contractor in writing, the mediation conducted pursuant to this section shall excuse any further obligation under Section 20104.4 to mediate after litigation has been commenced. (E) This section does not preclude a public entity from requiring arbitration of disputes under private arbitration or the Public Works Contract Arbitration Program, if mediation under this section does not resolve the parties' dispute. (3) Failure by the public entity to respond to a claim from a contractor within the time periods described in this subdivision or to otherwise meet the time requirements of this section shall result in the claim being deemed rejected in its entirety. A claim that is denied by reason of the public entity's failure to have responded to a claim, or its failure to otherwise meet the time requirements of this section, shall not constitute an adverse finding with regard to the merits of the claim or the responsibility or qualifications of the claimant.
(4) Amounts not paid in a timely manner as required by this section shall bear interest at 7 percent per annum. (5) If a subcontractor or a lower tier subcontractor lacks legal standing to assert a claim against a public entity because privity of contract does not exist, the contractor may present to the public entity a claim on behalf of a subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor. A subcontractor may request in writing, either on their own behalf or on behalf of a lower tier subcontractor, that the contractor present a claim for work which was performed by the subcontractor or by a lower tier subcontractor on behalf of the subcontractor. The subcontractor requesting that the claim be presented to the public entity shall furnish reasonable -76-

§ 9204. Legislative findings and declarations regarding timely..., CA PUB CONT § 9204 © 2021 Thomson Reuters. No claim to original U.S. Government Works.4 documentation to support the claim. Within 45 days of receipt of this written request, the contractor shall notify the subcontractor in writing as to whether the contractor presented the claim to the public entity and, if the original contractor did not present the claim, provide the subcontractor with a statement of the reasons for not having done so. (e) The text of this section or a summary of it shall be set forth in the plans or specifications for any public works project that may give rise to a claim under this section.
(f) A waiver of the rights granted by this section is void and contrary to public policy, provided, however, that (1) upon receipt of a claim, the parties may mutually agree to waive, in writing, mediation and proceed directly to the commencement of a civil action or binding arbitration, as applicable; and (2) a public entity may prescribe reasonable change order, claim, and dispute resolution procedures and requirements in addition to the provisions of this section, so long as the contractual provisions do not conflict with or otherwise impair the timeframes and procedures set forth in this section. (g) This section applies to contracts entered into on or after January 1, 2017. (h) Nothing in this section shall impose liability upon a public entity that makes loans or grants available through a competitive application process, for the failure of an awardee to meet its contractual obligations. (i) This section shall remain in effect only until January 1, 2027, and as of that date is repealed, unless a later enacted statute that is enacted before January 1, 2027, deletes or extends that date.

Credits
(Added by Stats.2016, c. 810 (A.B.626), § 1, eff. Jan. 1, 2017. Amended by Stats.2019, c. 489 (A.B.456), § 1, eff. Jan. 1, 2020.) Editors' Notes
REPEAL

West's Ann. Cal. Pub. Con. Code § 9204, CA PUB CONT § 9204 Current with urgency legislation through Ch. 13 of 2021 Reg.Sess End of Document © 2021 Thomson Reuters. No claim to original U.S. Government Works. -77-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-1

CITY OF BELLFLOWER

BUTTERFLY GARDEN PARK

SPECIFICATIONS NO. 21/22-03

TECHNICAL PROVISIONS
FOR

CIVIL ENGINEERING IMPROVEMENTS

BUTTERFLY GARDEN PARK CONSTRUCTION

All construction shall conform to the corresponding section of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (Latest Edition), City of Bellflower Standard Plans (latest Edition) and any other publication as specified or listed in the General Condition or in the following Specifications. If there is a conflict between these inclusions and the Standard Specifications, these inclusions shall have precedence.

PART 2 - CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS

SECTION 200 - ROCK MATERIALS

200-2 UNTREATED BASE MATERIALS.

200-2.1 General. [Add the following]:

Base material shall be crushed miscellaneous base conforming to Section 200-2.4 Crushed Miscellaneous Base.

SECTION 201- CONCRETE, MORTAR, AND RELATED MATERIALS

201-1 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE.

201-1.2 Materials.

201-1.2.1 Portland Cement. [Replace first sentence of the first paragraph]:

All cement to be used or furnished shall be Type V.

201-3 EXPANSION JOINT FILLER AND JOINT SEALANTS.

201-3.2 Pre-molded Joint Filler. The Contractor shall use 1/4" bituminous type expansion joint filler only.

SECTION 203 - BITUMINOUS MATERIALS

203-6 ASPHALT CONCRETE.

203-6.1 General. [Add the following to the end of the subsection]:

203-11.3 Composition and Grading. Conventional asphalt concrete shall be type C-PG 64-10. 203-15 POROUS ASPHALT CONCRETE [Add the following to the end of the section]:

The stone recharge bed (base course) shall be Class 4 Aggregate Base with minimum 40% voids -78-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-2
Provide and include the installation of non-woven geotextile above the stone recharge bed.

SECTION 300-2 – UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION

300-2.1 General [ Add the following to the end of the subsection]:

Unclassified excavation shall include but is not limited to the removal and disposal to the appropriate facility all asphalt concrete; road base; native material, including but not limited to organics and all deleterious material; Portland Cement Concrete; landscape materials and planter soil.

The following items of work are included in unclassified excavation:

• Saw-cutting, removal and disposal of existing concrete, asphalt concrete, pavement base material and native soil within the project site and as shown on the plan or directed by the Engineer.

• Removal of excess spoil from excavation, disposal of debris, shrubs, rubbish and excess material away from site and disposal and payment of all required fees at a licensed disposal site.

• Maintaining dust control at all times by limited watering.

• Removal and disposal of any additional items not specifically mentioned herein, which may be found within the work limits or are shown on the plans to be removed.

• Removal and disposal of unnamed concrete improvements.

• Restoration and clean-up of the site.

• Providing for traffic control and maintenance of access, security and safety including signs, barricades, flashers, covers, plates and chain link fencing as may be required.

• Protecting in place of existing water mains, sewers, storm drains, meters, valve covers, walls, fences, curbs, fire hydrants, telephone and power poles, and other existing structures.

• Providing all necessary means to avoid tracking of asphaltic material on adjacent public street, alleys and parking lots.

All materials removed will be lawfully disposed of at a site secured by the Contractor. The Contractor will make every effort to recycle excavated and demolition materials. The Contractor will provide the Engineer with a letter indicating the final disposition of all excavated and demolition materials from the project within five (5) working days after project completion.

No excavated or demolition materials will be left in the public right of way overnight. Equipment may be stored within the subject parking lot as directed by the engineer or his designee.

All existing improvements to be joined shall be cut in a clean straight line along the join line by use of a concrete cutting saw. Compensation for this requirement shall be considered as included in the price bid in the proposal form and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore.

Sawcutting shall consist of cutting existing Portland cement concrete to facilitate its removal. Cutting shall be accomplished by the use of a power-driven saw. The depth of the cut shall be deep enough to provide a clean, straight break without loosening, cracking, or damaging adjoining asphalt or concrete. Under this item, the use of a grinder will not be allowed in lieu of power-driven saw. Residue from sawcutting shall be vacuumed up while sawcutting.

300-1.4 Payment
ADD the following text:
-79-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-3
Payment shall include the cost for all sawcutting and removal of asphalt concrete, aggregate base, compaction, concrete, and any other materials on site, haul away, and disposal to facilitate the construction of proposed improvements and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore.

SECTION 303 – CONCRETE AND MASONRY CONSTRUCTION
303-5 CONCRETE WALKS, GUTTERS, ACCESS RAMPS, AND ALLEY INTERSECTIONS

303-5.5.3 Walk

Concrete sidewalk shall be per SPPWC Standard Plan 113-2 as indicated on the plans. Concrete shall be Class 520-C-2500. Concrete shall be natural gray.

Concrete sidewalk shall be constructed to the line, grades and designs shown on the plans or as ordered by the Engineer. Existing surfaces to be joined shall be sawcut on a neat, straight line at the join location.

Any and all gas, water or any meter or pull boxes falling within the limits of sidewalk construction shall be adjusted to the finished grade of the new sidewalk. The Contractor shall remove and replace any new concrete work with graffiti markings and blemishes at no additional cost to the City.

Prior to placement of new sidewalk, contractor shall grind or prune all obstructing roots if present.

Contractor shall install 4” CMB base under the new 4” PCC sidewalk.

A sidewalk ½-inch radius edging tool is be used to finish the back edge of all curbs.

Sidewalk score lines shall have a minimum finished depth of ½-inch. Walkway replacement needed to join new sidewalk shall be in kind to the walkway removed or as directed by the Engineer's representative.

Limited infill and compaction of suitable base material may be required under certain portions of sidewalk.

Contractor shall include the cost of material, labor and compaction of such material in the unit price per bid.

Any appurtenant PCC Improvement constructed as part of this project and not included with a unit price bid quote or otherwise covered for payment herein shall be paid at the unit price for 4-inch Sidewalk per square foot prorated to reflect the true amount of PCC material being constructed, as approved by the Engineer's Representative. The prorated unit price bid for the appurtenant PCC improvement shall include all costs of subgrade preparation, and the excavation, furnishing and compacting of backfill material and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore.

303-5.5.5 Curb Ramp (if applicable)

Concrete Curb Ramps shall be per SPPWC Standard Plan 111-4, case and type per plans. Concrete shall be Class 520-C-2500.

The geometry shown on the plans is representational. The final limits and geometry of the required curb ramp shall be verified and placed in the field by the contractor in order to ensure the required grades and clearances are obtained.

All work within the 1’ rumble strip at grade breaks of the sidewalk shall be considered as part of the curb ramp. All work past the 1’ rumble strip, which has been approved by the engineer, shall be considered as extra sidewalk or curb and gutter items and will be paid for per the respective unit price.

Concrete Curb Ramps shall be constructed to the line, grades and designs shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. Existing surfaces to be joined shall be sawcut on a neat, straight line at the join location. All sawcut locations along existing cross gutters shall be cut in a curve conforming to the existing curb return and shall be cut at a set offset from the flow line as approved by the City Engineer.

The flow line shall be maintained, ensuring that ponding does not occur in the existing cross gutter.

The Contractor shall remove and replace any new concrete work with graffiti markings and blemishes at no additional cost to the City.

Additionally, all curb ramps shall have a detectable warning surface that extends the full width of the ramp -80-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-4
and the full length of the ramp up to the score marks no less the 3’x4’. The finished surfaces of the detectable warning surface shall be free from blemishes. Type and color included under section 303-5 herein.

The City Engineer shall have final say regarding the case and type of curb ramp to be installed and shall retain the right to revise the ramp designation at any point prior to construction.

Detectable warning surface for all new ramp construction shall be cast-in-place. The color of the detectable warning surface shall be dark blue and shall be provided through Armorcast or approved equal. The contractor shall provide a color and material sample for City approval prior to installation of truncated warning surface.

Prefabricated detectable warning surface shall be in conformance with the requirements established by the Department of General Services, Division of State Architect and in conformance with the manufacturer's recommendations. The manufacturer shall provide a written 5-year warranty for prefabricated detectable warning surfaces, guaranteeing replacement when there is defect in the dome shape, color fastness, sound-on-cane acoustic quality, resilience, or attachment. The warranty period shall begin upon acceptance of the contract.

PART 3 – CONSTRUCTION METHODS
SECTION 300 – EARTHWORK
300-1 CLEARING AND GRUBBING
300-1.1 General
ADD the following sub-section where applicable:

Root Pruning, if required

The contractor shall be required to contact Contractor hired ISA (International Society of Arboriculture) Certified Arborist for review prior to any root pruning or shaving operations. Once the roots are exposed, the Contractor ISA Certified Arborist shall review and approve the limits and methods of pruning which are prescribed. The contractor shall not remove more than is prescribed by the Contractor ISA Certified Arborist. The maximum extent of the root pruning under this work item shall be within the excavation/removal limits and to the required depth of the prescribed excavation/removals in order to accommodate the necessary ADA compliant pathway.

Root pruning and/or planning shall only be conducted in the presence of an ISA (International Society of Arboriculture) Certified Arborist on site. The Director of Public Works, or his/her authorized agent, shall be notified of any and all root pruning and/or planing activities 24 hours in advance prior to the commencement of this type of work.

300-1.3 Removal and Disposal of Materials
300-1.3.1 General
ADD the following text:

All soils and materials subject to removal or disposal are subject to testing by the City.

Contractor shall be responsible for locating and protecting manhole, water valve, utility access frames and covers, survey monuments or other appurtenances buried below the existing pavement surface whether shown on the plans or not.

All existing asphalt concrete pavement that is to be joined by new construction shall be sawcut in a straight line. The Contractor shall not disturb or damage existing improvements to be protected in place.

Any damage done by Contractor and/or its equipment shall be repaired or replaced as called out in Section 7-9 of the Standard Specifications at Contractor's expense. The Contractor shall call USA prior to excavation and shall "pothole" existing utilities that fall within any possible pavement "dig-out" areas and PCC improvements as necessary to determine their depth to avoid damaging said utilities.

AC pavement shall be sawcut to full depth around entire join perimeter. Removal of existing pavement sections shall be to the depth required for construction of the replacement roadway sections as shown on -81-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-5
the plans and will include the removal of existing AC pavement, cement treated base and/or aggregate base. All removed material becomes the property of the Contractor and shall be hauled away and legally disposed of properly outside of the roadway right of way.

Contractor shall be responsible for removing all weeds and plants that are found within the existing sidewalk, curb and gutter or cross gutters.

ADD the following text after paragraph c):

The following items of work are included in pavement excavation:

• Saw-cutting, removal and disposal of existing concrete curb and gutter, sidewalk, cross gutter, longitudinal gutter and concrete ADA ramp within the project site and as shown on the plan or directed by the Engineer, and in addition, full-depth AC pavement removal.

• Removal of excess spoil from milling, excavation, disposal of debris, shrubs, rubbish and excess material away from site and disposal and payment of all required fees at a licensed disposal site.

• Maintaining dust and erosion control at all times.

• Removal and disposal of any additional items not specifically mentioned herein, which may be found within the work limits or are shown on the plans to be removed.

• Removal and disposal of any unnamed concrete improvements.

• Restoration and clean-up of the site.

• Providing for traffic control (pedestrian and vehicle), and maintenance of access, security and safety including signs, barricades, flashers, covers, plates as specified elsewhere in these specifications.

• Protecting in place any and all existing utilities and other public or private improvements included but not limited to water mains, sewers, storm drains, meters, valve covers, walls, fences, curbs, fire hydrants, telephone and power poles, traffic loop stub-ours and other existing structures.

• Providing any means to avoid tracking of any asphaltic material (including tack coat) on existing or new asphalt pavement during paving operations within and outside of the project limits or across jurisdictional boundaries.

• Removing and relocating or protecting in place any and all sprinkler lines, heads, valves, etc. interfering with construction of improvements.

All materials removed will be lawfully disposed of at a site secured by the Contractor. The Contractor will make every effort to recycle excavated and demolition materials. The Contractor will provide the Engineer with a letter indicating the final disposition of all excavated and demolition materials from the project within five (5) working days after project completion.

No excavated or demolition materials will be left in the public right of way overnight.

All existing improvements to be joined shall be cut in a clean straight line along the join line by use of a concrete cutting saw. Compensation for this requirement shall be considered as included in the price bid in the proposal form and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore.

Sawcutting shall consist of cutting existing Portland cement concrete to facilitate its removal. Cutting shall be accomplished by the use of a power-driven saw. The depth of the cut shall be deep enough to provide a clean, straight break without loosening, cracking, or damaging adjoining asphalt or concrete. Under this item, the use of a grinder will not be allowed in lieu of power-driven saw. Residue from sawcutting shall be vacuumed up while sawcutting.

300-1.4 Payment
ADD the following text:
-82-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-6
Payment for Excavation to Required Depth Per Plan shall be at the unit price bid per CY. Payment shall include the cost for all sawcutting and removal of asphalt concrete, aggregate base, Portland cement concrete, compaction, unclassified excavation, haul away, vacuuming of sawcutting residue and disposal to facilitate the construction of proposed improvements and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore.

Payment for Root Pruning and/or Root Shaving (if applicable) shall be at the unit price bid for Each Item (EA). Per Each (EA) applies to each location where root pruning is necessary. Payment shall include all work directly associated with the pruning, removal, haul away, and disposal of the roots to facilitate the construction of proposed improvements and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. This item shall not include payment for any work associated with the saw cutting or excavation of the full depth R&R patch or concrete sidewalk replacement.

SECTION 314 – PATHWAY PAVING

314-1 General

Sub-Grade Preparation

Trail or pathway applications shall have a minimum cross slope of 1 1/2 percent and shall be compacted to a minimum of 90 percent. The finished sub-grade shall be uniform and free of deleterious debris such as organic materials, nails, stones and loose soil.

Curbing and Edging

Compacted Decomposed Granite should be not more than 1/4 inch below the top of the curbing or edging.

-83-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-7
SECTION 301 – TREATED SOIL, SUBGRADE PREPARATION, AND PLACEMENT OF BASE

MATERIALS
301-1 SUBGRADE PREPARATION
301-1.6 Adjustment of Manhole Frame and Cover Sets to Grade.

ADD the following text: IF APPLICABLE

Adjustment of all surface utility frame and covers shall conform to the provisions of Section 301-1.6 and 302-5.8 of the Standard Specifications and the following additions and revisions:

All surface utility covers (even those to be adjusted to grade by others) shall be located in the field prior to beginning any work on this project. The Contractor shall remove existing concrete pads or collars that might interfere with the adjustment of the valve cover to the grade of the asphalt concrete surface. Any damage to existing utility systems or appurtenances by the Contractor shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense.

Resetting City sewer and storm drain manholes to grade shall be performed after pavement is completed.

Said manholes shall be carefully and substantially set to conform to the finished surface of the finished pavement. Price shall include all labor, material, and equipment required to reset said manhole and repair surrounding pavement completely. There shall be allowed a tolerance of ¼” more or less for this work. Paving around manholes set to grade shall be done with conventional paving asphalt, Type B, PG- 64-10.

Resetting gas and water gate valve covers to grade will be done at the time the pavement is placed.

The following method shall be utilized to adjust manhole frames and covers

a) After the asphalt concrete pavement overlay has been completed, circular holes shall be cut where the cover exists. The diameter of the circular hole shall be at least twenty-four inches (24") larger than the outer diameter of the cover.

b) The cover shall then be raised to the finished pavement grade and suitably blocked and concreted in place to the satisfaction of the Owner’s Representative.

c) A PCC collar shall be poured around the cover to an elevation no more than two inches (2”) below finished pavement grade. Said PCC collar shall have a minimum depth of eight inches (8") or (as shown per plan) and be placed over four inches (4") of crushed aggregate base (CAB), thoroughly compacted to 95% minimum relative compaction.

d) After the concrete has cured sufficiently, a tack coat shall be applied and ARHM-GG-C surface course material shall be placed to finished pavement grade.

The Contractor shall also be responsible for coordinating his work with the various utility owners who will be required to adjust their own surface utility covers to grade as noted on the plans. This includes tying out their covers and notifying all surface utility owners prior to performing any work that will affect their facilities. If the required adjustment of the owner adjusted utility covers will impact the Contractor’s subsequent work then the Contractor shall coordinate his work schedule and/or perform follow up work to ensure that the quality of the final product is not compromised.

ADD the following subsection:
301-1.6.1 Measurement and Payment

Payment for Adjust Water Valve Can and Lid to Grade, Adjust Oil Valve Can and Lid to Grade, Adjust Gas Valve Frame and cover to Grade, Adjust Monitoring Well Frame and Cover to Grade, Adjust Electrical and Telephone Vault to Grade, Adjust Pull Box to Grade and Adjust Water Manhole Frame and Cover to Grade and Adjust Sewer & Storm Drain Manhole Frame and Cover to Grade shall be made at the Contract unit price bid for Each Item (EA), as shown in the Bid Schedule, and shall include all related asphalt concrete and PCC work, traffic control, and protection of the work during PCC curing and all incidentals to accomplish the work as specified herein, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. -84-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-8

301-2 UNTREATED BASE
301-2.4 Measurement and Payment
ADD the following text:

The quantities of the crushed miscellaneous base (CMB) and Class 4 Crushed Aggregate Base (CAB) to be paid for will be measured by the cubic yard (CY) of material and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. The Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer at the time of delivery of the material on the job site a legible copy of a licensed weighmaster's certificate showing gross, tare, and net weights of each truckload.

Payment for Install CMB/CAB shall be made at the contract unit price per CY and shall conform to the provisions of Section 301-2.4 "Measurement and Payment" of the Standard Specifications. All requirements stated above shall be included in the unit price bid per ton and no additional compensation shall be made therefore.

-85-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-9
SECTION 302 – ROADWAY SURFACING

302-5 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT
302-5.1 General
ADD the following text:

Asphalt concrete shall be Type B-PG 64-10. Tack coat shall be Grade SS-1H, per Section 302-5.4 and shall be applied to the perimeter of all AC removal and replacement locations and cold milling locations. (All tack coat over spray on gutter edges shall be removed.)

Asphalt for slot paving behind Driveway improvements shall be Type C2-PG 64-10. Asphalt thickness shall match that of the existing pavement.

Porous Asphalt Concrete shall be Type B-PG -64-10. TACK COAT SHALL NOT BE USED IN AREAS OF POROUS CONCRETE PAVEMENT.

302-5.9 Measurement and Payment
ADD the following text:

The quantities of the asphalt concrete to be paid for will be measured by the actual tonnage (ton) of material and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. The Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer at the time of delivery of the material on the job site a legible copy of a licensed weighmaster's certificate showing gross, tare, and net weights of each truckload of asphalt concrete mixture.

The contract unit price per ton shall include full compensation for all surface preparation, including applicable compaction as described in the bid item, furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, removals, disposal, certified weigh tickets, and incidentals and for doing all the work involved.

The quantities of the asphalt concrete surface course to be paid for will be measured by the actual tonnage (ton) of material and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. The Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer at the time of delivery of the material on the job site a legible copy of a licensed weighmaster's certificate showing gross, tare, and net weights of each truckload of asphalt concrete (ARHM) mixture.

-86-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-10
SECTION 303 – CONCRETE AND MASONRY CONSTRUCTION

303-5 CONCRETE CURBS, WALKS, GUTTERS, CROSS GUTTERS, ALLEY INTERSECTIONS, ACCESS RAMPS, AND DRIVEWAYS.

303-5.1 Requirements
303-5.1.1 General
ADD the following text:

ADD the following subsections:
303-5.1.1.1 Curbs, Gutters, Mountable Curb and Cutter, Longitudinal Gutters Depressed Curbs & Local Depressions

Curb and gutter shall be per SPPWC Standard Plan No. 120-2 or as shown as a specific detail (mountable curb) as indicated on plans.

Depressed curb and gutter shall be constructed per SPPWC Standard Plan No. 110-2. The limits of the curb and gutter shall be from top of x to top of x at the noted driveway approach and shall include all curb and gutter from the existing back of curb to lip of gutter. The more stringent of following curb and gutter specifications listed below or standard plan specifications shall apply to the depressed curb and gutter. It shall be noted that all curb and gutter replacement adjacent to existing driveways shall be included in the per square foot (SF) cost to install the PCC driveway approach.

Replacement of curb and gutter at existing curb ramps shall be defined as any curb and gutter constructed between the BCR and ECR or roadway intersections. For construction of curb and gutter within a new curb ramp, payment for the curb and gutter shall be included in the unit price of the curb ramp. For all other curb and gutter within the curb return not covered under the curb ramp pay item, measurement and payment will be included under the curb and gutter bid item.

These items shall be constructed to the line and grades as determined in the field or as ordered by the Engineer. Existing items to be joined shall be sawcut on a neat, straight line at the join location. These work items shall occur prior to all cold milling and paving operations.

All of these items shall include the sawcutting and full AC reconstruction of a 1’-3’ wide portion of AC pavement adjacent to the curb and gutter. A minimum of a 3’ saw cut and pavement replacement will be required in all areas of curb return replacements and local depression adjacent to existing pavement not slated for grind and overlay. The proposed pavement section shall be full depth asphalt paving to match the existing pavement section thickness.

Prior to placement of these improvements, contractor shall grind or prune all obstructing roots if present and per the root pruning specifications.

Any and all gas or water valves falling within the limits of these items shall be adjusted to the finished grade of the new gutter. The Contractor shall remove and replace any new concrete work with graffiti markings and blemishes at no additional cost to the City.

303-5.5.3 Sidewalk

Concrete sidewalk shall be per SPPWC Standard Plan 113-2 as indicated on the plans. Concrete shall be Class 520-C-2500.

Concrete sidewalk shall be constructed to the line, grades and designs shown on the plans or as ordered by the Engineer. Existing surfaces to be joined shall be sawcut on a neat, straight line at the join location.

Any and all gas or water meter boxes falling within the limits of sidewalk construction shall be adjusted to the finished grade of the new sidewalk. The Contractor shall remove and replace any new concrete work with graffiti markings and blemishes at no additional cost to the City.

Prior to placement of any new sidewalk, contractor shall grind or prune all obstructing roots if present and -87-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-11
provide and install 4” CMB.

A sidewalk ½-inch radius edging tool is be used to finish the back edge of all curbs.

Sidewalk score lines shall have a minimum finished depth of ½-inch. Walkway replacement needed to join new sidewalk shall be in kind to the walkway removed or as directed by the Engineer's representative.

Limited infill and compaction of suitable base material will be required under certain portions of sidewalk.

Contractor shall include the cost of material, labor and compaction of such material in the unit price per bid.

Any appurtenant PCC Improvement constructed as part of this project and not included with a unit price bid quote or otherwise covered for payment herein shall be paid at the unit price for 4 inch Sidewalk per square foot prorated to reflect the true amount of PCC material being constructed, as approved by the Engineer's Representative. The prorated unit price bid for the appurtenant PCC improvement shall include all costs of subgrade preparation, and the excavation, furnishing and compacting of backfill material and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore.

PATHWAY PAVING

Sub-Grade Preparation

Trail or pathway applications shall have a minimum cross slope of 1 1/2 percent and shall be compacted to a minimum of 90 percent. The finished sub-grade shall be uniform and free of deleterious debris such as organic materials, nails, stones and loose soil.

Curbing and Edging

Compacted Decomposed Granite should be not more than 1/4 inch below the top of the curbing or edging.

303-5.5.5 Curb Ramp (if applicable).

Concrete Curb Ramps shall be the case and type per plans or per the detail reflected on the plans where applicable. Concrete shall be Class 520-C-2500. Any handrails required shall be a component of the curb ramp.

The geometry shown on the plans is representational. The final limits and geometry of the required curb ramp shall be verified and placed in the field by the contractor in order to ensure the required grades and clearances are obtained.

Curb and Gutter Shall be included in the limits of the Curb Ramp which includes the sawcutting and full AC reconstruction of a 1-3’ wide portion of AC pavement adjacent to the curb and gutter in order to achieve the required 5% maximum grade for 4’ adjacent to the curb face. A minimum of a 3’ saw cut and pavement replacement will be required in all areas of curb return replacements adjacent to existing pavement not slated for grind and overlay. The proposed pavement section shall be full depth asphalt paving to match the existing pavement section thickness.

When curb ramp removal and installation is adjacent to PCC cross gutters that are not abandoned/buried then the concrete shall be sawcut 4” off the existing curb face, and the new concrete shall be doweled and epoxied into the existing cross gutter spandrel at 12” on center using 18” #4 bars.

All work within the 1’ rumble strip at grade breaks of the sidewalk shall be considered as part of the curb ramp. All work past the 1’ rumble strip, which has been approved by the engineer, shall be considered as extra sidewalk or curb and gutter items and will be paid for per the respective unit price.

Concrete Curb Ramps shall be constructed to the line, grades and designs shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. Existing surfaces to be joined shall be sawcut on a neat, straight line at the join location. All sawcut locations along existing cross gutters shall be cut in a curve conforming to the -88-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-12
existing curb return and shall be cut at a set offset from the flow line as approved by the City Engineer.

The flow line shall be maintained, ensuring that ponding does not occur in the existing cross gutter.

Any and all Traffic Signal, or pedestrian push button poles, traffic signal poles and other surface mounted appurtenances shall be protected in place and/or re-attached as part of this bid item.

The Contractor shall remove and replace any new concrete work with graffiti markings and blemishes at no additional cost to the City.

All pull boxes within curb ramp limits shall also be adjusted to the finished grade of the new curb ramp and shall be paid for per the unit price for each respective bid item.

All water or gas valve can and lids within curb ramp limits shall also be adjusted to the finished grade of the new curb ramp and shall be paid for per the unit price for each respective bid item.

Additionally, all curb ramps shall have a detectable warning surface that extends the full width of the ramp and the full length of the ramp up to the score marks no less the 3’x4’. The finished surfaces of the detectable warning surface shall be free from blemishes. Type and color included under section 303-5 herein.

The City Engineer shall have final say regarding the case and type of curb ramp to be installed and shall retain the right to revise the ramp designation at any point prior to construction.

Curb ramp detectable warning surface shall consist of raised truncated domes constructed or installed on curb ramps. Detectable warning surface for all new ramp construction shall be cast-in-place (wet set).

Detectable warning surface for all retrofit work shall be cast-in-place (west set) in accordance with the manufacturer’s requirements. The color of the detectable warning surface shall be dark blue and shall be provided through Armorcast or approved equal. The contractor shall provide a color and material sample for City approval prior to installation of truncated warning surface.

The manufacturer shall provide a written 5-year warranty for prefabricated detectable warning surfaces, guaranteeing replacement when there is defect in the dome shape, color fastness, sound-on-cane acoustic quality, resilience, or attachment. The warranty period shall begin upon acceptance of the contract.

303-5.5.5 Driveways

Concrete Driveways shall be per City of Bellflower Standard Plans as shown on the plans. Concrete shall be minimum Class 560-C-3250. All concrete drive approaches are to be opened up to traffic within 72 hours. The concrete shall reach a strength of a minimum of 2500 psi in 72 hours. All driveway approaches are to be opened up to traffic by the end of the day on the Friday of the week which the concrete was poured.

Curb and Gutter within the driveway shall be included in the unit price which includes the sawcutting and full AC reconstruction of a 1’ wide portion of AC pavement adjacent to the curb and gutter.

Concrete driveways shall be constructed to the line, grades and designs shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. Existing surfaces to be joined shall be sawcut on a neat, straight line at the join location. The existing flow line shall be maintained at the two join locations, ensuring that ponding does not occur in the existing intersection.

Any and all Traffic Signal, gas or water meter boxes falling within the limits of driveway construction shall be adjusted to the finished grade of the new driveway and shall be included in the base unit price per the respective item. The Contractor shall remove and replace any new concrete work with graffiti markings and blemishes at no additional cost to the City.

All PCC improvements beyond the top of X shall be paid for as sidewalk or curb and gutter, as applies.

303-5.9 Measurement and Payment
ADD the following text: -89-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-13
Payment for Remove Existing & Install New ADA Compliant PCC Sidewalk, shall be on a Square Foot (SF) Unit Price basis and shall be considered full compensation for furnishing labor, materials, equipment, grinding and disposal to complete the construction, including any necessary adjacent backfill and sealant, adjustment of gas or water meter boxes to finish grade, and provide and install 4” CMB as indicated and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore.

SECTION 314 – PAINTING

314-4 TRAFFIC STRIPING, CURB AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS AND PAVEMENT MARKERS

For traffic stripes and pavement markings, delete the applicable subsection and replace with Section 84, “Traffic Stripes and Pavement Markings” of the Caltrans Standard Specifications.

84-1.01 Description. Replace the first two paragraphs with the following:

This work shall consist of painting parking stall stripes and applicable pavement markings at the specified locations and in accordance with the details shown on the Plans or designated by the Engineer, and as specified in these Specifications and Technical Provisions.

Parking stall striping shall be applied with (2) coats of paint. The Contractor shall allow at least (7) days between the first and second coat of paint.

Any removal of traffic stripes and markings shall be accomplished by the wet sandblasting method or waterblasting method, and includes removal of raised pavement markers. The machine used for this purpose shall meet all requirements of the air pollution control district having jurisdiction in the project area. All sand used in wet sandblasting shall be removed without delay.

84-3.04 Payment. Replace the entire subsection with the following:

The contract Lump Sum price for this work shall be included in the Signing & Striping Installation bid item, and include full compensation for traffic signing, striping, and applicable pavement markings, and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals, necessary to complete the Work.

All costs for establishing alignment of parking stall lines, pavement markings, layout, temporary pavement painting, and sandblasting of existing lines and markings shall be included and no extra costs will be allowed.

-90-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-14

CITY OF BELLFLOWER

BUTTERFLY GARDEN PARK

SPECIFICATIONS NO. 21/22-03

TECHNICAL PROVISIONS

SECTION 02230

CLEARING AND GRUBBING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Removal and disposal of vegetation, grass, grass roots, weed growth, trees, tree roots, brush, existing unused irrigation equipment, lateral lines and sprinklers, rubbish, debris, and other objectionable materials, within limits of the Work as denoted on plans.

B. Related Section:

1. Section 02810 – Landscape Irrigation

2. Section 02900 - Landscaping

1.2 SUBMITTALS

A. Shop Drawings: Submit site plan indicating extent of site clearing.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Comply with Standard Specifications for Public W orks Construction, current edition, as a minimum requirement.

1.4 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Condition of Premises: Accept the premises as found and clear the Project site as specified.

B. Existing Vegetation. Protect from damage individual trees, groups of trees, and other vegetation designated to remain. Replace at Contractor's expense, items damaged or destroyed with like items in sizes and quantity of the damaged or destroyed material.

Assessment of material value shall be established by City of Bellflower’s Representative.

Prior to removal of any vegetation, demarcate areas for removal and request an inspection from the City for approval.

C. Existing features (utilities, signs, curbs, etc.) as noted in the plans.

PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED

-91-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-15
PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 CLEARING AND GRUBBING OF LANDSCAPE
A. Clearing. Fell trees, dispose of the trees and all other vegetation designated for removal, (turf, shrubbery, weeds, etc.) together with the downed timber, snags, brush and rubbish, occurring within the construction limits. Trim individual trees and groups of trees designated to remain within the cleared areas of all dead branches and of all live branches to such heights and in such manner as are indicated on the Drawings or approved by City of Bellflower's Representative. All limbs, branches and roots damaged during construction, together with those required to be trimmed, shall be neatly cut next to the bole of the tree or main branch or root. Cuts more than 1 inch in diameter thus made and any injury to the tree trunk or main branches shall be immediately painted with tree wound paint. Note that some of the existing trees are to remain.

B. Grubbing. Remove and dispose of all matted roots, all roots larger than 3 inches in diameter in all construction areas, in all cut areas and in all other areas having less than 2 feet of fill.

C. Removal. All cleared and grubbed materials shall be promptly removed completely away from the Project site. Do not store or permit debris to accumulate on the Project site.

D. Do not burn materials or debris on the premises.

3.2 CLEANUP

A. Remove rubbish, debris and waste materials and legally dispose of off the Project site.

END OF SECTION 02230

-92-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-16

SECTION 02730

STABILIZED DECOMPOSED GRANITE SURFACING

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: Stabilized decomposed granite surfacing.

B. No Related Work.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. ASTM C136 – Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates.

B. ASTM D2419 – Sand Equivalent Value of Soils and Fine Aggregates.

C. “Greenbook” Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction.

D. USP – U.S. Pharmacopeial Convention (1995).

1.3 SEQUENCING

A. Do not install work specified in this Section prior to acceptance of earth moving.

B. Coordinate work specified in this Section with work specified in other Sections to minimize cutting of and operation of heavy equipment over installed stabilized decomposed granite surfacing.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit in accordance with General Specifications.

1. Manufacturer’s product data sheet and installation instructions indicating that product complies with specifications for:
a. Stabilized decomposed granite surfacing.
b. Edging

2. Submit samples of stabilized decomposed granite material in ‘Gail Gold’ or equal.

1.5 MOCK-UP

A. Install 9 square feet minimum of stabilized decomposed granite surfacing, including base course and edging, at location approved by Landscape Architect.

B. Allow Landscape Architect to view mock-up before proceeding with rest of stabilized decomposed granite surfacing.

C. Approved mock-up may remain as part of completed Work.

1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Protect stabilized decomposed granite mix from contamination. Store under cover.

1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS
-93-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-17
A. Do not install stabilized decomposed granite surfacing when subbase is wet at saturated field capacity.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 STABILIZED DECOMPOSED GRANITE MATERIALS

A. Acceptable Manufacturer:

1. Specification is based on products by Gail Materials, Corona, CA; phone 951- 279-1095; fax 951-279-0956; www.gailmaterials.net .

2. Substitutions: Products by other manufacturers that comply with specifications will be considered in accordance with General Specifications.

B. Decomposed Granite:

1. Produce from naturally friable granite. Blends of coarse sand and rock dust are not acceptable.

2. Gradation, in accordance with ASTM C136:

Sieve Size Percent
Passing
½” 100
3/8” 90 – 100
No. 4 50 – 100
No. 30 25 – 55
No. 100 10 – 20
No. 200 5 – 18

3. Sand Equivalent: 30 minimum in accordance with ASTM D2419.

4. Color: Equal to Gail Materials ‘Gail Gold’

5. Supplier: Gail Materials, Corona, CA; phone 951-279-1095; fax 951-279-0956; www.gailmaterials.net .

C. Binder: Provide Natracil by Gail Materials and complying with following requirements:

1. Swell Volume: 35 ml/gm minimum in accordance with USP procedures.

2. 90% minimum shall pass a No. 40 mesh screen.

D. Factory Blending:

1. Mix decomposed granite and Natracil™ with a pug mill that includes a weigh-belt feeder.

2. Pedestrian Paths: Mix 12 lbs. of binder per 2000 lbs. of aggregate.

2.2 BASE COURSE MATERIAL

A. Comply with Greenbook Section 200-2 – “Untreated Base Materials”.

2.3 ACCESSORIES

A. Water: Free from contaminants that would discolor or be deleterious to stabilized decomposed granite surfacing.

-94-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-18
B. Paving Restraint Edging as shown on plans: Permaloc Aluminum edging, Bend-A-Board header or approved equal.

C. Non-woven Geosynthetic Fabric, Mirafi 140N or approved equal.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine grading and subsoil conditions. Do not proceed until conditions are acceptable.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Excavation: Excavate to depth required so edges of stabilized decomposed granite surfacing will match adjacent grades and have a maximum cross slope of 1 percent.

B. Subgrade Preparation: Comply with Greenbook Section 301-1 – “Subgrade Preparation.”

C. Geosynthetic Fabric: Comply with Greenbook Section 300-10 – “Geotextiles for Separation” Do not extend beyond limits of stabilized decomposed granite surfacing.

D. Base Course Installation: Comply with Greenbook Section 301-2 – “Untreated Base.”

E. Edging: Install flush with stabilized decomposed granite surfacing. Provide sufficient stakes to secure in place.

3.3 INSTALLATION

A. Prior to installation, thoroughly presoak surface on which stabilized decomposed granite surfacing is to be placed. Natracil™ Stabilized Decomposed Granite is typically installed four (pedestrian) inches thick.

B. Install in 2” maximum lift thickness and soak with sufficient water to activate Natracil™ through entire depth of lift. Install the additional lifts and soak with sufficient water to activate Natracil™ as required.

C. Grade and smooth to required elevation.

D. Compact: After +/- 4 hours, compact final lift with a three-five ton double or single static drum roller.

E. Minimum Compacted Thickness: Install to depth shown on Drawings.

F. Minimum Compacted Thickness:

1. Pedestrian Paths: 4 inches.

2. Vehicular Drives and Roadways: 6 inches

G. Surface shall follow overall contours of landscape. Flat areas shall be crowned for drainage. Slope one percent minimum to drain away from structures.

H. Completed surface shall be of consistent quality and free of deleterious materials such as organic materials, nails, stones, and loose material. Surface shall not have depressions or humps greater than ¼ inch in ten feet.

3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Material shall comply with manufactures specifications.

3.5 PROTECTION
-95-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-19
A. Do not allow traffic on stabilized decomposed granite surfacing for four days after placement or until compacted stabilized decomposed granite has fully cured.

B. Protect stabilized decomposed granite surfacing from damage until Project completion.

Repair damaged areas to match specified requirements.

3.6 MAINTENANCE & REPAIRS

A. Loose aggregate will appear on the surface over time which is a natural occurrence. If excessive aggregate over ¼ inches occurs, redistribute the stabilized decomposed granite over the entire surface, water thoroughly and re-compact with a minimum one-ton drum roller. This process can be repeated as needed.

B. To repair, excavate damaged area leaving a minimum one-inch depth of existing stabilized decomposed granite, water and scarify. Scarifying existing stabilized decomposed granite will prevent a cold joint layer between the existing stabilized decomposed granite and the newly imported pre-blended stabilized decomposed granite.

C. Add water to the pre-blended stabilized decomposed granite to activate. Apply moistened pre-blended stabilized decomposed granite to excavated area at or above finished grade.

D. Compact with a walk behind drum roller. Do not allow traffic on stabilized decomposed granite surfacing for one-two days after placement or until compacted stabilized decomposed granite has fully cured.

END OF SECTION 2730

-96-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-20
SECTION 02810

LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. Furnish and install the landscape irrigation system, as indicated on the drawings and specified.

1.2 WORK INCLUDED

A. Supply material, tubing, pipe, pipe fittings, automatic valves, wiring, equipment, transportation and labor to install a fully automatic irrigation system as shown on the drawings and described herein.

1.3 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS

A. Section 02797 - Decomposed Granite

B. Section 02900 - Landscaping

C. Section 02920 - Maintenance

1.4 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS

A. City Plumbing Ordinance.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE & REQUIREMENTS

A. System Performance.

1. Minimum Water Coverage: Not less than 100 percent of shrub, ground cover and planting areas.

B. Comply with requirements of utility supplying water for prevention of backflow and backsiphonage.

C. Comply with requirements of authority with jurisdiction for irrigation systems.

D. Electrical wiring, controls, and devices shall be Underwriters Laboratories listed, and labeled U.L.

E. Permits and Fees: The Contractor shall obtain and pay for any and all permits, observations and inspections as required.

F. Manufacturer’s Directions: Follow manufacturer's directions and detailed drawings in all cases when the manufacturers of products used in this contract furnish directions covering points not included in the drawings and specifications.

G. Ordinances and Regulations: All local, municipal and state laws, and rules and regulations governing or relating to any portion of this work are hereby incorporated into and made a part of these specifications, and their provisions shall be carried out by the Contractor. Anything contained in these specifications shall not be construed as conflicting with any such rules and regulations, or the requirements of the same.

However, when these specifications and drawings call for or describe materials, workmanship, or construction of a better quality, higher standard, or larger size than is required by the above-mentioned rules and regulations, the provisions of these -97-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-21
specifications and drawings shall take precedence.

H. Installer Qualifications: Installer must have a minimum of 5 years documented irrigation experience. Installer must also have a minimum of 3 years experience with sub-surface inline drip irrigation in commercial and municipal projects similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated on the construction drawings, which has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. Installer shall provide a list of references at the Owner’s request.

I. Explanation of Drawings

1. Due to the scale of drawings, it is not possible to indicate all offsets, fittings, sleeves, etc., which may be required. The Contractor shall carefully investigate the structural and finish conditions affecting all of this work and plan work accordingly, furnishing such offsets, fittings, sleeves, etc., as may be required to meet site conditions. Drawings are generally diagrammatic and indicative of the work to be installed. The Contractor shall install the work in such a manner as to avoid conflicts between irrigation systems, planting, other utilities and architectural features.

2. The terms “City” and “Owner” as used herein refers to the City authorized representative.

3. The Contractor shall furnish and install all work called for on the drawings by notes or details whether or not specifically mentioned in the specifications.

4. The Contractor shall not willfully install the irrigation system as shown on the drawings when it is obvious in the field that obstructions, grade differences, or discrepancies in area dimensions exist that might not have been considered in engineering. Such obstructions or differences shall be brought to the attention of the City. In the event this notification is not performed, the irrigation contractor shall assume the full responsibility for any revision necessary.

5. Do not purchase or install materials as noted in legend on drawing when it is obvious there is an oversight or discrepancy. Failure to obtain prior material approval may result in rejection by the City. The Contractor will be responsible for any revisions necessary due to his failure to bring material discrepancies to the attention of City, or failure to comply with material submittals.

6. The Contractor shall coordinate as necessary the work of this Section which is allied with the work of other trades.

7. It is the intent of the drawings and specifications to describe a complete irrigation system providing uniform water coverage. If the plans or specifications appear in any way to be incomplete, misleading, conflicting, or subject to misinterpretation, it is the Contractor's responsibility to bring these concerns to the City's attention before bidding. If the Contractor fails to do so, the Contractor must accept the City's interpretation and any potential related financial impact that may occur.

1.6 SUBMITTALS

A. Material List.

1. The Contractor shall furnish the articles, equipment, materials, or processes specified by name in the drawings and specifications. Substitution is allowed only with prior written approval of the City.

2. Within twenty (20) days after award of contract, the Contractor shall submit complete manufacturer’s technical data and material list to the City. The Contractor shall commence no work before receiving a statement of acceptance of irrigation material submittal. Material list shall include the manufacturer name, -98-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-22
model number and description of all proposed materials and equipment. Specific product data also includes pressure rating, rated capacity, settings, and electrical data of selected models for the following:

a. Pressure regulators and valves, including general-duty, underground, manual and automatic control, master, check, air-relief, flush, gate, ball, and quick- coupler types

b. Valve boxes

c. Drip filter systems

d. Sprinklers, including rotors, spray heads, drip tubing, emitters, bubblers and devices such as root watering system.

e. Wiring and controller, including controller wiring diagrams, solenoid, adapter, hub specification, flow sensor and protective enclosures.

f. Pipe and fitting, including primer, solvent cement, sleeving and tracer/warning tape

g. Backflow preventer, strainer unit, and protective enclosure.

3. Equipment or materials installed or furnished without prior approval of the City may be rejected and the Contractor required to remove such materials from the site at the Contractor’s own expense.

4. Approval of any item, alternate, or substitute indicates only that the product or products meet the apparent requirements of the drawings and specifications on the basis of the information or samples submitted.

5. Manufacturer’s warranties shall not relieve the Contractor of his liability under the guarantee. Such warranties shall only supplement the guarantee.

B. Record and As-Built Drawings.

1. The Contractor shall provide and maintain an up-to-date and complete set of project record documents, in the form of a set of blueline and blackline prints).

These documents shall be updates daily and shall show all changes from the original drawings and specifications, as well as exact "as-built" locations, sizes and types of equipment. The equipment is to include water meter, backflow preventers, valve boxes, valves, piping, sprinklers and devices, accessories, controls, and wirings. The Contractor shall keep this set of drawings on site and use them only as a record set.

2. These drawings shall also serve as work progress prints and shall be the basis for measurement and payment for work completed. Drawings must be available at all times for site reviews, in a location designated by the City. Should the record blueline or blackline progress prints be unavailable for review or fail to be up-to-date at the time of any site reviews, it will be assumed no work has been completed and the Contractor will be assessed the cost of that site visit at the current billing rate of the City. No other inspections will take place until payment of that assessment.

3. The Contractor shall make neat and legible notations daily on the record progress prints as the work proceeds, showing the work as actually installed.

Should equipment location differ from plan, the Contractor must indicate the new location in a graphic manner, matching the original symbols in the irrigation legend. The relocated equipment and the dimensions will then be transferred to the original as-built plan at the proper time. -99-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-23

4. Before the final site inspection, the Contractor shall transfer all information from the as-built record prints to a final “as-built” plan. The “as-built” plan shall be submitted to the City for approval prior to the making of the controller chart.

5. The Contractor shall dimension the following locations from two permanent points of reference (building corners, sidewalks, road intersections, etc.):

a. Connection to existing water lines

b. Connection to power supply

c. Connection of all buried pipe

d. Gate and ball valves

e. Sprinkler pressure line routing and directional turns (dimension maximum 100 feet along routing).

f. Sleeving

g. Automatic controller

h. Remote control and quick coupler valves

i. Control wire routing and pilot wires to valves

j. Backflow prevention unit

k. Tracer wires (main line routing)

l. Irrigation water meter

m. Dripline flush valves, manual filters, and supply and exhaust headers.

n. Other related equipment as directed by the City.

6. On or before the date of the final site review, the Contractor shall deliver the updated and completed reproducible drawings to the City. Delivery of these drawings does not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for furnishing any required information that may have been omitted from the prints.

D. Operation and Maintenance Manuals.

1. Prepare and deliver to the City within ten (10) calendar days prior to completion of construction two hardcover, three-ring binders containing all required and necessary descriptive material. The manual shall describe the material installed and shall be in sufficient detail to permit the operation personnel to understand, operate and maintain all equipment. Each complete manual shall include the following information:

a. Index sheet stating Contractor's address and telephone number

b. List of equipment with names, addresses, and telephone numbers of local manufacturer representatives.

c. Catalog and parts sheets regarding all material and equipment installed under this contract

d. Duration of guarantee period and warranty statement -100-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-24

e. Complete operating and maintenance instruction on all major equipment

2. In addition to the above-mentioned maintenance manuals, instruct City’s maintenance personnel regarding operation of major equipment and show written evidence to the City at the conclusion of the project that this service has been rendered.

3. Guarantee statement on contractor's letterhead as detailed in 1.11 of this section.

E. Permits and Inspections.

1. Obtain and pay for all permits and inspections required. Deliver all certifications of inspection to the City.

F. Equipment to be Furnished.

1. The Contractor shall supply as part of this contract the following tools:

a. Two (2) sets of special tools required for removing, disassembling and adjusting each type of sprinkler and valve supplied on this project.

b. Two (2) five foot valve keys for operation of ball valves.

c. Two (2) keys for each automatic controller.

d. Two (2) keys to operate lock lid quick coupling valves.

e. Two (2) sets of wrenches for servicing and adjusting each type irrigation head installed.

f. 5% additional of each "Type" irrigation spray or rotor head installed or two (2) irrigation heads (whichever quantity is greater). (See Plan).

g. Six (6) additional bubblers of each type as specified on this project.

h. 500’ (500 feet) additional drip tubing of each type as specified on this project.

2. The Contractor shall turn over this equipment to City at the conclusion of the project. Before final acceptance can occur, written evidence that City has received materials must be shown to the City.

1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Perform site survey, research public utility records, and verify existing utility locations.

Verify that irrigation system piping may be installed in compliance with referenced standards.

B. Site Information: Data on indicated subsurface conditions is not intended as representations or warranties of continuity of such conditions. It is expressly understood that City will not be responsible for interpretations or conclusions drawn there from by Contractor. Data are made available for convenience of Contractor and are not guaranteed to represent conditions that may be encountered.

C. Utilities: Determine location of above grade and underground utilities and perform work in a manner which will avoid damage. Hand excavate, if required. Maintain grade stakes until removal is mutually agreed upon by parties concerned.

D. Coordinate with landscape contractor to activate system to provide for plants needs -101-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-25
during installation as required.

1.8 RESTRICTIONS TO THE WORK

A. It is required that adjacent facilities continue in normal operation during the period of the contract. The Contractor shall, therefore, conduct his work with a minimum of disturbance or interference, and in such a manner as not to restrict or obstruct entrances, exits, walks and roads or disrupt electrical service, water service, and other services or utilities to the existing facility. The Contractor shall provide and maintain accepted temporary connections, lines and services to the facility as directed.

B. Contractor shall be responsible to coordinate all work with the City.

1.9 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. The Contractor is cautioned to exercise care in handling, loading, unloading, and storing PVC pipe and fittings. Transport PVC pipe in a vehicle which allows the length of pipe to lie flat, to avoid undue bending or concentrated external load at any point. Any section of pipe that has been dented or damaged must be discarded or, if installed, must be rep laced with new piping.

B. The Contractor shall cover any pipe stored outdoors to protect it from sunlight.

1.10 SUBSTITUTIONS

A. To request substitution of any equipment or material in lieu of equipment or material listed on the irrigation drawings and in the specifications, the Contractor must provide the following information to the City for approval:

1. Statement indicating the reason for making the substitution, using a separate sheet of paper for each requested substitution.

2. Descriptive catalog literature, performance charts (if available), and flow charts for each requested substitution.

3. Hydraulic calculations for proposed substitution, as applicable.

4. Itemized list of proposed substitution(s), noting difference in material and labor costs between substitution and item originally specified.

4. Written confirmation that City has received any credit resulting from approved substitution (with a copy sent to City)

B. Approval of any substitution or alternate will be based on information and/or samples provided by the Contractor.

C. Responsibility for the total performance of any substitution to equal or surpass the item originally specified in every respect rests with the Contractor.

D. If the City determines the substitution has proven to be unsatisfactory, it shall be removed and replaced with the originally specified item as part of the work of this contract (both materials and labor).

E. The City shall be solely responsible for accepting or rejecting any substitution as equal to equipment and materials listed on the irrigation drawings and in the specifications.

1.11 GUARANTEE

A. The Contractor performing the Work as defined in this Section shall have a minimum of 5 years documented experience and relevant licenses and/or certifications. -102-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-26

B. The guarantee for the irrigation system shall be made in accordance with the attached form. The general conditions and supplementary conditions to these specifications shall be filed with the City or his representative prior to acceptance of the irrigation system.

C. A copy of the guarantee form shall be included in the operations and maintenance manual.

D. The guarantee form shall be re-typed onto the Contractor’s letterhead and contain the following information:

E. GUARANTEE FOR IRRIGATION SYSTEM

We hereby guarantee that the irrigation system we have furnished and installed is free from defects in materials and workmanship, and the work has been completed in accordance with the drawings and specifications, ordinary wear and tear and unusual abuse or neglect excepted. We agree to repair or replace any defects in material and workmanship which may develop during the period of one year from date of acceptance and also repair or replace any damage resulting from the repairing or replacing of such defects at no additional cost to the City. We shall make such repairs or replacements within five days, after receipt of written notice. In the event of our failure to make such repairs or replacement within a reasonable time after receipt of written notice from the City, we authorize the City to proceed to have said repairs or replacements made at our expense and we will pay the costs and charges therefore upon demand.

PROJECT:

LOCATION:

SIGNED:

ADDRESS:

PHONE: DATE OF ACCEPTANCE:

1.12 CONFERENCE PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK

A. Immediately upon awarding of contract and prior to commencing work, the Contractor shall confer with the Owner regarding the general details of the work involved in this contract.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

Use new materials of the best grade, unless otherwise noted on plans, for each respective item, and of the same manufacturer for all items of one (1) type.

A. Pipe.

1. PVC Pipe and Fittings.

a. New pressure main line piping for sizes 2-1/2 and smaller shall be PVC Schedule 80 with solvent welded joints. Piping for sizes 3” and larger shall be AWWA C900.

b. Pipe shall be made from NSF approved Type I, Grade I PVC compound conforming to ASTM resin specification D1785. All pipe must meet requirements as set forth in Federal Specification PS-21-70. -103-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-27
c. Pipe homogeneous throughout, free from visible cracks, holes or foreign materials. The pipe shall be free from blisters, dents, wrinkles or ripples, die and heat marks.

d. For pressure main line piping, PVC solvent-weld fittings and elbows shall be Schedule 80, 1-2, II-I NSF approved conforming to ASTM test procedure D2466.

e. Non-pressure buried lateral line piping shall be PVC Schedule 40 with solvent-weld joints.

f. Pipe shall be made from NSF approved, Type I, Grade II PVC compound conforming to ASTM resin specification D1784. All pipe must meet requirements set forth in Federal specification PS-22-70 with an appropriate standard dimension ratio.

g. For non-pressure lateral piping, PVC solvent-weld fittings and elbows shall be Schedule 40 with working pressure no lower than that of all connected lateral pipe.

h. Solvent cement and primer for PVC solvent-weld pipe and fittings shall be of type and installations methods prescribed by the pipe manufacturer. No clear primer may be used.

i. Supplier shall be responsible to certify that manufactured pipe and fittings meets the stated levels of quality. All PVC pipe and fittings must bear the following continuous and permanent markings:

1) Manufacturer’s name or trademark
2) Material designation
3) Nominal pipe size and applicable IPS schedule
4) Manufacturer’s lot number
5) Schedule or class
6) ASTM qualifying designation
7) Pressure rating in PSI
8) NSF (National Sanitation Foundation) approval
9) Date of extrusion

j. Testing of pipe. The contractor shall show written certification by supplier that polyvinyl chloride pipe has successfully passed the following tests:

1) Acetone text. Immerse a sample of pipe in 99% pure anhydrous acetone for 15 minutes; at the end of this time there should be no evidence of flaking or delamination on the inner or outer walls of the pipe. Evidence of softening and swelling shall not constitute failure.
2) Flattening. Cut a test specimen two inches long from each end of the pipe sample. Flatten each test specimen between parallel plates of a press until the distance between the plates, in inches, is equal to sixty (60) percent of the pipe o.d., and there shall be no evidence of cracking, splitting or breaking.

B. Sprinkler Heads.

-104-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-28

1. Use irrigation heads as specified on plans. Contractor shall use one manufacturer for each type of head utilized.

2. Irrigation heads shall comply with performance data shown on plans and shall be of the same size, type, and deliver the same rate of precipitation with the diameter (or radius) of throw, pressure, and discharge as shown on the plans.

3. Irrigation heads must be a current production model, in production for at least one year.

4. Irrigation riser assembly.

a. Utilize triple swing joint irrigation riser. Assembled in field using Schedule 40 threaded ells and Schedule 80, Type II PVC nipples (threaded both ends) or galvanized steel, same size as detailed for irrigation head inlet.

No street ells allowed.

5. Bubbler irrigation system.

a. Rain Bird Root watering system (RWS), or approved equal, shall have locking grate at grade and self-contained and factory assembled units.

See plan for size and model.

i. Supply one RWS-sock for each unit installed. Sock to be sized per unit.

C. Concrete.

1. Use Portland cement, conforming to ASTM C-150, T ype II, unless otherwise specified.

2. Sand fine granular material resulting from the natural disintegrating of rock and free from injurious amounts of oil, mica, clay and other deleterious substances.

Sand, when tested in accordance with ASTM Standard Method of Test C-117, shall not exceed 3% by weight of clay or silt.

5. Rock and gravel. Mechanically wash all rock for use in concrete consisting of gravel or a combination of gravel and sound crushed rock, having clean, hard, tough durable and uncoated pieces, free from injurious amount of soft, friable, thin elongated or laminated pieces, alkali, oil, organic or other deleterious substances.

D. Valves.

1. Ball Valves.

a. Ball valves shall be the same size as the pipe lines in which they are installed and shall open with a quarter-turn (90 degrees) and shall conform to MSS SP -110.

b. Ball valves 2” and smaller shall be 150 pound saturated steam rated, brass body ASTM B 584 Alloy C84400. They shall be full port with a valve pressure rating of 600 psi or greater with a blowout-proof stem and threaded end connections.

c. Ball valves shall be installed per installation detail.

2. Automatic control valves.

a. Refer to plan for approved manufacturer's name, model number and size. -105-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-29

b. Valves shall be normally closed.

c. All valves shall be diaphragm actuated, equipped with flow control adjustment and relief pet cocks, so valve may be manually operated.

One piece diaphragms only; no "O" rings allowed.

d. All valves shall be of the same manufacturer or as listed on plans (i.e., Netafim control valve with Netafim tubing, Rainbird control valve for Rainbird bubblers).

e. Valves shall be completely serviceable from the top without removing the valve body from the mainline systems.

3. Quick coupler valves.

a. Quick coupling valves shall of brass or bronze construction with built-in flow control and self-closing. Valves shall have a lock lid and be rubber covered.

E. Valve Boxes: Contractor shall use pre-cast Portland cement concrete boxes with metal traffic covers in roadways and drive areas, and in hard surfaces, and fiberglass reinforced plastic, green in color (unless otherwise indicated) in planting areas, sized as required for easy access of valve and unions for field servicing of the valve, and with lockable lids.

1. All gate valves, master valves, quick coupling valves, electrical control valves, shall be installed below grade in a valve box.

a. Install gate/ball valves in 10 inch x 10 ¼ inch round box. Carson Industries # 910-12B with bolt-down cover or equivalent as approved by the City. Extension sleeve shall be PVC with a minimum size of 6 inches and shall provide access to both unions.
b. Install quick coupling valves in 10 inch diameter x 10 ¼ inch deep round plastic valve box for all quick coupling valves. Carson Industries # 910- 12B with bolt down cover or equivalent as approved by Client Representative.

F. Automatic control system.

1. Automatic controller. Refer to plan for required manufacturer's name and model numbers. Provide pump start relay switch if required.

2. Automatic controller control system shall consist of a 110 volt, single phase, electric clock control unit and shall be capable of being operated manually.

3. Automatic controller to have the following features:
a. Minimum number of stations required.

b. Programmed for various schedules entirely by setting switches and dials, and shall be equipped with the following features:

1) Each station shall be capable of operating 2 minutes to 60 minutes with incrementally variable timing periods for each station; automatic, semi-automatic and manual operation. Each station to have an "OFF" or "OMIT" switch.
2) Repeat switch allowing any and all stations to be repeated after completion of the initial watering schedule, or allowing repeat operations for any or all stations to be scheduled throughout a 24 hour day.
3) "ON-OFF" switch for turning controller "OFF" during rainy weather, while allowing day and hour clocks to continue in -106-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-30
operation.
4) Capable of operating 24 volt electric valves.

4. Automatic irrigation control wire.
a. Electric operated.
1) Twenty-four volt wire to solenoid valves to be direct burial conductor type UF #14 AWG copper, 3/64" thickness, PVC
coating, U.L. approved.
2) Common wires to be white coded and pilot wires to be color coded with a different color stripe for each automatic controller. 3) Install in accordance with valve manufacturer’s specifications and wire chart.
4) Twenty-four volt valve solenoid shall be corrosion proof stainless steel protected by solid epoxy resin. Coil to operate one valve at 4,000 feet on no less than No. 14 wire. No solenoid valve shall bleed to atmosphere.

5. Controller enclosure. Vandal and weatherproof enclosure with dimension of enclosure to be of sufficient size to house controller(s). Refer to plan for manufacturer's name and model number required.

a. Type of enclosure: Installed in "Le Meur" or "Strong Box" protective controller enclosure.

G. Drip System

1. Drip Emitter pipe and fitting.

a. Drip emitter pipes shall be non-rigid vinyl-chloride hose extruded from integrally algae-resistant poly-vinyl chloride (PVC) resin conforming to ASTM designation D2287 by Salco Products, Inc. or approved equal.

The pipes shall be the following characteristics:

1) Durometer Hardness (A Scale) – 88 to 94 tested per ASTM Method D2240; Specific Gravity, nominal – 1.40 to 1.44 tested per ASTM Method D792(A); Tensile Strength, minimum – 1,800 psi tested per ASTM Method D412; Brittleness Temp., maximum – 15C tested per ASTM Method D746(A).

2) The hose to be uniform in color, homogeneous throughout and smooth inside and outside, free from foreign materials, cracks, holes, dents, wrinkles, and blisters. The hose should have the inside diameter of 0.50 inches, wall thickness of 0.090 inches, outside diameter of 0.680 inches.
b. See above section 2.1.A .1 “PVC pipe and fittings” for all drip emitter pipe fittings.

2. Dripline tubing.
a. The dripline tubing shall be Netafim Techline CV. See plan for the output requirements and the spacing of the welded emitters inside the tubing.

3. Manual flush valve.
a. Refer to the Plans for approved manufacturer's name, model number, and size.

4. Emitter(s).
a. Refer to the plans for approved manufacturer’s name, model number, and size. Only online or inline drip emitters are permitted, with a maximum flow rate of 0.4-0..8 gallons per hour with a 18-inch spacing for emitters. No insert barbs or multi-outlet emitters.
-107-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-31
H. Backflow preventer and strainer unit.

1. Shall be City of Bellflower Health Department approved and be installed in accordance with local water company requirements and City Code.

2. Backflow preventer. Refer to plan for manufacturers name and model number.

3. Backflow device to be protected from vandalism and freezing temperatures where applicable.

4. Strainer shall be wye type, constructed of semi-steel, with a 250 psi rating with monel 3/32" strainer basket; removable. Same size as backflow preventer.

I. Quick-coupling valves, couplers and hose swivels.

1. Valves shall be of brass or bronze construction with built in flow control and self- closing.

2. Valves shall be.

a. Lock lid.

b. Rubber covered.

3. Couplers shall be brass or bronze construction.

4. Hose swivels shall be brass or bronze construction.

J. Check valves and/or anti-drain valves.

1. Check valves vertical type same size as riser with stainless steel spring (5 to 6 pounds) loaded bronze type poppet valve lined with a flat neoprene disc. Valves seat shall be tapered to seat against disc.

2. Horizontal check valves shall be constructed of bronze with closing disc plate set on angle, disc holder shall contain renewable composition disc, these discs shall close tight to prevent drain back.

3. Vertical or horizontal anti-drain valve constructed of corrosion free materials, heavy duty PVC housing with stainless steel spring and neoprene internal components, adjustable from 5'-0 to 40'-0 elevation.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 SITE CONDITIONS/INSPECTION

A. All scaled dimensions are approximate. The Contractor shall check and verify all dimensions per City's approval prior to proceeding with work under this section.

B. Exercise extreme care in excavating and working near existing utilities. Coordinate excavations with underground service alert and utility companies. Damage to utilities caused by operations or neglect shall be repaired at Contractor’s expense. The Contractor shall coordinate with City and check existing utility drawings for locations.

C. Coordinate installation of sprinkler irrigation materials, including pipe, so there will be NO interference with utilities or other construction, or difficulty in planting trees, shrubs, and ground covers.

-108-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-32
D. The Contractor shall carefully check all grades to ensure work on the sprinkler irrigation system may safely commence.

E. The Contractor shall reconstruct any existing irrigation lines which are to remain in service if they interfere or are damaged by construction. Reconstruction of irrigation lines shall conform to the applicable sections of the specifications, using all new materials (except existing sprinkler heads, which may be reinstalled if they are in fully operational condition).

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Physical Layout.

1. All piping or equipment shown diagrammatically on drawings outside planting areas shall be installed inside planting area whenever possible, to exact dimensions noted in construction details unless otherwise approved.

2. Prior to installation, stake out all pressure supply line routing.

3. Contractor to measure and locate all irrigation heads, by a lime marker or stake, before installing irrigation riser. Marker locations are to be inspected and approved by the Owner prior to installation of any irrigation risers.

4. All excavation, trenching, backfilling and compaction performed under this section shall conform to the requirements of Section 02222, "Excavating, Backfilling and Compacting for Utilities," 3.2, 3.3, 3.4 and 3.5. In all planting areas, water settle with no tamping. Leave soil slightly crowned at irrigation heads.

5. Entire layout shall be approved by City prior to installation.

B. Water Supply.

1. Connect sprinkler irrigation system to water supply points of connection as indicated on the drawings. Verify exact location on site.

2. Connections as shown on drawings are approximate. Minor deviations (plus or minus 20 feet) required by actual site conditions shall be a part of this contract.

3. Coordinate connection to meters, water outlets, etc. with General Contractor and other trades on site to ensure proper connection.

4. Coordinate pipe crossing hardscapes, walks, etc., with appropriate trades to minimize disturbance to finish product. If a preferable route is noted on site, contact City to discuss alternative and obtain approval of same.

C. Observation Schedule.

1. Notify the City a minimum of five (5) business days in advance for the following inspections and/or meetings:

a. Pre-job conference

b. Pressure supply line and control wire installation and testing

c. Lateral line installation

d. Coverage test
-109-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-33
i. Final site review commencing beginning of 90 day Warranty / Maintenance Period

ii. Final site review after completion of 90 day Warranty / Maintenance Period for Final Acceptance

2. When observations are conducted by other than the City, show evidence in writing when and by whom these observations were made.

3. Maintain a set of current and up to date plans on the job site at all times. No site observations will commence without record drawings and current plans. In the event the Contractor calls for a site visit without record drawings, without current plans, without completing previously noted corrections, or without preparing the system for said visit, he shall be responsible for reimbursing the City based on his current billing rates per hour (portal to portal, plus transportation costs) for the inconvenience. No subsequent site visits will be scheduled until this charge has been paid.

3.3 INSTALLATION

A. General.

1. Drawings and specifications. Drawings are diagrammatic. All piping, valves, etc. shown within paved area are for design clarification only and shall be installed in planting areas. Furnish and install all work called for on the drawings, whether or not specifically mentioned in the specifications.

2. Perform minor adjustment in location or alignment of new work, to avoid existing utilities, as directed without additional cost.

3. Contractor to measure and locate all irrigation heads, by a lime marker or stake, before installing irrigation riser, pop-up, or bubbler. Marker locations are to be inspected and approved by the Owner prior to installation.

4. All excavation, trenching, backfilling and compaction performed under this section shall conform to the Grading Specifications. In all planting areas, water settle with no tamping. Leave soil slightly crowned at irrigation heads.

B. Connection to existing supply line.

1. Connect to existing cold water service where shown on plans.

2. Connect to existing cast iron, PVC, galvanized and/or asbestos-cement pipe by any of the following methods.

a. Utilize pressure rated 150-200 AWS-A21.10 cast iron fittings. b. Tapping "sleeve."
c. Cutting in "tee."
d. Utilize a threaded fitting.
e. Saddle with double bale flattened, double bronze straps. f. PVC fitting for solvent weld on PVC pipe only.

C. Pipe.

1. Pipe sizes shall be as shown on plan. Pipe size from main line to control valves to be as noted on plan or shall be the same size as the largest line downstream of the control valve.

-110-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-34

2. When two (2) pipes are placed in the same trench provide a minimum of 6" space between pipes - parallel lines shall not be installed directly over one another.

3. All lines should have minimum horizontal separation of 12 inches from lines of other trades.

4. Install concrete thrust blocks in accordance with pipe manufacturer recommendations for pressure supply piping 3 inches and larger.

5. Coordinate installation of piping shown through walls as required with General Contractor to avoid penetrating walls if possible. If penetration is necessary, coordinate and waterproof.

6. Scale of drawing may not permit indicating all sleeving required. Provide sleeves for all piping under paved areas. Refer to sections that pertain to sleeving material, size, etc.

7. All major plumbing work using copper pipe shall be performed by a licensed and bonded Plumbing Contractor. Irrigation Contractor shall obtain all permits required. Copper pipe to be installed at 30” below grade measured from the top of pipe.

8. All outlets from main line shall be accomplished with line sized tees, with an outlet of the specified size. No saddle tees are permitted.

D. Gate valves and valve boxes.

1. Install shutoff valves as indicated on plans.

2. Utilize two (2) reinforcing rods, 3/8" size, in concrete thrust block under all gate valves installed on asbestos-cement pipe. Refer to detail of concrete-thrust blocks.

3. Install a valve box at every gate valve. Use brick to firm base all around box.

Center valve box over the valve operating nut.

E. Backflow preventer and strainer unit.

1. All material and workmanship above ground shall be plumb and of good appearance.

2. Backflow preventer.

a. Reduced pressure type backflow preventer shall be installed per L.A.

County health codes.

3. Install strainer on upstream side of all vacuum breakers except atmospheric type.

4. Contractor to arrange for initial test by a certified backflow tester (except for atmospheric type) and register device with local water purveyor and City of Bellflower Health Department. Provide a copy to the Owner.

F. Quick-coupling valves, couplers, hose swivels.

1. Install 3/4" quick-coupling valves as detailed and where shown on plans.

2. Within 10'-0 of where a quick-coupling valve is installed, contractor shall paint a 3" diameter "yellow-spot" as approved on paving, curb or mow strip. -111-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-35
G. Hose bib (loose key). Install where shown on plans.

H. Check valves and/or anti-drain valves.

1. Check valve vertical type, install on vertical riser, where shown on plans.

2. Check valve horizontal type, units to be sized and installed where shown on plans. Install in a valve box.

3. Vertical or horizontal anti-drain valves. Install where shown on plans; adjust each for site conditions to prevent irrigation head drainage.

I. Pressure relief valve.

1. Install in a lock lid concrete valve box. Set at 10 psi over the highest recorded working pressure with system in operation.

2. Upstream of each pressure relief valve, install pressure gauges. Furnish each gauge with gauge cock.

3. Upstream of each pressure relief valve, furnish strainer same size as pressure relief valve, install in valve box.

J. Air vent valve.

1. 3/4" size designed to remove air from water.

2. Install a gate valve below air vent valve with union at inlet.

3. Install in 17" x 30" concrete service box with bolt down concrete cover.

4. Install where shown on plans and as detailed.

K. Automatic Control System

1. Install per manufacturer instructions. Connect remote control valves to controller in numerical sequence shown on the drawings.

2. The Contractor shall coordinate controller and associated equipment and parts with the City and the controller representative. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to provide and install all equipment to create a fully operational system.

3. Controller Mount
a. Install within "Le Muer"/ "Strong Box" controller enclosure, provide 3" galvanized plastic-coated conduit sweep bend to house control wires.

b. Install within pedestal enclosure. Set pedestal in a vertical position and install in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.

4. Vandal and weatherproof controller enclosure.

a. Seal all openings to keep rodents out.

b. Protect surface from damage during shipment and installation. Contractor shall be responsible for epoxy repairs to areas of metal exposed by damage.

-112-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-36

5. Automatic irrigation control wire.

a. Electric operated.

(1) Twenty-four volt wires. No field splicing of wire between controller and valve with continuous run between controller and valve. Factory splices are permitted in wire roll. Splicing of wire at the valve to be as follows:

Ends of wire (control and common) shall be bright copper twisted together to a minimum of three (3) turns and soldered
immediately. Apply Scotch pack 3578 or Poxy Putty #124 (Permalite Plastic Corporation) in accordance with
manufacturers recommendation. No more than one splice per applicator. Water resistant wire connectors rated at 60c, 600v, with precision molded PVC socket and sealing plug may be used - eliminating solder and resin.

(2) Common wires to be white coated and pilot wires to be color coated using a min. of eight (8) different colors. All 24 volt conductor wire to have minimum of 18" cover. Serpentitiously lay wire in trench below top of pipe to allow for expansion. Pull extra wire for splice in valve box so splice can be brought up and out of valve box for visual check. Lay wire in irrigation trenches adjacent to main and laterals from controller to remote control valve. When conductors from more than one (1) controller are in a common trench, the conductors from the individual controllers shall be bundled separately. Bundle wires and tape together with one wrap of tape. Provide 4" layer of sand below and 4" layer of sand on top of all control wires when clean fill, free from rocks 1" size and larger, is not available on site.

6. Electrical work.

a. Provide a complete, ready to operate, fully automatic irrigation system with all necessary electrical connections to the automatic electric irrigation controller.

(1) On all controllers 50'-0 or more from the circuit breaker, provide a separate disconnect switch at the controller.

(2) Connect controller on a separate circuit on the electrical panel.

(3) Controller shall be connected to activate a remote pump start relay to operate the pump during the irrigation cycle as indicated.

Provide all other necessary electrical connections and work required to provide a complete ready to operate automatic irrigation system. Install a pump disconnect switch (inside building if possible) at a location on the site in a weather and vandal proof enclosure as approved.

b. General.

(1) All work shall be done in accordance with latest applicable edition of the National Electrical Code and all regulations, laws, safety orders, ordinances or codes of State and local authority having jurisdiction, whichever exceeds, except that where requirements of specifications exceed those of ordinances or codes, specifications shall govern. Nothing in drawings and -113-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-37
specifications shall be deemed as authority to violate any ordinance or code.

(2) Wiring methods.

(a) Wiring installed, in concrete, masonry or where exposed to moisture, weather or damage, shall be installed in a rigid steel conduit.

(b) Wiring installed underground shall be installed in Sch. 40 PVC conduit. Provide an equipment ground wire in all
non-metallic conduit runs containing conductors.

Threaded joints where exposed to weather or moisture
shall be made watertight.

(c) Wiring installed above ground in dry location, not in concrete, concrete block or brick construction and where not subject to severe mechanical damage, shall be
installed in EMT rigid steel conduit or IMC.

(3) Materials. Shall be new and shall be listed by or bear the U.L. label, where subject to such approval.

(a) Rigid steel conduit including couplings, locknuts, nipples and fittings shall be galvanized and conduits shall bear U.L. label. All fittings shall be threaded except where an adapter is used to connect to PVC. Split type threaded fittings shall not be used unless specifically approved by the Owner in each instance. No running thread will be
accepted; use nipples, unions or other fittings.

(b) Electrical metallic tubing, including couplings,
connectors, locknuts and other fittings shall be
galvanized and shall be U.L. labeled.

(c) Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) conduit shall be Schedule 40 and shall have a round, smooth bore, and couplings,
bends, elbows, adapters and other fittings and materials, including jointing cement, shall be the project of, or as approved by conduit manufacturer.

(d) Conductors shall be NEC standard annealed copper
wire with NEC 600 volt insulation. THW, THWN or TW
insulation.

(4) Grounding and bonding. Connect to existing grounding system or furnish and install a complete grounding and bonding installation as required by NEC and as otherwise shown. The irrigation controller shall be grounded to metal cold water pipe or where underground cold water main service is non-metallic or underground steel cold water system is wrapped; grounding for equipment shall be connected to two driven ground rods installed not less than 6'-0 apart. Rods shall be 5/8" diameter minimum and driven a minimum of 8'-0 below grade. Location as
determined by the Owner. Rod shall be copper clad steel.

7. Automatic control valves.

a. Valves shall be installed a minimum of 6" and a maximum of 10" from top of valve to bottom side of valve box. -114-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-38

b. Provide a valve box for each automatic control valve.

L. Valve box.

1. Install all buried valves and equipment in the specified box.

2. Fill area under box with a minimum of 3 cubic feet of 3/4 inch gravel for remote control valves and two cubic feet for gate valves and quick coupling valves, before box is installed.

3. Brand sequence number of each valve in minimum 2 inch high numerals into box top.

4. Install valve boxes in shrub/planting areas unless otherwise approved. When grouped together, allow at least twelve (12) inches between valves. Install each remote control valve in a separate valve box.

5. Install valve boxes square to one another and to edges of adjacent hardscape, unless otherwise approved by City.

6. Set boxes flush with finish grade, including sloped areas. Compact all soil within 12 inches of the perimeter of box by water settlement, as indicated in trench repair section of this specification. Position boxes per construction detail.

M. Irrigation heads.

1. Use one manufacturer for each type of head.

2. Place irrigation heads in lawn areas on temporary nipples or on risers extending two inches above ground surface; after lawn is established and ground has settled around head, lower top of head to a position level with finish grade.

3. Distance between irrigation head and edge of adjacent paving shall be equal to the diameter of the head installed or as indicated on plan.

4. Adjust all spray nozzles so that each lateral system will be as evenly balanced as possible.

5. Shrub heads adjacent to paving and curbs.

a. Installed 1" above grade.

(1) To be of a heavy duty high pop-up stem with screw adjustable nozzle.

(2) To be installed on PVC high-pop risers, with brass screw adjustable shrub nozzle.

6. All other shrub heads to be brass screw adjustable, installed on galvanized risers 6" above grade.

7. Utilize triple swing joint for all risers to irrigation heads. Use threaded Schedule 80 PVC nipples with PVC fittings or as detailed on plan. Assemble in field only.

8. Nozzle lines. Where possible, mount on fence if nozzle lines are necessary.

9. Do not exceed the maximum spacing shown on plans.

N. Drip Irrigation System:
-115-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-39
1, Verify dripline inlet pressure as noted on plans.

2. Place dripline tubing below grade per details and manufacturer's specifications.

3. Dripline installation shall be coordinated with plant material installation for location and orientation of planting layout. Blank tubing may be used where there is no plant material.

4. Install air relief assemblies at high elevation points of dripline tubing and drip emitter system in each remote control valve zone as shown on drawings.

5. Flush all PVC piping and dripline tubing prior to connections.

6. After new dripline tubing is in place and connected, and all necessary diversion work has been completed, the control valves shall be opened and a full head of water shall be used to flush out the system.

7. Contractor shall insure that drip emitter system flex hose tubing aligns to the planting layout. Provide irrigation via distribution tubing from flex hose to all plant materials indicated on drawings.

8. Place tubing in such a manner as to evenly wet at least sixty percent (60%) of the root ball of each plant. For small plants one emitter may be sufficient. For larger plants, multiple rows of tubing will be required.

9. Use galvanized hairpin-type stakes at approximate three (3) foot intervals to hold the tubing securely in place.

10. For subsurface installation follow the manufacturer’s specifications.

11. Flush all mains, laterals, manifolds and tattletail / Flush assemblies (if used) before connecting the tubing to the riser units or header manifolds. After installation of drip tubing, flush all sections again before closing off the tubing.

12. Operate system for a few days uncovered to allow for adjustment. When adjustment is complete, install the mulch per Section 02900 “Landscape Planting”.

O. Trench

1. Excavate trenches to required depths.

a. Main lines using plastic pipe (upstream of RCV). For main lines 2” or smaller, install 18” minimum below grade. For main lines 2 ½” or greater, install 24” minimum below grade as measured from top of pipe where it occurs within planting area.

b. Lateral lines using plastic pipe (downstream of RCV). Install 12" below grade, as measured from top of pipe.

2. Follow approved layout for each system. Pipe layout as shown on irrigation plan is schematic. Route piping in the most expedient manner, consistent with the requirements set forth herein, including avoidance of tree roots. Adhere to as- built requirements stated herein.

3. The bottom of the trench shall be free of rocks, clods and other sharp-edged objects. If rocks over 1" size are encountered at the bottom of the trench or within backfill @ 4" above pipe, Contractor shall have the option of removing rocks or placing 4" of sand below and above PVC pipe.

4. Trench bottom shall be flat and piping shall be supported continuously at -116-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-40
prepared grade.

5. Trenching shall pass no closer than 8 feet from base of any tree. Do not cut tree roots larger than 2 inches in diameter without approval of the City.

6. Maximum trench width is two and a half diameter of the pipe.

7. Provide minimum coverage as follows:
a. Pressure supply lines (2 inches and smaller): 24 inches minimum, 36 inches minimum under paving, unless otherwise noted on drawing.

b. Non-pressure lines: 18 inches minimum, 24 inches minimum under paving,, unless otherwise noted on drawing.

c. Control wire: 24 inches, unless otherwise noted on drawing.

8. Do not trench in roadway. Only boring is allowed within the asphalt / concrete road.

P. Backfilling.

1. The trenches shall not be backfilled until all required tests are performed.

Trenches shall be carefully backfilled with the excavated materials approved for backfilling, consisting of earth, loam, sandy clay, sand, or other approved materials, free from large clods of earth or stones. Backfill shall be mechanically compacted landscape areas to a dry density equal to adjacent undisturbed soil in planting areas. Backfill will conform to adjacent grades without dips, sunken areas, humps, or other surface irregularities.

2. A fine granular material backfill will be initially placed on all lines. No foreign matter larger than one-half (1/2) inch in size will be permitted in the initial backfill.

3. Flooding of trenches will be permitted only with approval of the City.

4. If settlement occurs and subsequent adjustments in pipe, valves, sprinkler heads, lawn or planting, or other construction are necessary, the Contractor shall make all required adjustments without cost to the City.

Q. Sleeving.

1. Where irrigation piping crosses a vehicular roadway, a paved surface, decomposed granite, or artificial turf as shown on plans provide a PVC Schedule 40 sleeve a minimum of two pipe sizes larger than piping to pass through it.

2. All sleeves shall extend 1 foot minimum beyond edge of roadway.

3. Pressure test all piping under paving prior to the paving work and turf/decomposed granite installation.

4. Provide for a minimum cover of thirty six (36) inches between the top of the pipe and the bottom of the aggregate base for all pressure and non-pressure piping installed under vehicular roadways.

R. Assemblies.

1. Routing of sprinkler irrigation lines as indicated on the drawings is diagrammatic.

Install lines and various assemblies to conform with details on plans.

2. Install NO multiple assemblies in plastic lines. Provide each assembly with its own outlet. -117-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-41

3. Perform all directional changes on pressure supply line using 45 degree elbows.

No 90 degree elbows will be permitted without approval of City.

4. No more than one size may be used when reducing or increasing a fitting outlet, unless approved by City.

5. Install all assemblies specified herein in accordance with respective detail. In absence of detail drawings or specifications pertaining to specific items required to complete work, perform such work in accordance with best standard practice, with prior approval of the City.

6. Thoroughly clean PVC pipe and fittings of dirt, dust and moisture before installation.

7. On PVC to metal connections, the Contractor shall work the metal connections first. Permatex 51 or approved equal shall be used on all threaded PVC to PVC, and all threaded PVC to metal points. Light wrench pressure is all that is required. Where threaded PVC connections are required, use threaded PVC adapters into which the pipe may be welded.

8. Install backflow assemblies and enclosure in shrub areas at minimum height permitted by local code, unless otherwise approved. Flush pressure supply line before installing backflow prevention unit as required to ensure piping is free of debris. Paint all backflow devices above ground with two coats of forest green enamel. Mask all identification tags prior to painting. The Contractor is required to pay for backflow protection assembly testing at the time of installation and to turn all test reports to the City upon final inspection. After certification, remove all test cocks, replace with threaded brass plugs, and deliver test cocks to City.

9. Verify exact location of all major equipment with the City before installation.

10. Install valves in planting/turf areas and perpendicular to hardscape unless otherwise approved.

11. Unless otherwise approved, locate quick coupling valves as indicated on the drawings, within 12 inches of hardscape, or at separation between shrub and lawn areas.

S. Flushing of System.

1. After all new sprinkler pipe lines and risers are in place and connected, all necessary diversion work has been completed, and prior to installation of sprinkler heads, the control valves shall be opened and a full head of water used to flush out the system. Leaving joints are to be exposed prior to flushing.

2. Flushing shall occur in the presence of the Contract Administration Construction Inspector. Start flushing at valve closest to point of connection and proceed with each consecutive valve, toward valve farthest from the point of connection.

Flush only one (1) lateral at a time. Each lateral system shall have each riser capped during the flushing, commencing with the riser closest to the valve and proceeding to the farthest riser. Flush each lateral for sufficient time to ensure thorough cleaning. After the entire irrigation system has been flushed, the system shall be pressure tested in accordance with section 308-5.6 of the SSPWC.

3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Adjustment of the System.
-118-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-42

1. The Contractor shall adjust all sprinkler heads and valves for optimum performance.

B. Testing of Irrigation System.

1. Pressure test irrigation main lines following the flushing of the complete system.

Test main lines for 4 hours at 125 p.s.i. with all control valves in place and closed. During the test, provide pressure gauges downstream from the backflow device and upstream from the farthest remote control valve in the system. Air pressure testing of the irrigation system is acceptable if approved by the City.

2. Testing of pressure main lines must occur prior to installation of electric control valves, quick couplers or any other equipment that might prevent a proper test from being performed.

3. Test lateral lines at line pressure with risers capped after expelling air from piping. Each lateral lines shall be tested for a minimum of 20 minutes; install pressure gauge at one riser per lateral during test. Maintain pressure in piping for time indicated.

4. Test all piping under paved areas under hydrostatic pressure of 150 pounds per square inch, and prove watertight prior to paving.

5. During the test period all the pipe joints shall be inspected for leakage. Pipes showing leakage shall be replaced. Clean and recaulk imperfect joints. Upon completion of repairs, the section shall again be subject to the test for two hours.

The test will be repeated until the entire system is proven watertight or leakage does not exceed that as recommended by manufacturer. Perform all tests in the presence of the City or other duly authorized representative of City. No pipes shall be backfilled until they have been inspected, tested and approved in writing.

6. Furnish necessary force pump and all other test equipment, if permanent connection is unavailable.

7. When the irrigation system is completed, perform a coverage test in the presence of the City to confirm that water coverage for planting areas is complete and adequate. Dripline stations are to run a minimum of one (1) hour and are to remain uncovered until Owner Representative has confirmed complete coverage of drip irrigation and no leakage. Furnish all materials and perform all work required to correct any inadequacies of coverage due to deviations from plans, or where the system has been willfully installed as indicated on the drawings when it is obviously inadequate without notifying the City.

8. Provide handheld walkie-talkie or personnel as necessary to accomplish this task expeditiously.

9. Upon completion of each phase of work, test and adjust entire system to meet site requirements.

C. Warranty / Maintenance Period.

1. Operate each system in its entirety for the City at time of final observation. Any items deemed unacceptable by the City due to noncompliance with the specifications and drawings shall be corrected to the complete satisfaction of the City.

2. The Contractor shall be responsible for the labor and costs of any repairs or adjustments during the 90-day Warranty / Maintenance Period.

D. Final Inspection/Observation Prior to Final Acceptance. -119-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-43

1. At the end of the 90-day Warranty / Maintenance Period, submit written confirmation to Client Representative that the system is operating properly, and note any changes/adjustments made during Warranty / Maintenance Period.

2. Notify the Client Representative in writing a minimum of five (5) business days in advance for the final inspection at the completion of the 90-day Warranty / Maintenance Period.

3. Operate each system in its entirety for the Client Representative at time of final observation. Any items deemed unacceptable by the Client Representative due to noncompliance with the specifications and drawings shall be corrected to the complete satisfaction of the Client Representative.

4. Evidence must be shown to the Client Representative that The City has received all required irrigation equipment, charts, record drawings, etc. as noted herein before final observation can occur.

3.5 CLEANUP

A. Clean-up shall be made as each portion of work progresses. Refuse and excess dirt shall be removed from the site, all walks and paving shall be swept or washed down, and any damage sustained on the work of others shall be repaired to original conditions.

3.6 EMERGENCY REPAIRS

A. The City reserves the right to make temporary repairs as necessary to keep equipment in operating condition without voiding the Contractor’s guarantee bond nor relieving the Contractor of his responsibilities during the bonding period.

3.7 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

A. Contractor to train the City’s maintenance personnel in proper operation of all major equipment. Provide written confirmation of the person(s) so trained to the City.

END OF SECTION 02810

-120-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-44
SECTION 02900

LANDSCAPING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. The work includes all services, labor, materials, transportation and equipment necessary to provide landscaping as indicated on the Drawings and as specified.

1.2 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS

A. Section 02230 – Site Clearing and Grubbing

B. Section 02797 - Decomposed Granite

C. Section 02810 - Landscape Irrigation

D. Section 02920 – Landscape Maintenance

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Approvals.

1. Provide written evidence that landscape irrigation system has been inspected and approved prior to start of any work of this section.

2. Agronomic Soil Report

a. After completion of the grading operations and prior to soil preparation, the Contractor shall, at his expense, obtain a soils test report from an approved professional agronomic soils testing laboratory.

b. If imported top soil is required, Contractor shall, at his expense obtain a soil tests report from an approved professional agronomic soils testing laboratory, and obtain approval by the Owner, prior to on site delivery.

c. Contractor shall submit the name, address and phone number of the consulting soil testing laboratory for approval prior to obtaining services.

d. The approved soil testing laboratory report shall indicate soil analysis for plant growth suitability, and recommendations for soil preparation in all planting areas and soil mix for backfill of planting container material.

e. The recommendations of the agronomic soil report shall take precedence over the quantities of soil amendments and material mix specified in the backfill mix; and only when those specifications exceed the minimum requirements specified herein.

f. Contractor shall submit one (1) copy of the agronomic soil report to the Owner, and shall not begin any landscape planting work until the report has been evaluated and approved by the Owner.

g. Contract price adjustments if required due to the above shall be made by unit price or change order.

B. Certificates. Prior to construction, written certifications listing the source of the supplier and quantities of each shall be submitted to the City of Bellflower for the following:
-121-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-45

1. Commercial fertilizer or organic fertilizer.

2. Mulch and fir bark.

3. Soil conditioner

4.. Top Soil.

5. Herbicide and pre-emergent

6. Any other material used in the planting areas not covered in another section of the specifications.

C. Plant photos. See Section 1.7.I and 1.7.J on tree, shrub, and groundcover selection.

1.4 GUARANTEES AND REPLACEMENTS

A. Plant Materials: Shrubs, vines and groundcovers shall be guaranteed to remain healthy and vigorously growing for ninety (90) days, during the 90 day maintenance period.

B. Trees: All trees that have been supplied and installed under this Contract shall be guaranteed to live in a healthy condition for a period of one (1) year from date of final acceptance of project.

C. Plant Replacement: Plants found to be dead or not in a vigorous condition, or if root balls have been damaged, within the Installation, Maintenance and Guarantee Periods, shall be replaced within fourteen (14) days. Contractor shall include, at his expense, a timely written diagnosis of plant health by a certified Arborist, should a dispute arise. Arborist's report shall indicate reason for lack of vigor, potential remedies, if any, and estimate of time required to regain vigor and specified size.

D. Plant Replacement: Plants used for replacement shall be same kind and size as specified and shall be furnished, planted and fertilized as originally specified. Cost of all repair work to existing improvements damaged during replacements shall be borne by the Contractor.

1.5 SITE OBSERVATION AND INSPECTION

A. Written notice requesting an inspection shall be submitted to the City of Bellflower at least ten (10) days prior to the anticipated date.

B. Site observation and inspection will be required for the following parts of the work:

1. Observation to be performed by the Landscape Architect or City of Bellflower upon the completion of grading prior to planting.

2. When lawn or turf areas are finish-graded, ready for seeding or sodding.

3. Inspection to be performed by the Landscape Architect for approval of all plant materials.

4. Observation to be performed by the Landscape Architect or City of Bellflower when trees and shrubs are spotted in place for excavation, but prior to planting.

5. Observation to be performed by the Landscape Architect or City of Bellflower after planting and all other indicated or specified work has been completed Acceptance and written approval by City shall establish the beginning of the Maintenance Period.
-122-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-46
a. Contractor shall insure that all landscape construction items are properly placed, all plants are in place in a healthy condition, areas are clean and free of weeds and debris, and entire area is in a neat condition prior to scheduling an inspection for beneficial occupancy at the beginning of the maintenance period and all subsequent inspections.

6. Maintenance observation to be performed by the Landscape Architect or City of Bellflower after thirty (30) days.

7. Final observation to be performed by the Landscape Architect or City of Bellflower at the completion of the ninety (90) day Maintenance Period. This observation shall establish the beginning date for the one (1) year guarantee of all trees.

C. Upon completion of the Final Observation and the work of this section, the Contractor will be notified in writing: (1) whether the work is acceptable;(2) of any requirements necessary for completion and acceptance.

D. Contractor shall be on the site at the time of each observation.

1.6 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING: Coordinate the work of this Section with installation of underground irrigation system utilities, piping and watering heads.

1.7 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

A. The term "Planting Area" shall mean all areas to be planted with trees, shrubs, groundcovers, seed and sod.

B. Actual planting shall be performed during those periods when weather and soil conditions are suitable in accordance with locally accepted horticultural practice.

C. All rock and other growth or debris accumulated during the duration of the project shall be removed from the site.

D. Prior to excavation for planting or placing of plant materials, locate all underground utility lines still in use and take proper precautions to avoid damage to such improvements. In the event of a conflict between such lines and plant locations, notify the City of Bellflower who shall arrange for the relocation of one or the other. The Contractor assumes all responsibility for making any and all repairs for damages from work as herein specified at no additional expenses to the City of Bellflower.

E. Grading and soil preparation work shall be performed only during the period when beneficial and optimum results may be obtained. If the moisture content of the soil should reach such a level that working it would destroy soil structure, spreading grading operations shall be suspended until the moisture content is increased or reduced to acceptable levels and the desired results are likely to be obtained.

F. All scaled dimensions are approximate. Before proceeding with any work, carefully check and verify all dimensions and immediately inform the City of Bellflower of any discrepancy between the drawings and/or specifications and actual conditions.

G. Quantities for plant materials are shown for convenience only, and not guaranteed.

Check and verify count and supply sufficient number to fulfill intent of drawings. Notify the City of Bellflower of discrepancies between quantities and symbols shown prior to installation.

H. Adequately stake, barricade and protect all irrigation equipment, manholes, utility lines and other existing property during all phases of the soil amending and grading operation.

I. Tree Selection. -123-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-47

1. One color photograph of each tree variety and size called out on Drawings, shall be furnished by the plant supplier for approval prior to delivery to site or installation.

2. The Contractor shall immediately remove from the site any trees not approved after the City of Bellflower has seen them. The trees are to be replaced with plants deemed suitable by the City of Bellflower at the Contractor’s expense.

3. The Contractor, at his option and expense, can retain the services of the City of Bellflower or the Landscape Architect to review trees 15 gallon or larger tagged at the nursery and/or at its place of growth.

4. The City of Bellflower shall have the right to inspect and reject unsatisfactory or defective plant material at any time during the progress of the work.

J. Shrub and Groundcover Selection.

1. One color photograph of each shrub and groundcover variety and size called out on Drawings, shall be furnished by the plant supplier for approval prior to delivery to site or installation. The photograph shall be a representative sample in size and health.

2. All plants smaller than 15 gallons will be inspected and approved at the project site.

3. The Contractor shall immediately remove from the site any plants not approved after the City of Bellflower has seen them. The plants are to be replaced with plants deemed suitable by the City of Bellflower at the Contractor’s expense.

4. The City of Bellflower shall have the right to inspect and reject unsatisfactory or defective plant material at any time during the progress of the work.

K. Rejection and Substitution: All plants not conforming to the requirements herein specified shall be considered defective and such plants, whether in place or not, shall be marked as rejected and be immediately removed from the site of the work and replaced with acceptable plant materials. The plant materials shall meet all applicable inspections required by law. All plants shall be of the species, variety size, age, flower color and condition as specified herein and/or as indicated on the Drawings. Under no condition will there be any substitution of plant species, variety or reduced sizes for those listed on the accompanying Drawings, except with the written consent of the City of Bellflower.

L. All utilities (water and electricity) used during the installation of the landscaping and irrigation systems for this project shall be paid for by the City of Bellflower. During the ninety (90) day Maintenance Period, the City of Bellflower will be responsible for the payment of the utilities to maintain landscaping.

1.8 INVOICING OF PLANT MATERIAL AND SOIL PREPARATION AND SOIL PREPARATION

CONFORMANCE TEST

A. After installation of plant materials but prior to the pre-maintenance inspection, the City of Bellflower, with the heretofore specified signed copies of the required certificates, trip slips and invoices for the plant materials and related items, shall compare invoiced material with the amount specified. If the minimum amounts have not been furnished, the City of Bellflower will require the installation of additional materials to fulfill the minimum requirements specified.

B. Upon delivery of materials and/or completion of all soil conditioning and grading, but prior to initiating planting operations, the City of Bellflower with the heretofore specified signed copies of required certificates, trip slips and invoices for soil preparation materials, shall -124-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-48
compare total quantities of each material furnished against the total area and/or amount specified. If the minimum rates of application have not been met, the Contractor will be required to obtain and distribute additional quantities of these materials to fulfill the minimum application requirements specified.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 GENERAL

A. Refer to “Planting Notes” for general requirements.

2.2 MATERIALS

A. Topsoil: Clean, on-site soil, or at Contractor's option, imported topsoil accepted by the City of Bellflower. Supply topsoil for all backfill mixes for plants to bring finished grades to 2 inches below tops of curbs, sidewalks and driveways. Topsoil shall not be used for planting operations while in a muddy condition.

B. Imported Topsoil: Fertile, agricultural sandy loam, typical for locality, capable of sustaining vigorous plant growth, taken from drained site, free of subsoil, clay, rocks, impurities, plants, weeds and roots; minimum pH value of 5.4 and maximum 7.0 per soils test.

a. Topsoil shall be free of roots, clods, stones larger than 1-inch in the greatest dimension, pockets of coarse sand, noxious weeds (including Cyperus esculentus and C. rotundus), sticks, lumber, brush and other litter. It shall not be infested with nematodes or other undesirable disease-causing organisms such as insects and plant pathogens.

b. Topsoil shall be friable and have sufficient structure in order to give good tilth and aeration to the soil. Total pore space content on a volume/volume basis shall be at least 15 percent when moisture is present at field capacity. Soil shall have a field capacity of at lest 15 percent by weight.

c. Salinity: The salinity range measured in the saturation extract (Method 3a, USDA Handbook Number 60) shall be 0.5-2.0 dS/m. (Decisiemens per centimeter). If calcium and sulfate ions both exceed 20 milliequivalents per liter in the saturation extract, the maximum salinity shall be 4.0 ds/m.

d. Chloride: The maximum concentration of soluble chloride in the saturation extract (Method 3a, USDA Handbook Number 60) shall be 150 mg/l (parts per million).

e. Boron: The maximum concentration of soluble boron in the saturation extract (Method 3a, USDA Handbook Number 60) shall be 1 mg/l (parts per million).

f. Sodium Adsorption Ration (SAR): The maximum SAR shall be 6 measured per Method 20b, USDA Handbook Number 60.

g. Soil Organic Matter Content: Sufficient soil organic matter shall be present to impart good physical soil properties but not be excessive to cause toxicity or cause excessive reduction in the volume of soil due to decomposition of organic matter.

h. Calcium Carbonate Content: Free calcium carbonate (limestone) shall not be present.

i. Fertility: The range of the essential elemental concentration in soil shall be as follows: -125-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-49
Ammonium Bicarbonate/DTPA Extraction
Parts per Million (mg/kilogram)
Dry Weight Basis

Phosphorus 2-40
Potassium 40-220
Iron 2-35
Manganese 0.3-6
Zinc 0.6-8
Copper 0.1-5
Boron 0.2-1
Magnesium 50-150
Sodium 0-100
Sulfur 25-500
Molybdenum 0.1-30

C. Soil Amendment, Fertilizer and Plant Tablets.

1. Contractor to cleanly and neatly stack all used bags and boxed fertilizer and tablets during the duration of the job. All planting areas shall receive the following amendments per 1,000 sq. ft. of surface area:

a. “Gro-Power” 5-3-1 or equal (no known equal) as reviewed by the City of Bellflower.

b. Nitrogen stabilized, fine grade Fir bark or Redwood shavings containing 1% nitrogen added to each lb. of shavings.

c. “Gro-Power Controlled Release “ 12-8-8 or equal (no known equal) as reviewed by the City of Bellflower.

d. Planting Tablets: Planting tablets shall be Gro-Power Planting Tablets or equal (no known equal) as reviewed by the City of Bellflower.

D. Pre-Emergent weed killer to be Eptam or Ronstar or approved equal as reviewed by the City of Bellflower.

2.3 PLANTING BACKFILL

A. Thoroughly blended mixture of topsoil and soil amendments at the following mixture:

Stock-Piled on Site Soil or imported topsoil 6 Parts
Nitrogen stabilized Fir bark or Redwood shavings 4 Parts

2.4 STAKING MATERIALS

A. Tree Staking: Stakes shall be of lodgepole pine. These shall be straight shafts, shaved and cut clean and bare of branches, stubs, and bark, of uniform thickness between 2 and 2 ½ inches in diameter, free of loose knots, splits or bends. Stakes shall be no less than eight feet in length for 5 gallon trees and ten feet in length for 10 gallon trees or larger.

Stakes are to be completely treated with copper napthenate. Stakes shall be conically pointed at one end, with 10” long taper point and chamfered at the other end.

B. Tree ties shall be V.I.T. cinch tree ties or approved equal as reviewed by the City of Bellflower. V.I.T. Products, Inc., Escondido, CA, 760-735-2450.

2.5 PLANT MATERIALS

A. Nomenclature: The scientific and common names of plants herein specified conform to “Standard Plant Names” established by the American Joint Committee on Horticultural -126-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-50
Nomenclature. Names not listed therein follow established nursery lexicon . See list of plant material on Drawings.

B. All material provided shall be well branched and proportioned, with respect to width-height relationship.

C. Labeling: Materials shall be clearly labeled as to species and cultivar. All patented plants (cultivar) shall be delivered with a proper plant patent attached.

D. Quality and size of all plants shall meet American Nursery Standards. They shall be vigorous, of normal growth, not deformed, free from disease, insects, insect eggs and meet or exceed the measurements specified. Tree trunks shall be sturdy and well "hardened off", self-supporting. Plants will be free of abrasions, knots, injuries, or disfigurations. Plants shall have well-developed branch systems, vigorous and fibrous root systems, and no signs of being root or container bound.

E. Container stock (1 gal., 5 gal., 15 gal. boxes) shall have grown in containers for at least six (6) months, but not over two (2) years. No container plants that have cracked or broken balls of earth, when taken from the container, shall be planted, except upon special approval. No trees with damaged roots or broken balls shall be planted.

F. Pruning shall not be done, prior to delivery, except by written approval by the City of Bellflower.

G. Inspection of plant materials, required by City, County or State authorities shall be a responsibility of the Contractor and where necessary the Contractor shall have secured permits or certificates prior to delivery of plants to site. Nurseries in which the plants have been grown shall be inspected by the State Department of Agriculture.

H. Protection: Plants shall be handled, stored and maintained to prevent drying out, wind burn, wilting or root or stem damage. Evidence of these conditions will be grounds for plant replacement.

I. Plants shall be subject to inspection and approval or rejection at the project site at any time before or during the progress of work for size, cultivar, condition, latent defects and injuries. Rejected plants shall be removed from the project site immediately.

J. Contractor shall make every attempt to secure specific plant species, cultivars, and sizes upon the notice to proceed. Substitutions will not be permitted unless the contractor can provide significant proof that the plant specified is not obtainable. The contractor must then submit a proposal for use of the nearest equivalent size or cultivar and cost. All substitutions subject to City of Bellflower's written approval. In the case of the replacement item being lower in cost than the original bidded item, the contractor shall provide a credit to the City.

K. Quantities shall be furnished as needed to complete work as shown on Drawings.

L. The City of Bellflower reserves the right to inspect root condition of any species, particularly those grown from seed, and if found defective, to reject the plants represented by the defective sample.

M. Identify plant species or varieties correctly on legible, weather-proof labels attached securely to the job site. There shall be a minimum of one labeled plant for each five plants in a lot.

N. Groundcover plants shall be healthy, vigorous rooted cuttings grown in flats until transplanting.

O. Weed contact spray shall be Phytar 560, Broadside, Round-Up or equal. -127-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-51

2.6 MULCH: All shrub and groundcover areas shall be covered with mini-chunk bark mulch 3 inches minimum deep unless stated otherwise on plans. Mulch is to be 2” away from tree trunk or shrub base.

2.7 ROOT BARRIERS: Biological root control device shall be a minimum of .06 inches and each barrier shall have a locking device to hold barrier
in position after installation.

2.8 SOD LAWN: Cut from healthy, fresh, clean, and mature turf with soil thickness of 3/4" to 1". Sod shall consist of grass varieties as specified on Drawings.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Beginning of installation indicates Contractors acceptance of existing conditions.

B. Soils report recommendations will supersede soil conditioning guidelines given here.

C. Clearing and Grubbing: Prior to tillage operations, vegetation growth shall be grubbed, raked and cleared from the site. The ground surface shall be cleared of material which might hinder grading, tillage, planting and maintenance operations and be disposed of off the site.

3.2 SOIL CONDITIONING, FERTILIZING AND ROTOTILLING:

A. Grade shall ensure positive drainage of site, directing surface drainage toward curbs, gutters, swales and drains; away from building foundations, free of irregularities and depressions at a minimum of 2%. The soil amendments specified below are required prior to construction.

B. Thoroughly moisten soil and grade all planting areas to within one-tenth of a foot of finished grades prior to incorporating soil conditioner and amendment. The following rates of soil conditioning and amendment materials shall be evenly spread over all planting areas and shall be thoroughly scarified to an average depth of 6 inches by rototilling a minimum of 2 alternating passes: (this is to be used as a basis for bidding and may be modified based on soil tests.)

Gro-Power 5-3-1 150 Lbs. Per 1,000 Sq Ft.

Nitrogenized bark/ wood shavings 3 Cu. Yd Per 1,000 Sq Ft.

Gro-Power Controlled Release 12-8-8 8 Lbs. Per 1,000 Sq. Ft.

C. Soil Preparation Procedure for Landscaped Areas:

1. Planting areas shall be cleared in accordance with Section 02230 – Site Clearing.

2. All areas shall be deep ripped to a depth of 12 inches and all vegetation (that remains), stumps, roots, and stones (1 inch or larger in diameter) shall be removed from the top 8 inches of soil. The thoroughness of rock removal shall be approved by the City of Bellflower prior to incorporation of amendments.

Adequate replacement soil shall be imported to equal volume of rock removed.

3. Grades: Planting areas which have been soil conditioned and/or graded shall be maintained in a true and even condition prior to planting. Contractor shall include repairs to previously graded areas, if disruption of these areas should occur prior to end of Maintenance Period.

4. Settling of Soil: When grading, deep ripping, topsoiling, addition of soil conditioning and tilling have been accomplished, areas shall be compacted and -128-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-52
settled by heavy irrigation to a minimum depth of 12 inches without causing erosion or sloughing of soils.

5. Final Grading of Planting Areas: Planting areas shall be free of rocks larger than 1 inch with no more than 5% by volume of rocks smaller than 1 inch. All depressions, voids, erosion, settled trenches and excavations shall be filled with amended soil and/or removed by the Contractor leaving a smooth, even finish grade. Final grade shall be established to the Civil Engineer's specifications and the following directives:

a. Finish grades shall insure positive drainage of the site with all surface drainage away from buildings, walls and toward roadways, drains and catch basins.

b. Molding and rounding of grades shall be provided at all changes in slope.

Blend slopes into level areas.

c. Grades shall be 2 inches below adjacent paved areas and sidewalks and flush with valve boxes, mowing strips, clean-outs, drains, manholes, etc., and shall have a minimum slope of 1% to drains.

d. Maintain grades within a tolerance of +/- 0.1 foot of the spot elevations and grade lines indicated on the Civil Engineer's plans. Open lawn areas may be within +/- 0.5 foot of grades shown on Civil Engineer's plans.

e. All undulations and irregularities in the planting surfaces resulting from tillage, rototilling and all other operations shall be leveled and floated out before planting operations are initiated.

f. The Contractor shall take every precaution to protect and avoid damage to sprinkler heads, irrigation lines and other underground utilities during his grading and conditioning operations.

g. Planting surfaces shall be graded with no less than two (2) percent surface slope for positive drainage.

h. No planting shall be installed until approval has been given by the City of Bellflower.

6. Care shall be taken that the rate of application of water does not cause erosion or sloughing of soils.

7. All depressions, voids, erosion scars and settled trenches generated by the deep watering shall be filled with conditioned topsoil and brought to finish grade.

3.3 PLANTING

A. The layout of locations for plants and outlines of groundcover to be planted shall be approved on the site by the City of Bellflower or Landscape Architect prior to planting. All such locations shall be checked for possible interference with existing underground piping prior to excavation of holes. If underground construction or utility lines are encountered in the excavation of planting areas, other locations for the planting may be selected by the City of Bellflower. Damage to existing utilities shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.

1. The layout, planting, staking/guying and tying of trees will occur first. The planting of shrubs, vines, and ground cover will follow consecutively.

2. Locate the planting pit using one (1) of the following methods:
-129-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-53
a. Place 1” x 3” x 3’-0” wood stake at the location shown on the plans.

Write botanical name and size of container on stake.

b. Place plant container at location shown on the plans.

B. Planting Trees, Shrubs, and Vines.

1. All excavated holes shall have vertical sides with roughened surfaces and shall be two (2) times wider than the width of the plant ball and be as deep as indicated on drawings. Vertical sides and bottom of the plant pit shall be scored to loosen soil and to eliminate “glazed” pit walls. Holes shall be, in all cases, large enough to permit handling and planting without injury or breakage of root balls or roots.

2. Excavation shall include the stripping and staking of all acceptable soil encountered within the areas to be excavated for plant pits and planting beds.

Protect all areas that are to be trucked over and upon which soil is to be temporarily stacked pending its reuse for the filling of holes, pits and beds.

3. Plants shall not be allowed to dry out before or while being planted. Keep exposed roots moist by means of wet sawdust, peat moss or burlap at all times during planting operations, do not expose to the air except while being placed in the ground. Wilted plants, whether in place or not, will not be accepted and shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense.

4. Remove nursery stakes and ties from all container stock. Maintain side growth on all trees.

5. Manually remove all weeds within pot prior to planting.

6. Loosen roots and soil at edges of root ball of plant being installed and mix with native soil.

7. Excess soil generated from the planting holes shall be spread on the site as directed by the City of Bellflower.

8. All used cans shall be removed to the storage area or from the site daily.

9. The plants shall be planted at approved locations with the heretofore specified conditioner and soil planting backfill.

10. The plants shall be placed in the planting pits on the backfill material which has been hand-tamped and water settled to the root ball base levels prior to the placement of the plants. After setting the plants, the remaining backfill material shall be carefully tamped and settled around each root ball to fill all voids.

11. Each tree and shrub shall be placed in the center of the hole and shall be set plumb and held rigidly in position until the planting back fill has been tamped from around each root ball.

12. Once settled, the soil level of the plants should be flush with finish grade of planting area, unless otherwise noted.

13. Gro-Power planting tablets shall be placed in each planting hole at the following rates:

One (1)-7 gram tablet per liner and flat size plant.

Two (2)-7 gram tablets per gallon container.

Five (5)-7 gram tablets per 5 gallon container.

Ten (10)- 7gram tablets per 15 gallon container. -130-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-54
Fourteen (14)-7 gram tablets per 24” box and larger.

14. No plant will be accepted if the root ball is broken or cracked, either before, during or after the process of installation.

15. All plants shall be thoroughly watered into the full depth of each planting hole immediately after planting.

16. All trees, 15 gallon and larger, shall be staked with two wood stakes, driven into the ground. The stakes shall be driven in plumb and secure. Special care shall be taken that the driving in of the stakes does not damage the tree root ball.

Tree ties shall be fastened to each tree and stake by looping figure eights with the inside diameter of the tie at two or three times the diameter of the tree and by tacking the back of the tie to the stake (See Detailed Drawings). Multi-trunk trees may not require staking.

17. The staking method shall be accomplished in such a manner as to insure the proper and healthy growth and the safety of the plants, property and public.

18. Shrubs shown in plant areas shall be underplanted with groundcover shown by adjacent symbol to within 12 inches of main plant stem.

19. The Contractor shall be responsible for all surface and subsurface drainage required which may affect his guarantee of the trees, shrubs and vines.

20. Pruning after planting shall be required on all trees and shrubs when necessary to provide the specified or approved standard shapes, form and/or sizes characteristic to each plant. Pruning may include thinning, topping and/or cutting and shall be under the direction of the City of Bellflower. Cuts over 3/4 inch in diameter shall be painted with an approved tree sealant.

21. All trees 24 inches box and larger shall be spotted in place prior to digging of the hole.

22. All tree and shrub areas are to receive a 3 inch layer of mulch.

C. Groundcovers.

1. Groundcovers shall be planted in the areas indicated on the Drawings. The groundcover plants shall be rooted cuttings grown in flats and shall remain in those flats until transplanting.

2. Planting pits for flat-sized plants are to be at least 6” x 6” x 6”. Plant in moistened soil.

3. All groundcover plants shall be planted with soil around roots in evenly spaced intervals as called out on the Drawings.

4. The groundcover plants shall be planted sufficiently deep to cover all roots and shall be immediately watered after planting until the entire area is soaked to the full depth of all holes.

5. The groundcover planting areas shall be hand-smoothed after planting to provide an even, smooth final finish grade. Plugs and flat-sized plants shall receive 1 inch layer of mulch. Groundcover in 1 gallon and larger containers shall receive a 3 inch layer of mulch.

D. Sod.

1. Turf Soil Preparation: In areas where turf is to be planted, the soil shall be ripped to a depth of 10 inches, blended with recommended topsoil, amendments and -131-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-55
watered thoroughly.

2. A pre-plant fertilizer (15-15-15) will be applied at the recommended rate per the manufacturer. The fertilizer shall be applied by means of a mechanical broadcaster or hydro-applicator, uniformly across the area.

3. Water the fertilizer into the rootzone prior to sodding.

4. At time of planting, the surface of all areas to be seeded or sodded shall be free of stones, sticks, or other deleterious matter 1 " in diameter or larger, and shall be free from all debris, obvious foreign matter or similar objects that would be a hindrance to planting, maintenance or play.

5. Sod bed to be finish graded and floated smooth and the bed will be lightly rolled to present a neat and uniform appearance. Sod shall be laid with closely fitted joints with ends of strips staggered and no overlap of edges. Trim and cut sod around perimeter as necessary and fill voids to establish a solid continuous lawn.

Irrigation lightly, roll, making sure sod does not creep and then irrigate heavily to assure even penetration of water 10” into the soil.

6. Newly sodded areas shall be kept moist at all times during 90 day maintenance period. The first 10 days after placement are critical and sod is to be kept moist.

7. 7 to 10 days after installation, mow turf at height recommended for specified grass. Do not mow wet grass. Remove any lawn clippings that pile up, which would result in damaging the lawn. Repeat mowing once a week during maintenance period.

8. Roll sod as necessary to maintain an even surface. Fill joints and low spots with plaster sand.

3.4 HEADERS
A. Edgings that act as dividers between lawn and groundcover or shrub areas are termed "Landscape Headers" and shall be as specified on Drawings. They shall be of size and type indicated and detailed and in locations indicated on Drawings.

B. Excavation shall be carefully done to proper alignment and grade for particular header involved. Backfill shall be carefully placed and thoroughly tamped against header.

C. Wood or metal headers, unless otherwise indicated, shall be flush with grade and held in place with stakes of lengths necessary to extend into solid earth a minimum of 12 inches.

Stakes shall be of sound material, neatly pointed, driven vertically and securely attached to headers. Stakes shall be spaced not to exceed 4 feet on center. Wood stakes shall be 1 inch below top of header and sawed off at an angle. Stakes holding curved headers shall be close enough together to firmly hold headers in alignment indicated on Drawings.

Curved headers shall form their own tangent for at least 5 feet beyond point of tangency to ensure a smooth flowing curve. Unsightly breaks in alignment will not be accepted.

D. Compact backfill, on both sides of headers, to density of undisturbed adjoining earth.

E. Headers shall be in place before any adjacent portion of sprinkler system is installed.

3.5 TREE-ROOT CONTROL BARRIER

A. Tree root control barriers shall be provided in all cases where planting pits are adjacent to paving. Barriers shall be linear along the paving edge and shall not encircle all sides of the root ball.

B. Plastic barrier wall thickness shall be a minimum of 0.06 inches and each barrier shall have a locking device to hold barrier in position after installation. -132-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-56

C. Barrier size needed to enclose tree varies to meet individual tree size. Follow manufacturer's recommended guides.

3.6 WATERING

A. Apply water to all planted areas and plants, during operations and thereafter, until acceptance of work.

B. All plantings which cannot be watered efficiently with the existing water system shall be watered by means of a hose.

C. Immediately after planting, apply water to each tree, shrub and vine by means of a hose.

Apply water in a moderate stream in the planting hole until the material about the roots is completely saturated from the bottom of the planting pit to finish grade.

D. Following the planting of ground cover, each plant shall be immediately and thoroughly watered by means of a hose, with a slow running stream of water.

E. Upon completion of all planting operations, apply pre-emergent weed control over all ground cover and shrub areas (hydroseeded areas are not to be treated) in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations.

F. Apply water in sufficient quantities, and as often as seasonal conditions require, to keep the ground moist at all times, well below the root system of grass and all other planting. .

Protect the turf areas against damage, including erosion and trespass and provide proper safeguards as may be needed. Replant damaged areas promptly. Exercise care to prevent overwatering, flooding or excessive runoff.

G. Provide irrigation to all existing turf and planting areas throughout the entire contract period.

3.7 FINAL INSPECTION

A. Schedule the following inspections and notify the Architect:

1. When lawn or turf areas are finished graded, ready for seeding, plugs or sodding.

2. When planting, sowing and other indicated or specified work, except maintenance work, has been completed.

3. Final inspection at the completion of the maintenance period.

B. Plant materials shall be subject to inspection and approval of the Owner before planting.

C. After completion of construction and planting operations, request for a check inspection.

Allow at least 2 days notice prior to inspection. This inspection, with the approval of the Owner, will establish the start of the landscape maintenance period.

D. Upon completion of the landscape maintenance period, request for a final inspection.

Allow at least 2 days notice prior to inspection.

3.8 MAINTENANCE

A. The entire project shall be cared for, to the satisfaction of the Owner, in such a manner as to present a neat and clean condition at all times.

B. The maintenance period begins on the first day after final completion on all landscape -133-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-57
work on this project is complete, checked, accepted and written approval from the City of Bellflower is given to begin the Maintenance Period and shall continue thereafter for no less than ninety (90) contiguous days.

C. Regular planting maintenance operations shall begin immediately after each plant is planted. Plants shall be kept in a healthy, growing condition and in a visually pleasing appearance by watering, pruning, mowing, rolling, trimming, edging, fertilizing, restaking, pest and disease controlling, spraying, weeding, cleaning up and any other necessary operation of maintenance. Landscape areas shall be kept free of weeds, noxious grass and all other undesired vegetative growth and debris. All plants found to be dead or in an impaired condition shall be replaced within fourteen (14) days. Maintenance operations shall also include:

1. Filling and replanting of any low areas which may cause standing water.

2. Adjusting of sprinkler head height and watering pattern.

3. Filling and recompaction of eroded areas.

4. Weekly removal of trash, litter, clippings and foreign debris.

D. Workcrew are not allowed to walk on lawn areas, unnecessarily, before, during or after seeding or sodding operations. Damaged or compacted lawn areas shall be re-cultivated and re-seeded or re-sodded, at the Contractor's expense.

E. The Contract completion date of the Contract Maintenance Period will be extended when, in the opinion of the City of Bellflower, improper maintenance and/or possible poor or unhealthy condition of planted material is evident at the termination of the scheduled Maintenance Period. The Contractor shall be responsible for additional maintenance of the work until all of the work is completed and acceptable at no additional cost to the City of Bellflower.

F. When in the opinion of the City of Bellflower’s Representative, improper maintenance, possible poor or unhealthy condition of plant materials, or unestablished lawns are evident or when maintenance work is not being performed, the Contractor shall be responsible for additional maintenance of the work until all of the work is completed and acceptable at no additional cost to the City of Bellflower.

G. Prior to completion of the 90 day maintenance period, cultivate all ground cover and shrub areas and provide an additional application of pre-emergent herbicide in accordance with manufacturers recommendations.

H. During the maintenance period, the contractor is required to apply fertilizer to all planted areas, at a time specified by the City of Bellflower (every 30 days after the beginning of the maintenance period). Fertilizer application shall be performed in the presence of the City of Bellflower.

a. Apply soil conditioner-fertilizer ("Gro-Power" 5-3-1) at the rate of 25 lbs. per 1000 sq. ft., uniformly over all shrub and ground cover areas.

b. Apply soil conditioner-fertilizer ("Gro-Power") controlled release (12-8-8) at the rate of 20 lbs. per 1000 sq. ft., uniformly over all lawn areas.

I. Maintenance shall include continuous operations of watering, weeding, mowing, rolling, trimming, edging, cultivating, fertilizing, spraying, insect and pest control, re-seeding, replacement or any other operations necessary to ensure good normal growth.

Contractor shall be responsible for applying lawn moth control sprays or other materials, as often as may be required to protect lawns and turf during entire Contract period.

-134-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-58
J. During installation period and during maintenance period, Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining adequate protection for planted areas.

K. At completion of maintenance period plant materials shall be live, healthy, undamaged and free of infestations.

L. Lawn areas shall be completely covered with growing grass at time of final acceptance, leaving no barren spots larger than 3 inch x 3 inch. Inferior plantings shall be replaced and brought to a satisfactory condition before final acceptance of work. Areas shall be neatly raked and free of weeds.

M. Replacements. Immediately replace any and all plant materials which, for any reason, dies, is unhealthy or is damaged. Any trees or other plant materials that die back and lose the form and size as originally specified shall be replaced, even though they have taken root and are growing after the die-back. Replacement shall be made with plants as indicated or specified for the original planting. All replacement of plant material shall be at the expense of the Contractor.

N. Repair. Damage to planting areas shall be replaced and repaired immediately.

O. Depressions caused by erosion, vehicles, bicycles or foot traffic to be filled with topsoil and leveled. Reseed damage done to lawn areas.

P. Exterminate gophers and moles and repair damage, as approved by City of Bellflower.

Q. Herbicides, fungicides, insecticides, baits and other chemicals shall be used in strict accordance with manufacturers’ recommendations and regulatory agencies.

R. The Contractor will be relieved of maintenance work when the final 90 calendar day plant establishment work has been satisfactorily completed. If maintenance is unsatisfactory, Contractor shall maintain work beyond the 90 calendar day period until all planting is in a healthy thriving condition as determined by the City of Bellflower. Final acceptance of landscape work will relieve Contractor from maintaining all planting.

3.9 CLEAN UP

A. As project progresses, Contractor shall maintain all areas in a neat manner and remove unsightly debris as necessary. After completion of project, Contractor shall remove all debris and containers used in accomplishing work. The Contractor shall sweep and clean all sidewalks, asphalt and concrete areas adjacent to plantings.

END OF SECTION 02900

-135-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-59
SECTION 02920

LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. The work includes all materials, labor, services, transportation, and equipment necessary to perform the work as described in this specification section.

1.2 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS

A. Section 02810 - Landscape Irrigation

B. Section 02900 - Landscaping

PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED)

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 MAINTENANCE

A. All work shall be continuously maintained in all areas within the limit of work during the progress of the job, the 90 day maintenance period and until the final acceptance of the work.

B. The ninety (90) day plant maintenance period shall not commence until written notice of approval of landscape and irrigation installation (see Landscape Irrigation Section 02810) has been received from the City’s Representative.

C. Provide the following during the final ninety (90) calendar day maintenance period:

1. All plants and planted areas shall be kept watered.

2. Weeds, Dallis, Johnson, Kikuyu, Nut and Bermuda Grass shall be removed.

3. The entire project shall be so cared for that a neat and clean condition will be presented at all times to the satisfaction of the City and City’s Representative

D. General Weeding

1. Weeding Program: The Contractor shall be responsible for providing a continuous weeding program for all project areas. Weeding shall be done on a weekly basis and shall include any undesirable or misplaced plant.

2. Shrubs: Weeds shall be removed from planting areas regularly, no less than once a week, manually. The Contractor is to ensure that seedlings from the hydroseed application are not removed or damaged. Bermuda grass and other noxious weeds shall not be allowed to become established.

3. Ground Cover: Weeds shall be removed completely, on a regular basis, manually, no less than once a week.

E. Insect, Disease and Pest Control: The Contractor shall regularly inspect all landscaped areas for presence of disease, insect or rodent infestation. The Contractor shall advise the City within four (4) days if disease, insect or rodent infestation is found; he shall identify the disease, insect or rodent and specify control measures to be taken using legally approved materials and methods. Upon written approval of the City’s Representative, the Contractor shall implement the approved control measures, -136-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-60
exercising extreme caution in the application of all spray material, dusts or other materials utilized. The use of any chemicals for insect and disease control shall be done by a state licensed pest control operator who shall follow all guidelines governing his license. Extreme caution shall be used when spraying insecticides and fungicides. Only spray when there is no wind. City’s Representative approval must be obtained prior to spraying any insecticides or fungicides. All chemicals shall be used only in the manner approved by state and county agencies.

1. Approved control measures shall be continued until the disease, insect or rodent is controlled to the satisfaction of the City. The Contractor shall utilize all safeguards necessary during disease, insect or rodent control operations to ensure safety of the public and the employees of the Contractor.

F. Staking and Guying: Tree stakes, ties and guys shall be checked to prevent bark wounds caused by abrasion and corrected as needed. Ties shall be adjusted to prevent girdling. When trees attain a trunk caliper of approximately 4" consider removing stakes and guys based on the following guidelines. The tree must retain its upright position and this position must be held regardless of moisture content of the soil. Before any stakes are removed, remove tree ties and allow the tree to remain without support for a period of time to observe structural stability of the tree. Remove tree stakes only when tree has been proven to be structurally stable. Any restaking shall be done with originally specified materials. Guying will, over time, stretch or loosen. Adjust as needed to retain a taut position, until such time when guying is removed. Any tree that is damaged due to improper staking or typing shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense.

G. Plant Replacement: Any tree and shrub that appears to have more than one-half (1/2) of its foliage in a declining state shall be brought to the City's attention immediately. Check plant for over-watering, or drainage problems; and repair the problem prior to replacement. Replacement plants shall be of a size, condition and variety acceptable to the City. The Contractor shall replace plant material at no cost to the City and subject to acceptance by the City.

1. Plants that show signs of failure to grow at any time during the maintenance period, or those plants so injured or damaged as to render them unsuitable for the purpose intended shall be replaced immediately at the expense of the Contractor.

2. Any trees, shrubs or grass that die or loose form and size as originally specified shall be replaced even though they have taken root and are growing after die- back or loss of form and size.

H. Shrub and Vine Care: All shrubbery shall be checked weekly for any breakage or damage, special watering needs, etc. and treated as necessary. All undesirable conditions shall be eliminated as per accepted landscape maintenance practices. All shrubs shall be maintained in a healthy vigorous condition. Remove all spent flowers, flower spikes and remove all leaves and debris from plant areas daily. Hose off all plant material monthly to remove accumulated dirt and soot.

1. Pruning: Pruning shall be performed as a continuous ongoing operation not allowing plants to develop stray, undesirable growth, and shall be done under the direction of a certified Arborist. Trimming, pruning, thinning and training are functions to be done at any time as needed to maintain a pleasing appearance.

Accomplish pruning by removing woody stems from inside shrubs on an as- needed basis as directed by the Arborist. Excessive pruning or stubbing back will not be permitted. Shrubs should never be topped unless specifically directed by the Arborist or the City’s representative. Where trees and shrubs occur in close proximity to walks or parked cars, prune to allow movement without interference from branches and foliage.

-137-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-61
a. Shrub Pruners: Shrubs shall be pruned and thinned using hand-held shrub pruners. Hedge shears and clippers shall not be used.

I. Lawn Care: Maintenance shall include continuous operations of watering, weeding, mowing, rolling, trimming, edging, cultivating, fertilizing, spraying, insect and pest control, re- seeding, replacement or any other operations necessary to ensure good normal growth.

Contractor shall be responsible for applying lawn moth control sprays or other materials, as often as may be required to protect lawns and turf during entire Contract period.

1. Upon observing any lawn spreading into shrubs or groundcover areas, Contractor shall initiate a program of mechanical removal and maintain this program throughout maintenance period.

2. Lawn Weed Control: At first appearance of any broadleaf weed germinating in lawn areas, Contractor shall remove all weeds. If weeds persist or if damage resulting from this operation becomes objectionable, Contractor shall control weed growth with a selective weed killer with approval of the Owner, and maintain such control throughout the maintenance period.

3. Fertilization: Broadcast commercial fertilization (16-10-4) over entire "Lawn Area" (Turf Area) at rate of 1 pound per 1000 square feet in 2 applications, 30 days apart.

J. Irrigation Systems Care

1. Irrigation Repair and Operation:

a. Systems Components Damage: Irrigation system components damaged as a result of Contractor's neglect shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor at no cost to the City. Normal wear and tear of systems, accidental breakage by others, or so-called acts of God, are conditions under which the Contractor is not directly responsible and repairs shall be paid for by the City. The Contractor shall notify the City’s Representative the same day of discovery of damage to irrigation system components caused by acts of God, that do not result from the performance of the work by the Contractor. Upon receipt of the City Representative’s written authorization, the Contractor shall repair said damage as soon as possible and submit a change order related to the cost of said work to the City’s Representative. Failure to report any damages will constitute Contractor making repairs at his own expense.

Any replacement of irrigation system components under this subparagraph 1 shall be original equipment types. Any substitutions for replacement equipment shall be approved in writing from the City.

b. Replacement includes, but is not limited to: irrigation system laterals (piping), irrigation mains (pressure lines), irrigation control valves, irrigation controllers, sprinkler heads, sprinkler caps, risers, bubblers, dripline, flush valves, manual filters, , valve covers, boxes and lids, including electrical pull boxes and lids, irrigation sleeves, quick couplers, and hose bibs.

c. Automatic Irrigation System Failure: Irrigation shall be done by the use of automatic sprinkler systems, where available and operable; however, failure of the existing irrigation system to provide full and proper coverage shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility to provide adequate irrigation with full and proper coverage to all areas in the work site.

-138-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-62
d. Property Damage: Any damages to property resulting from excessive irrigation water or irrigation water runoff due to the Contractor's negligence shall be charged to the Contractor.

e. Controller and Valve Boxes: The Contractor shall keep controller and valve boxes clear of solids and debris and maintain the irrigation system including the replacement, repair, adjustment, raise or lower, straighten, and any other operation required for the continued proper operation of the system from the water meter throughout the work site.

f. Immediately after planting, apply water to each tree, shrub and vine by means of a hose in a moderate stream in the planting hole until the material around the roots is completely saturated from the bottom of the hole to the top of the ground.

g. Following the planting of ground cover, each plant shall be immediately and thoroughly watered by means of a hose with a slow stream of running water.

h. Apply water in sufficient quantities and as often as seasonal conditions require to keep the ground wet, but not soaking, at all times, well below the root systems of the plants and grass.

2. System Monitoring:

a. Contractor Monitoring: The Contractor shall inspect the irrigation system for broken and clogged heads, malfunctioning or leaking valves, or any other condition which hampers the correct operation of the system. Authorization must be obtained from the City before proceeding with work not covered under normal maintenance work. The malfunctioning sprinkler system landscape area shall be irrigated by a portable irrigation method until all authorized repairs have been completed to the City's satisfaction. Each system shall be checked daily and all necessary adjustments made to heads which throw onto roadways, walks, windows, or out of intended area of coverage. The Contractor shall clean and adjust sprinkler heads as needed for proper coverage. Each system shall be individually operated and observed on a regular basis.

b. Suspension of Irrigation Operation: The Contractor shall turn off irrigation systems during periods of rainfall and times when suspension of irrigation is desirable to conserve water while remaining within guidelines of good horticultural acceptable maintenance practices.

c. System Operation Knowledge: One maintenance person shall have the responsibility of operating and knowing the irrigation systems adjust controllers, observe the effectiveness of the irrigation systems, and making minor adjustments and repairs to systems.

3. Coverage/Application Rate: Generally, watering shall be done at night, between the hours of 12:00 A.M. and 6:00 A.M., unless otherwise directed by the City.

The Contractor shall operate systems and irrigation heads as seasonal conditions require. During extremely hot weather, extended holiday periods and during or following breakdown of systems, the Contractor shall provide adequate personnel and materials as required to adequately water all landscaped areas.

When breakdowns or malfunctions exist, the Contractor shall water manually by whatever means necessary to maintain all plant material in a healthy condition.

4. Ground Cover Trimming: Ground covers are to be neatly trimmed away from sprinkler heads to ensure proper coverage and operation. Weed or turf killer -139-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-63
shall not be used. Trim ground covers away from sprinkler heads by tapering away from head. Holes shall not be cut in to ground cover areas. As ground covers grow in height, risers may need to be extended to properly clear top of ground covers.

5. Tests: The Contractor shall test the soil and ground cover areas and around trees and shrubs monthly or as necessary with soil probes to determine that the proper amount of water is being applied at all times. This information shall be used to adjust watering times on the controller and supplemental hand or deep watering as necessary.

a. Soil Probe: The Contractor shall make the soil probe available at all walk-through inspections.

6. Sub-Surface (Drip) Irrigation: Areas irrigated by sub-surface (drip) irrigation will be adequate moisture within the root zone to promote proper plant growth.

7. Backflow Prevention Device: Testing, certification and service of the backflow prevention shall be done by the Contractor, and it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to notify the City’s Representative should a malfunction occur.

K. Grades: Damage to planting areas through any of the following shall be replaced or repaired immediately by refilling with topsoil and leveling:

1. Depressions caused by vehicles, bicycles or foot traffic.

2. Damage caused by gophers and moles.

3. Erosion due to irrigation runoff.

4. Unnatural soil settling.

5. Excessive soil compaction.

L. Walkway Care

1. Sweeping, Vacuuming and Blowing off Walks: All public walkways shall be swept, vacuumed or blown off once a week. This work shall be coordinated with mowing or other maintenance work in the area. All gutters within the maintenance area shall be kept clean of plant clippings and miscellaneous trash.

2. All walks shall be kept free of dirt, leaves and other debris from the maintenance by or visiting the site. Debris shall be collected on a weekly basis. All plant debris shall be disposed of off-site.

M. The Contractor shall be on site once weekly for a minimum of four (4) hours and shall check in with the Public Works Department on arrival and departure for hour.

N. The Contractor is to work closely with the City's maintenance division, and establish a weekly meeting with the City's maintenance crew.

O. The Contractor may be relieved of the maintenance work when the final (90) calendar day shrub and ground cover establishment work has been satisfactorily completed as approved by the City Representative.

P. Extension of Maintenance Period: Continue the maintenance period at no additional cost to the City until previously noted deficiencies have been corrected.

END OF SECTION 02920 -140-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-64
DIVISION 3

Section 03200

CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: Reinforcing steel for cast-in-place concrete.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. The editions of the specifications and standards referenced herein, published by the following organizations, apply to the concrete reinforcement only to the extent specified by the reference.

1. American Concrete Institute (ACI).

2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM).

3. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI).

4. American Welding Society (AWS).

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Shop Drawings: Submit shop and placement drawings of reinforcing for review only when deviations are made from Contract Drawings. Such deviations shall be identified.

1. Placement drawings shall show the locations and spacing of reinforcing in the various parts of the structure with details as required, in accordance with ACI 315-83. Cutting and bending lists submitted without placement drawings will be returned without review as incomplete. Placement drawings shall be complete so that placement of the reinforcing may proceed without reference to the design drawings.

2. Review shall not act to relieve the Contractor from responsibility for accuracy of the fabrication details and placing diagrams. Verify dimensions and locations before the preparation of shop drawings.

3. No construction shall be done except from reviewed drawings which shall be kept at project site.

B. Product Data: Submit mill affidavits, stating the grades and physical and chemical properties of the reinforcing steel, and conformance with ASTM Specifications, before delivery of the steel to the project site.

1.4 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

A. Except as modified by the requirements specified herein or the details indicated, concrete reinforcing shall conform to the City of Bellflower Building Code, CRSI Manual of Standard Practice, Documents 63 and 65, and to ACI 301 and 315.

1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Delivery: Deliver reinforcement bundled and tagged to identify placement and certify testing.

-141-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-65
B. Transport reinforcing steel to the construction site, stored and covered in a manner which will insure that no damage occurs to it from moisture, dirt, grease, or other cause that might impair bond to concrete. Store a sufficient supply to approved reinforcing steel on the construction site at all times to insure that there will be no delay of the construction.

Maintain identification of steel after bundles are broken.

1.6 COORDINATION

A. See the architectural, structural, mechanical, and electrical drawings for anchor bolt schedules and locations, anchors, inserts, conduits, sleeves, and other items which are required to be cast in concrete, and make necessary provisions as required so that reinforcing steel will not interfere with placement of such embedded items.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Reinforcing Bars: New, deformed, billet steel bars, meeting the requirements of ASTM A 615, grades as indicated or new, deformed low-alloy steel bars meeting requirements of ASTM A 706, Grade 60. Deliver bars new and free from rust and mill scale in original bundles with mill tags intact. The carbon equivalent (C.E.) of reinforcing bars or splice material shall be calculated from the chemical composition as shown in the mill report by the following formula:

C.E. = %C + %Mn/6 + %Cu/40 + %Ni/20 + %Cr/10 - %Mo/50 - %V/10

1. If Mill test reports are not available, chemical analysis shall be made of bars representative of the bars to be welded. ASTM A 706 bars may be assumed to have a C.E. = 0.55. Bars with a C.E. above 0.75 shall not be welded. No welds shall be made at bends in reinforcing bars unless specifically approved by the Office of the State Architect.

2. Deliver bars new and free from rust and mill scale in original bundles with mill tags intact.

B. Welded Wire Fabric: New welded steel wire fabric in flat sheets, meeting the requirements of ASTM A 185, of gage and center-to-center spacing as indicated.

C. Accessories: Provide reinforcement accessories, consisting of spacers, chairs, ties, and similar items as required for spacing, assembling, and supporting reinforcement in place.

Provide accessories fabricated from galvanized steel or approved plastic accessories, conforming to the applicable requirements of the CRSI "Manual of Standard Practice".

D. Tie Wire: 16 gage or heavier, where indicated or specified, black or galvanized steel wire, meeting the requirements of ASTM A 82.

E. Stirrup Steel: ASTM A 82.

F. Welding Electrodes: AWS A5.1, grade E70XX for welding grade 40 reinforcing steel and E90XX for welding grade 60 reinforcing steel.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 FABRICATION

A. Fabricate steel reinforcement in accordance with the details indicated. Where specific details are not indicated or noted, comply with the applicable requirements of UBC Standard 26-8 and ACI 315.

-142-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-66
B. Bend, cut, and place bars accurately, as indicated. Bend bars cold; heating of bars will not be permitted. Do not bend or straighten bars in any manner that will injure the material.

3.2 PLACING

A. General: Place reinforcing steel in accordance with the drawings and the applicable requirements of the City of Bellflower Building Code and ACI 315. Install reinforcement accurately and secure against movement, particularly under the weight of workers and the placement of concrete.

B. Reinforcing Supports: Support bars and welded wire fabric larger than 8 gage on metal chairs or spacers on metal hangers, accurately placed and securely fastened to steel reinforcement in place. Support legs of accessories in forms without embedding in form surface. Space chairs and accessories in conformance with CRSI's "Recommended Practice for Placing Bar Supports". No wood will be permitted inside forms. Precast concrete cubes may be used to support footing and slab on ground reinforcing.

C. Placing and Tying: Set reinforcing in place, space, and rigidly and securely tie or wire with 16 gage steel tie wire at splices and at crossing points and intersections in the position indicated, or as directed. Point ends of wire away from forms.

D. Spacing: Space bars as indicated. Where not indicated, the clear spacing for main longitudinal column reinforcement shall be not less than 1.5 times the nominal bar diameter, or 1-1/2 inches, or 1-1/3 times the maximum size aggregate, whichever is greater. For other parallel bars, where spacing is not indicated, the minimum clear spacing shall not be less than the nominal bar diameter, or one inch, or 1-1/3 times the maximum size aggregate, whichever is less. The clear distance limitations above also apply between the bars being spliced at a contact lap splice and adjacent bars.

E. Splices: Except for temperature bars in slabs and horizontal wall reinforcing, no splicing will be allowed for reinforcing bars unless detailed locations are indicated, or approval is given. Stagger lapped splices for horizontal wall reinforcing and slab temperature bars by the required lap splice length minimum. Whenever possible, stagger splices of adjacent bars.

F. Welded Wire Fabric: Furnish wire fabric in as long lengths as practical and wire at laps and splices. Laps shall be one full spacing of the cross wires plus 2 inches at splices.

Supply welded wire fabric in flat sheet.

G. Dowels: Securely tie dowels in place before concrete is deposited. In the event there are no bars in position to which dowels may be tied, add a No. 3 minimum to provide proper support and anchorage. Bending of dowels after placement of concrete will not be permitted unless approval is obtained. Protect dowels extended for future construction from weather exposure. Compliance with safety law requirement for extended dowel is required.

H. Cleaning: Reinforcement, at time of pour, shall be free of coatings that would impair bond to concrete.

I. Welding: Welding of reinforcing steel will not be permitted except as specifically approved or detailed. Welding shall comply with UBC 26-4 and AWS D1.4 using low hydrogen electrodes. Prior to welding, determine weldability of reinforcing bars by a laboratory chemical analysis.

J. Steel Penetrations: Where reinforcing bars must pass through structural steel columns or beams, required holes through steel shall be carefully cut by reinforcing steel Contractor using methods and layouts approved by Structural Engineer prior to start of work.

-143-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-67

3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Notify the City at least 2 working days ahead of each concrete pour, do not place any concrete until all reinforcing steel has been installed and approved by the City. All reinforcing shall be complete in every way by the end of the working day prior to concrete placement. Complete all reinforcing in every way by the end of the working day before concrete placing.

B. Inspection and Tests:

1. Tests shall be performed prior to the delivery of steel to job site. Steel not meeting specifications shall not be shipped to the job.

2. Testing procedure shall conform to ASTM A615, except use full section of bars as-rolled. Machined or reduced sections per Section 9 of ASTM A615 are not acceptable.

3. Reinforcing steel shall be sampled at the place of distribution, prior to shipment.

Make one tensile test and one bending test from samples out of 10 tons, or fraction thereof, of each size No. 6 and larger, and each kind of reinforcing steel, where taken from bundles as delivered from the mill and properly identified as to heat number. Mill analysis shall accompany report. Where identification number cannot be ascertained, or where random samples are taken, make one series of tests from each 2-1/2 tons, or fraction thereof, of each size No. 6 and larger, and each kind of reinforcing steel. Samples shall include not fewer than two pieces, each 18 inches long, of each size, No. 6 and larger, and each kind of reinforcing steel. Samples shall include not fewer than two pieces of a length sufficient to allow tests to be made on the as-rolled size of the bar.

4. Welds: Special inspection for reinforcing steel welding shall be provided by a special inspector certified to inspect structural steel assemblies. The special inspector shall provide continuous inspection for all reinforcing steel welding both on-side (field) and off site (shop) except where work is done on the premises of an approved fabricator authorized by the building official to perform reinforcing steel welding. Tests of reinforcing bar welds shall be in accordance with ASTM E709 and AWS D1.4. Qualification of the joint welding procedure shall be established for each specification and grade of reinforcing bar to be welded for No. 14 bars and larger.

5. Welded wire Fabric: During fabrication, welded wire fabric shall be subject to test requirements of ASTM A185.

C. Special inspector will inspect all reinforcement for concrete work for size, dimensions, locations and proper placement. Special inspector shall be present during welding of all reinforcing steel.

D. Do not use shop or placement drawings for verifying as placed reinforcing in the field.

The as-placed reinforcing shall be checked with the approved set of design drawings.

3.4 DEFECTIVE WORK

A. The following reinforcing steel construction will be considered defective and shall be removed and replaced at no additional cost to the

1. Bars with kinks or bends not indicated.

2. Bars injured due to bending or straightening.

3. Bars heated for bending.
-144-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-68

4. Reinforcement not placed in accordance with the drawings and specifications.

END OF SECTION 03200

-145-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-69
DIVISION 3

Section 03300

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 WORK INCLUDED

A. Cast-in-place concrete.

B. Pedestrian Bridge Abutment.

1.2 RELATED WORK

A. Section 03100 - Concrete Formwork.

B. Section 03200 - Concrete Reinforcement.

1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS

A. The specifications and recommended practices of the American Concrete Institute (ACI), American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), the California Department of Transportation (CalTrans) Standard Specifications, the Construction Specifications Institute (CSI), the Standard Specifications for Public Works (Greenbook), and the California Building Code (CBC) referred to in these specifications with their individual designations are to be considered part of these specifications. The latest revision of each recommended practice or specification shall apply.

1. ASTM:

C31
Standard Method of Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field

C33
Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates

C39
Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens

C94
Standard Specification for Ready Mixed Concrete

C138
Standard Test Method for Unit Weight, Yield and Air Content (Gravimetric) of Concrete

C143
Standard Test Method for Slump of Portland Cement Concrete

C150
Standard Specification for Portland Cement

C157
Standard Test Method for Length Change of Hardened Hydraulic-Cement Mortar and Concrete.
-146-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-70
C172
Standard Method of Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete

C173
Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Volumetric Method

C230
Standard Specification for Flow Table for use in tests of Hydraulic Cement.

C231
Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method

C260
Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete

C309
Standard Specifications for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete

C342
Standard Test Method for Potential Volume Change of Cement-Aggregate Combinations

C494
Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete

C618
Standard Specification for Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Portland Cement Concrete

C989
Standard Specification for Ground Iron Blast-Furnace Slag for Use in Concrete and Mortars

C1017
Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Use in Producing Flowing Concrete

C1064
Test Method for Temperature of Freshly Mixed Portland Cement Concrete

E329
Standard Recommended Practice for Inspection and Testing Agencies for Concrete, Steel and Bituminous Materials as Used in Concrete

2. ACI:

117
Standard Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Material

212
Guide for Use of Admixtures in Concrete

214
Recommended Practice for Evaluation of Strength Test Results of Field Concrete

301
Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings -147-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-71

302
Guide for Floor and Slab Construction

304
Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing Concrete

305
Hot Weather Concreting

311
Guide Practice for Concrete Inspection

318
Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete

3. CALTRANS STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS:

Section 28
Lean Concrete Base

Section 40
Portland Cement Concrete Pavement

Section 51
Concrete Structures

Section 90
Portland Cement Concrete

4. STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION (GREEN BOOK):

Section 200
Rock Materials Section 201
Portland Cement Concrete

Section 202
Masonry Materials

5. California Building Code (CUBC):

Chapter 19 Concrete

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Perform work in accordance with ACI 301.

B. Obtain materials from same source throughout the Work.

1.5 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

A. Conform to California Building Code.

1.6 FIELD SAMPLES

A. Cast field sample in formwork specified in Section 03100 under provisions of Section 01300.

B. Use specified concrete. -148-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-72

C. Obtain acceptance of surface finish.

D. Maintain sample panel exposed to view for duration of concrete work. Remove when directed.

1.7 TESTS

A. Testing and analysis of concrete will be performed under General Provisions of Section 01400.

B. Submit proposed mix design of each class of concrete to appointed firm for review prior to commencement of work.

1.8 PRODUCT DATA

A. Submit mix design and method of curing.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 CONCRETE MATERIALS

A. Cement: Portland Cement shall meet the requirements of ASTM C150, Type I or II.

Cement shall have a maximum alkali content of .60% calculated as (Na2O+.658K20).

B. Fine and coarse aggregate shall meet the requirements of ASTM C33 or California Department of Transportation Standard Specifications, Section 90 or the Standard Specification for Public Works, Section 200. Exceptions shall not be made without approval of the Engineer.

C. Mixing Water shall be essentially free from injurious amounts of deleterious materials such as oils, acids and organic matter. Nonpotable water may be used based on a satisfactory service record of the source tested as required by ACI 301, Specifications for Structural Concrete Buildings, Chapter 2.

D. Air entraining admixtures shall conform to ASTM C260.

E. Chemical admixtures shall conform to ASTM C494 or ASTM C1017.

F. Mineral admixtures shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C618, ASTM C989, and Section 201 of the Green Book.

G. Other admixtures proposed for use and not covered by the above specifications must be approved by the engineer of record.

H. Concrete for sidewalk, curb and paving around vault building shall conform to the requirements of Section 201 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction and shall be class 520-C-2500 using 1” maximum size coarse aggregate.

2.2 NON-SHRINK GROUT

A. Provide remixed compound consisting of non-metallic aggregate, cement, water reducing and plasticizing agents; capable of developing minimum compressive strength of 7000 psi in 28 days. Grout shall conform to CRD-C621.

2.3 CONCRETE MIX

A. Mix concrete in accordance with ASTM C94.

-149-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-73
B. Provide concrete for the following characteristics:

1. 7 day Compressive Strength to be at least 60% of required 28 day strength.

2. 28 day Compressive Strength as shown on contract drawing.

C. Use accelerating admixtures in cold weather only when approved by Engineer. Use of admixtures will not relax cold weather placement requirements.

D. Use set-retarding admixtures during hot weather only, or in mass pours when approved by Engineer.

E. Add air entraining agent to concrete mix for lightweight concrete work only.

F. Calcium Chloride will not be permitted.

2.4 SELECTION OF PROPORTIONS

A. Mix designs shall be generated from an independent licensed commercial laboratory, approved by the Engineer.

B. The proportioning of ingredients shall be readily worked into forms and around reinforcement under conditions of placement to be employed, without segregation or excessive bleeding.

C. The acceptability of the mix proportions shall be determined by one of the following methods:

1. Whenever possible, mix proportions shall be determined by using ACI 318, Part 3, Chapter 4. The acceptability of mix proportions shall be based on the standard deviation of 30 sets of field compressive strength tests or two groups totaling 30 sets of data of the same or similar mixes within 1000 psi of the specified work. A set is two cylinders made from the same sample of concrete tested at 28 days. The required average strength shall be calculated from either of these equations, whichever is greatest:

f'cr=f'c + 1.34 S
f'cr=f'c + 2.33 S -500

There are allowances for calculating f'cr when data totaling 15 to 30 sets of cylinders is available in Table 4.3.1.2 of ACI 318, Part 3, Chapter 4.

2. Verification of the suitability of the concrete producer's recommended proportions by a qualified testing laboratory having supporting data.

3. In lieu of actual field test data or individual mix verification, the proposed material may be evaluated by a series of trial mixes.

4. Only as a last resort, when no field or laboratory data exists, mixes shall be proportioned using the maximum water cement ratios as shown in Table 4.4 of ACI 318 Chapter 4.

Specified Non-Air- Air-Entrained
Compressive Entrained Concrete
Strength Concrete
f'c psi

2500 0.67 0.54 3000 0.58 0.46
3500 0.51 0.40 -150-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-74
4000 0.44 0.35 4500 0.38

5. The largest aggregate permitted by code shall be used unless otherwise approved by the Engineer.

2.5 PRODUCTION

A. Ready Mixed Concrete:

1. Except as otherwise provided in these specifications, ready mixed concrete shall be batched, mixed, and transported in accordance with ASTM C94 "Specifications for Ready Mixed Concrete."

B. Mixing Water Control:

1. Concrete which arrives at the jobsite with slump below that specified for placement may be adjusted by the addition of water to increase slump, provided the maximum slump is not exceeded, and provided that maximum water content of the design mix is not exceeded. Following any such water addition the concrete shall be mixed at mixing speed for at least 30 revolutions of the drum.

2. After adjustment is made to the proper slump, the concrete shall be discharged for as long as it retains its placeability without adding additional water.

3. Concrete shall be placed within one and one half hour after mixer is charged in average weather conditions. Time may be reduced to one hour during hot weather concreting.

PARTS 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSPECTION

A. Verify anchors, seats, plates, reinforcement, and other items to be cast into concrete are accurately placed, held securely, and will not cause hardship in placing concrete.

3.2 TESTING

A. General: Concrete materials and operations shall be tested and inspected for compliance with the specifications requirements.

3.3 TESTING AGENCY

A. The testing agency shall be designated by the owner, engineer of record. Ample time shall be allowed for preliminary tests as required prior to concreting operations.

B. All testing agency personnel shall meet the requirements of ASTM E329, "Recommended Practice of Inspecting and Testing Agencies for Concrete and Steel in Construction."

C. All testing agency personnel shall have the knowledge and ability to perform the necessary tests equivalent to the minimum guideline for Certification of Concrete Field Testing Technicians, Grade I in accordance with ACI CP-2.

3.4 DUTIES AND SERVICES

A. The duties and responsibilities of the testing agency and the contractor and services to be performed by each are as designated in ACI 301, Chapter 16, "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings."

-151-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-75

3.5 EVALUATION AND ACCEPTANCE

A. Test results of standard cylinders, molded, cured and tested according to ASTM C31 and C39 should be evaluated separately for each concrete mix according to ACI 214, "Recommended Practice for Evaluation of Concrete Compression Test Results of Field Concrete."

3.6 ACCEPTANCE

A. The criteria for acceptance of concrete shall be as detailed in ACI 318, Chapter 4, Paragraph 4.7, "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete" or as per ASTM C94, Section 17 "Strength" and Section 18 "Failure to Meet Strength Requirements."

B. As referenced in ASTM C94 - Section 4.4, "When the strength of concrete is used as a basis for acceptance, the manufacturer shall be entitled to copies of all test reports."

3.7 PREPARATION

A. Prepare adjoining faces of previously placed concrete by cleaning with sand blasting.

Sand blasting procedures shall be in accordance with the rules and regulations promulgated by the South Coast Air Quality Management District.

3.8 PLACING CONCRETE

A. Notify Engineer minimum 24 hours prior to commencement of concreting operations.

B. Ensure reinforcement, inserts, embedded parts, formed joints are not disturbed during concrete placement.

C. Maintain concrete cover around reinforcing as indicated on the drawings.

D. Place concrete continuously between predetermined construction and control joints. Do not break or interrupt successive pours such that cold joints occur.

E. Place floor slabs on grade as indicated on Drawings.

F. Excessive honeycomb or embedded debris in concrete is not acceptable. Notify Engineer upon discovery.

G. Placement of concrete between construction joints in walls and horizontal floor assemblies shall not exceed sixty feet in length. Walls around corners may be placed 60 feet in each direction.

3.9 FINISHING

A. Concrete finishing and curing shall adhere to the requirement details in ACI 301, "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings" and ACI 302, "Guide for Concrete Floor Slab Construction." Placement procedures shall be in accordance with ACI 304, "Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing Concrete."

3.10 PREPARATION

A. The contractor shall provide access for delivery and provide sufficient equipment and manpower to properly place all concrete.

1. All work shall be in accordance with ACI 304, "Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing Concrete."

2. Formwork shall have been completed, Snow, ice, excess water and debris shall be removed from within forms.
-152-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-76

3. Expansion joint material, anchors and all embedded items shall have been positioned prior to concrete placement.

4. Dry subgrades shall be wetted sufficiently to minimize water loss from concrete.

5. Concrete shall not be placed on frozen ground.

3.11 CONVEYING

A. Concrete shall be handled from the mixer to final point of deposit by methods which will prevent segregation or loss of ingredients to maintain the required quality of concrete.

3.12 DEPOSITING

A. Concrete shall be continuously deposited. When continuous placement is not possible, construction joints shall be located as approved by the engineer of record. Concrete shall be deposited as close to its final point of placement as possible.

1. Concrete shall be consolidated by vibration, spading, rodding or forking. Work concrete around reinforcements, embedded items and into corners. Eliminate all air or rock pockets and other causes of honeycombing, pitting or planes of weakness.

2. Internal vibration shall have a minimum frequency with amplitude to consolidate the concrete effectively. See ACI 309, "Recommended Practice for Consolidation of Concrete."

a. Vibrators shall be operated by experienced and competent workmen.

b. Use of vibrators to transport concrete shall not be allowed.

c. Vibrators shall be vertically inserted every 18 inches for 5 to 15 seconds and then withdrawn.

B. When the outdoor temperature is less than 40 degrees F, all work shall be in accordance with ACI 306 "Cold Weather Concreting."

1. In warm weather, concreting shall be in accordance with ACI 305, "Hot Weather Concreting."

3.13 FINISHING

A. To eliminate high and low spots and embedded large aggregate particles, a bull float or darby should be used immediately after strike off. For non-air entrained concrete, these tools should preferably be made of wood. For air entrained concrete, they can be of aluminum or magnesium alloy. For additional information on finishing concrete sections, see ACI 302, "Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction."

3.14 CURING

A. Immediately following placement, concrete shall be protected from premature drying, hot and cold temperatures, wind, rain, flowing water, and mechanical injury. Materials and methods of curing shall be approved by the engineer of record. ACI 308, "Standard Practice for Curing Concrete" shall be followed. Suggested methods shall include but are not limited to the following: ponding, fogging, continuous sprinkling, continuously wet mats, waterproof paper, or liquid membrane forming curing compounds.

-153-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-77
B. Application of liquid membrane-forming compounds shall not be applied at a square foot ratio (square foot per gallon) above that for which the compound meets the ASTM C309, "Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete." Compounds shall be placed in two coats. Second coat to be placed normal to first coat, that is, in opposite directions.

3.15 PATCHING

A. Notify Engineer immediately upon removal of forms.

B. Patch imperfections.

3.16 DEFECTIVE CONCRETE

A. Modify or replace concrete not conforming to required levels and lines, details, and elevations.

B. Repair concrete not properly placed or of the specified type.

3.17 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Field inspection and testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01400.

B. Maintain records of placed concrete items. Record date, location of pour, quantity, air temperature, and test samples taken.

END OF SECTION 03300

-154-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-78
DIVISION 6

Section 06100

ROUGH CARPENTRY

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Bridge diaphragm, stringer and blocking.

1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

A. Wood forms for cast-in-place concrete: Section 03100.

B.

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Requirements of regulatory agencies:

1. In addition to complying with other legal requirements, comply with:

a. UL procedures for fire-rated construction.

b. Preservative-treated materials: Identified with American Lumber Standards Committee-recognized agency’s quality mark and AWPA applicable standard.

B. Referenced specifications and standards:

1. AFPA: Manual for Wood Frame Construction.

2. AFPA: National Design Specification for Wood Construction.

3. APA: AFG-01 Adhesives for Field-Gluing Plywood to Wood Framing.

4. ASTM: A153 Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware.

5. ASTM: A307 Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi Tensile Strength.

6. ASTM: A563 Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts.

7. ASTM: A653 Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) and Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process.

8 ASTM: D226 Asphalt-Saturated Organic Felt Used in Roofing and Waterproofing.

9. ASTM: D2898 Accelerated Weathering of Fire-Retardant Treated Wood for Fire Testing.

10. ASTM: D3498 Adhesives for Field-Gluing Plywood to Lumber Framing for Floor Systems.

11. ASTM: E84 Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.

12. ASTM: F1554 Anchor Bolts, Stele, 36, 55, and 105-ksi Yield Strength. -155-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-79

13. AWPA: C1 All Timber Products - Preservative Treatment by Pressure Processes.

14. AWPA: C2 Lumber, Timbers, Bridge Ties and Mine Ties - Preservative Treatment by Pressure Processes.

15. AWPA: C9 Plywood - Preservative Treatment by Pressure Processes.

16. AWPA: C15 Wood for Commercial-Residential Construction - Preservative Treatment by Pressure Processes.

17. AWPA: C20 Structural Lumber - Fire Retardant Treatment by Pressure Processes.

18. AWPA: C27 Plywood - Fire Retardant Treatment by Pressure Processes.

19. AWPA: M2 Standard for Inspection of Treated Timber Products.

20. AWPA: M4 Standard for the Care of Preservative-Treated Wood Products.

21. AWPA: P5 Standards for Water-Borne Preservatives.

22. NIST: PS 1 For Construction and Industrial Plywood.

23. NIST: PS 20 American Softwood Lumber Standard.

C. Grading rules: Identify lumber and plywood with grade mark and inspecting agency symbol showing mill name or number; lumber grade; species, species grouping, or combination designation; rules under which graded; where applicable; and condition of seasoning at time of manufacture.

1. Except as modified in this Section, comply with NIST PS 20.

a. Stress grades: In accord with Grading Rules.

b. Framing lumber: In accord with Grading Rules.

2. Plywood: APA trademarked, NIST PS 1.

1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Procedure: In accord with Section 01330.

B. Samples:

1. Two 12 in. long by 3/4 in. thick samples of resawn, ripped, or rough sawn surface textures.

2. Obtain Owner's approval of samples prior to shipping materials to project.

C. Product data: Manufacturer’s literature for pressure treatment materials.

D. Certificates: Certification from treatment processor that treated materials meet specified requirements.

1.05 PRODUCT HANDLING

A. Procedures: In accord with Section 01660.
-156-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-80
B. Secure delivery of lumber and plywood at the latest possible date to protect lumber and plywood from acquiring increased moisture content.

C. Stack lumber and plywood using blocking to allow free circulation of air.

D. Protect lumber and plywood at all times from direct wetting and moisture.

1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Sequencing and scheduling:

1. Coordinate and sequence application, erection, or installation of work with adjacent or integral materials, products, and work specified in other Sections.

Such work includes, but is not limited to, the following:

2. Order specified materials, products, prefabricated work, and similar items with extended long led (ordering) times, sufficiently in advance of scheduled application, installation, or erection dates to permit required shop or field alteration, modification, or finishing and not delay scheduled progress of the Work. Such items include, but are not limited to, the following:

a. Items of rare (short) supply.

b. Items of nonstandard or custom fabrication.
(1) Heavier gauge framing connectors.

c. Items with nonstandard, optional, or custom finishes. (1) Lighter gauge framing connectors.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 MATERIALS

A. Manufacture lumber, timber, and plywood in accord with specified grading rules.

Plywood: Conventional veneer construction in accord with NIST PS 1, and as indicated on Drawings, APA trademarked. Do not use composite, oriented strand, and similar type panels.

1. Structural use panels including subflooring: Unless indicated otherwise on Drawings, provide APA Structural I rated sheathing, Exterior. Provide equivalent grade with “sanded face” where direct application of resilient finish flooring is indicated.

2. Nonstructural use panels:

a. Unless indicated otherwise on Drawings, provide A-C Exterior for exposed locations.

b. Exposed decorative sheathing: Where indicated on Drawings at exposed ceilings and soffits, provide texture T111-303-6W plywood.

c. Unless indicated otherwise on Drawings, provide APA C-D Exterior (CDX) for concealed locations.

d. Unless indicated otherwise on Drawings, provide APA C-C Plugged Exterior (or better) with “sanded face” for nonstructural subflooring/underlayment where direct application of resilient finish flooring is indicated.
-157-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-81
B. Nails, screws, bolts, nuts, and washers:

1. Anchor bolts, washers, and nuts: ASTM F1554, Grade 36 (ASTM A307, Grade C), ASTM F844, and ASTM A563, Grade A.

2. Other fasteners: In accord with AFPA National Design Specification for Wood Construction and as indicated on Drawings. Do not use box nails and sinkers.

3. Finish:

a. Exposed locations: Hot-dip galvanized in accord with ASTM A153.

Stainless steel where indicated.

b. Concealed locations, protected from weather or moisture: Unfinished.

c. Pressure-treated wood: Hot-dip galvanized steel, stainless steel, or silicon-bronze materials. Do not use aluminum.

C. Framing devices: Types indicated on Drawings.

1. 12 gauge and thicker: Provide hot-dip galvanized finish after fabrication equivalent to not less than G90 coating in accord with ASTM A653. Do not use “standard” G60, other “prefabrication” galvanized coatings, and paint primers.

2. Thinner than 12 gauge: Provide with “prefabrication” galvanized finish equivalent to G185 in accord with ASTM A653. Do not use “standard” G60 galvanized coatings.

D. Flashing paper: 2-ply reinforced waterproof Kraft paper, 6 in. wide strips.

E. Sheathing paper: Nonperforated, asphalt-saturated organic felt conforming to ASTM D226, Type I (No. 15), or Owner-approved equivalent asphalt-saturated glass fiber felt.

Adhesive: For floor sheathing, conform to APA AFG-01 or ASTM D3498, high-strength, water-resistant types designated for use at “exterior locations. Provide water-based, solvent-free, or low-VOC types, in lieu of solvent and flammable types, where possible.

1. Contech PL400 Subfloor Construction Adhesive by Chemrex, Inc.

2. DAP 4000 Subfloor and Plywood Adhesive by DAP Inc.

3. CA3400 Heavy-Duty Subfloor Adhesive by Hilti Inc.

4. TA-175 Sturdi Bond, by Tec Inc. (H.B. Fuller).

5. Or Owner-approved equivalent listed in APA Source List for Adhesives for APA Glued Floor System.

6. For treated lumber and/or plywood: Provide types specifically designed by manufacturer for application to treated wood.

2.02 PRESERVATIVE-TREATED WOOD

A. Location and use: Except where fire-retardant treatment is specifically indicated on Drawings or required by Code:

1. Use preservative-treated wood for all members which abut to concrete or masonry, including sill plates on concrete, all locations exposed to weather or moisture, and all wood members within 6 in. of (earth) grade.

2. All exterior and interior exposed locations. -158-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-82

B. Standards: Pressure-type treatments only; surface-applied, nonpressure, and similar type treatments are not acceptable.

1. Lumber: AWPA C1, C2, and C15.

2. AWPA C1, C9, and C15.

3. Provide all treated lumber and plywood with treater's brand, designation of treatment, and retention.

4. Provide inspection and inspector's report for preservative-treated products in accord with AWPA M2..

C. Treatment types:

1. Water-borne preservatives conforming to AWPA P5 (CCA, ACA, or ACZA) that can provide clean, paintable/stainable, odorless dry surfaces, especially where exposed to view.

a. Chemonite by J.H. Baxter.
b. Supatimer by Chemical Specialties, Inc.

c. Wolman CCA by Hickson Corp.

d. CCA by Hoover Treated Wood Products.

2. Do not allow incising marks on surfaces exposed to view.

3. Treatment retention rates shall be as required by conditions of location and exposure, in accord with AWPA C2 AWPA C15,.

4. After treatment, kiln dry lumber to maximum moisture content as follows:

a. Dimensional lumber:

b. Plywood: 15%.

D. Job site treatment: Conform to requirements of AWPA M4.

1. Provide copper naphthenate or other preservative chemicals recommended by manufacturer of treatment materials, and as required to maintain integrity of treatment.

2. Thoroughly saturate cuts, holes, notches, and cut faces in treated wood members. Confine preservative chemicals to cut surfaces only. Do not haphazardly apply to exposed surfaces.

2.03 FIRE-RETARDANT TREATMENT

A. Location and use:

1. Plywood roof sheathing.

2. Backing, blocking, nailers and similar items at roofs.

3. All other locations specifically indicated on Drawings as FRT or required by Code.

B. Standards: -159-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-83

1. Lumber: AWPA C1 and C20 (except listing in AWPA P17 is not required).

2. Plywood: AWPA C1 and C27 (except listing in AWPA P17 is not required.

3. Provide all fire-retardant treated lumber and plywood with treater’s brand, designation of treatment, and UL classification mark indicating:

a. Flame spread of 25 or less when tested in accord with ASTM E84, 30- minute duration. The UL designation FR-S will be accepted in lieu of numerical ratings.

b. No increase in fire hazard classification following exposure to Standard Rain Test (ASTM D2898, Method A).

4. Provide inspection and inspector's report for fire-retardant treated products in accord with AWPA M2.

C. Treatment types: Pressure-type treatments only. Do not use surface-applied, nonpressure, and similar type treatments.

1. Preservatives that can provide clean, paintable/stainable, odorless dry surfaces, especially where exposed to view.

a. AWPA C20 and/or C27, Exterior type:
(1) Exterior by J.H. Baxter.
(2) Exterior Fire-X by Hoover Treated Wood Products.

2. After treatment, kiln dry to maximum moisture content as follows:

a. Dimensional lumber: 19%.

b. Plywood: 15%.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 WORKMANSHIP

A. Conform to AFPA National Design Specification for Wood Construction and AFPA Manual for Wood Frame Construction, except as indicated otherwise on Drawings or specified herein.

B. Construct walls straight and plumb, and with cuts accurately made for full bearing of members. Set joists and rafters crown-up. Accurately space members and securely nail, screw, bolt, bridge, block, and truss as indicated or required to produce a rigid structure.

1. Exception: Where structures or portions of structures are indicated on Drawings to be constructed out-of-plumb, construct in accord with details on Drawings.

C. Do not cut or notch members, except as indicated on Drawings, permitted by Owner for specific conditions, or as herein specified.

1. Notches or holes in joists or rafters not over 1/5 depth of member, provided distance the notch or hole is located from end is at least three times depth of member.

2. Notches in sill plates over 1/3 width of member only if anchorage is provided on each side of notch as required for ends of pieces.

-160-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-84

3. Holes for pipes, provided holes are neatly drilled at centerline of stud or top plates. Do not notch edges of studs.

D. Do not use pipes exceeding 1/3 plate width in bearing and shear walls, except as indicated on Drawings.

E. Do not allow openings or holes of any kind in shear panels, except as indicated on Drawings.

3.02 NAILING

A. Where nailing has a tendency to split wood, drill pilot holes slightly smaller than diameter of shank of nail being used.

1. Remove and replace structural members which have been split or otherwise materially damaged.

B. Provide nailing for structural connections as indicated on Drawings. Provide nailing of approved sizes and types, and of sufficient size to draw and rigidly secure members in place.

C. Use finishing nails for exposed finish members. Set heads for putty.

D. Generally, screws and other type connectors shall be concealed from view in finished work.

3.03 FRAMING ANCHORS

A. Provide framing anchors as indicated on Drawings and as required to complete work. Fill all holes with proper size nails.

1. Conceal all sheet metal framing anchors within finish work. If there is a conflict in detail or intent, consult Owner for alternate anchorage method.

3.04 BOLTS AND SCREWS

A. Bolts: Install bolts in holes bored with a bit 1/32 in. larger than nominal diameter of bolt.

1. Tighten bolts, and retighten just prior to covering with other work.

B. Washers: Provide washers under head and nut of bolts. When indicated on Drawings, provide steel plate washers; otherwise, provide standard steel-cut washers.

C. Screws: Bore hole for screw to same size and depth of shank, then continue hole to depth equal to length of screw with diameter of hole same as root diameter of screw.

Drive with screwdriver (not hammer) to penetration of 2/3 screw length, or 8 diameters into far timber.

3.05 SETTING SILL PLATES

A. Bearing walls: Set to 1 in. minimum thick bed of dry-tamp cement grout as specified in Section 03300, and as follows:

1. Set on wood wedges, true to line and level, with anchor bolts and washers. Set nuts reasonably tight.

2. Firmly tamp cement grout into place, filling voids. When grout has set 24 hours, remove wedges, pack voids with cement grout, and set nuts tight and secure.

B. Nonbearing walls: Set to 1/2 in. minimum thick bed of trowel spread, wet-mix cement grout. -161-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-85

1. Option: Except for walls on curbs, anchor sill plates directly to concrete with powder bolts spaced 9 in. from each end and not to exceed 32 in. o.c., with washers set firmly to wood.

3.06 STUDDING AND FRAMING

A. Studs: Provide sizes indicated on Drawings and, except as specified otherwise, spaced 16 in. o.c.

1. Provide double studs at openings and triple studs at corners; all full length.

2. Select straight studs at shear panel, and erect so stud is centered at each plywood joint.

3. Bolt studs against concrete or masonry walls with 1/2 in. bolts; one at 9 in. from each end and one at each row of fire blocking.

B. Plates: Provide double at top and single bottom for nonbearing walls, or as indicated on Drawings.

1. Lap plates as far as practical, but not less than 4 ft. except provide special laps as indicated on Drawings. Lap corners.

2. Do not use laps in walls 8 ft. long or less.

C. Stud and plate nailing: As indicated on Drawings.

D. Lintels: For openings 3 ft.-6 in. and over, provide double studs on edge or lintel beams as indicated on Drawings. Provide minimum of one cripple under each end of lintel.

E. Solid blocking: Provide 2 in. continuous solid blocking between rafters and joists at all bearings. Nail as indicated on Drawings.

F. Bridging: Provide 2 x 3 "X" bridging between joists at spacing indicated on Drawings.

Cut ends on diagonal for full bearing. Omit bridging for rafters and ceiling joists 8 in. or less in depth.

1. Nail each end of each piece with 2 - 10d. Do not nail bottom ends until dead load construction above joists has been completed.

G. Bracing: Long-angle brace stud partitions not braced with sheathing or let-in braces at intervals of 25 ft. in two directions, with cut-in bridging (same size of studs) run at angle of approximately 45°.

1. Toe-nail each end of cut-in bridging with 2 - 10d.

H. Fire blocking: Provide 2 in. nominal solid blocking at top, bottom, mid-height, changes in ceiling levels, and at other locations as indicated on Drawings.

1. Provide "herringbone" fire blocking at mid-height of partitions. Maximum distance in any direction between fire blocking shall be 8 ft., including furring spaces but excluding unfinished attic spaces.

2. Toe-nail each end with 2 - 10d.

I. Backing: Provide solid blocking and backing for fixtures, appliances, furniture, cabinets, or other items to be secured to walls. Provide backing (blocking) as required to secure lath at ceilings.

-162-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-86
J. Openings: Provide headers and trimmers as required for openings, including recesses for equipment.

3.07 SHEATHING

A. Provide plywood sheathing for roof, shear panels, and subflooring at locations indicated on Drawings.

B. Install sheathing joints parallel to and centered over supports. Provide at least one bearing between joints in adjoining sheets, and at least one sheet between joints on same bearing.

1. Apply adhesive to top of floor joists before installing subflooring.

2. Use Stronghold flooring nails for subflooring, size and spacing as indicated on Drawings. Provide adhesive type as approved by Owner.

3.08 FURRING AND STRIPPING

A. Provide furring and stripping at locations indicated on Drawings.

1. Requirements specified for studding and framing also apply for furring.

2. Unless indicated otherwise on Drawings, space stripping at 16 in. o.c.

3. Attach stripping to concrete walls with powder-driven anchors as specified for nonbearing wall sill plates. Nail to wood studs with 16d at 16 in. o.c. Shim stripping as required to obtain plumb and level working planes.

B. Sleepers: Provide sleepers for flooring at locations indicated on Drawings.

1. Install sleepers as specified for bearing wall sill plates.

3.09 TONGUE AND GROOVE SHEATHING

A. Install dry sheathing only; installation of wet or damp sheathing is not permitted. Drive edges tight with driving blocks and toe-nailing. Face nail boards to bearings as indicated on Drawings. Use annular thread nails. Make end joints at bearings only. Provide one full through-board between end joints on same bearing. Do not deface soffit. Remove and redrive all "shiners".

END OF SECTION 06100

-163-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-87
DIVISION 14

SECTION 14500

COMPOSITE DECKING

Part 1 GENERAL

1.1 SECTIONS INCLUDES

A. Composite Decking (Trex Transcend)

1.2 RELATED WORKS SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

A. Section 06100 – Rough Carpentry

1.3 REFERENCES

A. ASTM D-7032-04: Standard Specification for Establishing Performance Ratings for Wood-Plastic Composite Deck Boards and Guardrail Systems (Guards or Handrails), ASTM International.

B. ASTM D-7031-04: Standard Guide for Evaluating Mechanical and Physical Properties of Wood-Plastic Composite Products, ASTM International
C. ASTM E-84-01: Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials, ASTM International.

D. ASTM D 570: Water Absorption of Plastics
E. ASTM D 1761: Mechanical Fasteners in Wood
F. ASTM D -1413-99: Test method for Wood Preservatives by Laboratory Soil-block Cultures
G. ASTM C177: Standard Test Method for Steady-State Heat Flux Measurements and Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Guarded-Hot-Plate Apparatus

1.4 DESIGN/PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Structural Performance:
a. Deck: Uniform Load – 100lbf/sq.ft.
b. Tread of Stairs: Concentrated Load: 750 lbf/sq.ft., and 1/8” max. deflection with a concentrated load of 300 lbf on area of 4 sq. in.

B. Fire-Test Response Characteristics per ASTM E-84.

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data Indicate sizes, profiles, surface style, and performance characteristics B. Samples: For each product specified, one sample representing actual product color, size, and finish.

1.6 Delivery, Storage, and Handling

A. Store products on a flat and level surface. Adjust support blocks accordingly B. Support bundles on supplied dunnage
C. When stacking bundles, supports should start approximately 8” from each end and be spaced approximately 2ft on center. Supports should line up vertically/perpendicular to the decking product.

D. Do not stack decking more than 14 bundles.

E. Keep material covered using the provided bundle cover until time of installation.

F. See Manufacturer’s recommendations.

1.7 Warranty
-164-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-88
A. Provide manufactures warranty against rot, decay, splitting, checking, splintering, fungal damage, and termite damage for a period of 25 years for a residential installation and 10 years for a commercial installation. In addition provide the Trex Transcend and Trex Enhance Fade and Stain Warranty against food staining and fading beyond 5 Delta E (CIE units) for a period of 25 years for a residential installation and 10 years for a commercial installation. -

Part 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Contract Documents are based on products supplied by; Trex Company, Inc., 160 Exeter Dr., Winchester, VA 22603.

B. Substitutions: Not permitted under Division 01

2.2 Applications/Scope

A. Wood-Plastic Composite Lumber;
a. Material Description: Composite Decking consisting of recycled Linear Low Density Polyethylene (LLDPE) and recycled wood. The product is extruded into shapes and sizes as follows:

i. Trex Transcend Decking Boards; 1 x 5.5”.
ii. Lengths – 12, 16, and 20 feet
iii. Color – To be specified on construction plans from Trex’ standard list of colors.

b. Physical and Mechanical Properties as follows:

Test Test Method Value
Flame spread ASTM E 84 60(Transcend) / 85(Enhance)
Thermal Expansion ASTM D 1037 1.9 x 10-5 inch/inch/degreeF Moisture Absorption ASTM D 1037 < 1%
Screw Withdrawal ASTM D1761 558 lbs/in
Fungus Resistance ASTM D1413 Rating - no decay
Termite Resistance AWPAE1-72 Rating = 9.6
Ultimate (Typical)Values * Design Values
Compression Parallel ASTM D198 1588 psi 540 psi
Compression Perpendicular ASTM D143 1437 psi 540 psi
Bending Strength ASTM D198 3280 psi 500 psi
Shear Strength ASTM D143 1761 psi 360 psi
Modulus of Elasticity ASTM D4761 412,000psi 200,000 psi Modulus of Rupture ASTM D4761 3280 psi 500 psi

* Ultimate strength values are not meant for design analysis. Design values are for temperatures up to 130F (54C)

2.3 Accessories

A. Fasteners:

Fasteners by Simpson Strong-Tie as specified on construction plan

Part 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 Installation
A. Install according to Manufacturer installation guidelines.

B. Cut, drill, and rout using carbide tipped blades
-165-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 21/22-03
TP-89
C. Do not use composite wood material for structural applications

3.2 Cleaning
A. Following cleaning recommendations as found in Trex installation guide at;

END OF SECTION 14500

-166-

Title 2 - Grants and Agreements
Subtitle A - Office of Management and Budget Guidance for Grants and Agreements Chapter II - Office of Management and Budget Guidance
Part 200 - Uniform Administrative Requirements, Cost Principles, and Audit Requirements for Federal Awards
Authority:31 U.S.C. 503
Source:78 FR 78608, Dec. 26, 2013, unless otherwise noted.

Source:85 FR 49543, Aug. 13, 2020, unless otherwise noted.

Source:85 FR 49539, Aug. 13, 2020, unless otherwise noted.

Appendix II to Part 200 - Contract Provisions for Non-Federal Entity Contracts Under Federal Awards
In addition to other provisions required by the Federal agency or non-Federal entity, all contracts made by the non- Federal entity under the Federal award must contain provisions covering the following, as applicable.

This content is from the eCFR and is authoritative but unofficial. (A)Contracts for more than the simplified acquisition threshold, which is the inflation adjusted amount determined by the Civilian Agency Acquisition Council and the Defense Acquisition Regulations Council (Councils) as authorized by 41 U.S.C. 1908, must address administrative, contractual, or legal remedies in instances where contractors violate or breach contract terms, and provide for such sanctions and penalties as appropriate.
(B)All contracts in excess of $10,000 must address termination for cause and for convenience by the non- Federal entity including the manner by which it will be effected and the basis for settlement. (C)Equal Employment Opportunity. Except as otherwise provided under 41 CFR Part 60, all contracts that meet the definition of “federally assisted construction contract” in 41 CFR Part 60-1.3 must include the equal oppor tunity clause provided under 41 CFR 60-1.4(b), in accordance with Executive Order 11246, “Equal Employment Opportunity” (30 FR 12319,12935,3 CFR Part,1964-1965 Comp., p. 339), as amended by Executive Order 11375, “Amending Executive Order 11246 Relating to Equal Employment Opportunity,” and implementing regulations at 41 CFR part 60, “Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs, Equal Employment Opportunity, Department of Labor.” (D)Davis-Bacon Act, as amended (40 U.S.C. 3141-3148). When required by Federal program legislation, all prime construction contracts in excess of $2,000 awarded by non-Federal entities must include a provision for compliance with the Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 3141-3144, and 3146-3148) as supplemented by Department of Labor regulations (29 CFR Part 5, “Labor Standards Provisions Applicable to Contracts Covering Federally Financed and Assisted Construction”). In accordance with the statute, contractors must be required to pay wages to laborers and mechanics at a rate not less than the prevailing wages specified in a wage determination made by the Secretary of Labor. In addition, contractors must be required to pay wages not less than once a week. The non-Federal entity must place a copy of the current prevailing wage determination issued by the Depar tment of Labor in each solicitation. The decision to award a contract or subcontract must be conditioned upon the acceptance of the wage determination. The non-Federal entity must report all suspected or reported violations to the Federal awarding agency. The contracts must also include a provision for compliance with the Copeland “Anti-Kickback” Act (40 U.S.C. 3145), as supplemented by Department of Labor regulations (29 CFR Part 3, “Contractors and Subcontractors on Public Building or Public Work Financed in Whole or in Part by Appendix II to Part 200, Title 2 (up to date as of 6/16/2022) Contract Provisions for Non-Federal Entity Contracts Under Fe...Appendix II to Part 200, Title 2 2 CFR Appendix-II-to-Part-200(D) (enhanced display)page 1 of 3-167-

Loans or Grants from the United States”). The Act provides that each contractor or subrecipient must be prohibited from inducing, by any means, any person employed in the construction, completion, or repair of public work, to give up any par t of the compensation to which he or she is other wise entitled. The non- Federal entity must report all suspected or reported violations to the Federal awarding agency. (E)Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (40 U.S.C. 3701-3708). Where applicable, all contracts awarded by the non-Federal entity in excess of $100,000 that involve the employment of mechanics or laborers must include a provision for compliance with 40 U.S.C. 3702 and 3704, as supplemented by Department of Labor regulations (29 CFR Part 5). Under 40 U.S.C. 3702 of the Act, each contractor must be required to compute the wages of every mechanic and laborer on the basis of a standard work week of 40 hours. Work in excess of the standard work week is permissible provided that the worker is compensated at a rate of not less than one and a half times the basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of 40 hours in the work week. The requirements of 40 U.S.C. 3704 are applicable to construction work and provide that no laborer or mechanic must be required to work in surroundings or under working conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous or dangerous. These requirements do not apply to the purchases of supplies or materials or ar ticles ordinarily available on the open market, or contracts for transportation or transmission of intelligence.
(F)Rights to Inventions Made Under a Contract or Agreement. If the Federal award meets the definition of “funding agreement” under 37 CFR § 401.2 (a)and the recipient or subrecipient wishes to enter into a contract with a small business firm or nonprofit organization regarding the substitution of parties, assignment or performance of experimental, developmental, or research work under that “funding agreement,” the recipient or subrecipient must comply with the requirements of 37 CFR Part 401, “Rights to Inventions Made by Nonprofit Organizations and Small Business Firms Under Government Grants, Contracts and Cooperative Agreements,” and any implementing regulations issued by the awarding agency.
(G)Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. 7401-7671q.) and the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. 1251-1387), as amended - Contracts and subgrants of amounts in excess of $150,000 must contain a provision that requires the non-Federal award to agree to comply with all applicable standards, orders or regulations issued pursuant to the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. 7401-7671q) and the Federal Water Pollution Control Act as amended (33 U.S.C. 1251-1387). Violations must be reported to the Federal awarding agency and the Regional Office of the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). (H)Debarment and Suspension (Executive Orders 12549 and 12689) - A contract award (see 2 CFR 180.220) must not be made to parties listed on the governmentwide exclusions in the System for Award Management (SAM), in accordance with the OMB guidelines at 2 CFR 180 that implement Executive Orders 12549 (3 CFR par t 1986 Comp., p. 189) and 12689 (3 CFR par t 1989 Comp., p. 235), “Debarment and Suspension.” SAM Exclusions contains the names of parties debarred, suspended, or otherwise excluded by agencies, as well as par ties declared ineligible under statutory or regulatory authority other than Executive Order 12549.
(I)Byrd Anti-Lobbying Amendment (31 U.S.C. 1352) - Contractors that apply or bid for an award exceeding $100,000 must file the required certification. Each tier cer tifies to the tier above that it will not and has not used Federal appropriated funds to pay any person or organization for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a member of Congress, officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a member of Congress in connection with obtaining any Federal contract, grant or any other award covered by 31 U.S.C. 1352. Each tier must also disclose any lobbying with non-Federal funds that takes place in connection with obtaining any Federal award. Such disclosures are forwarded from tier to tier up to the non-Federal award.

Appendix II to Part 200, Title 2 (up to date as of 6/16/2022) Contract Provisions for Non-Federal Entity Contracts Under Fe...2 CFR Appendix-II-to-Part-200(E) 2 CFR Appendix-II-to-Part-200(I) (enhanced display)page 2 of 3-168-

[78 FR 78608, Dec. 26, 2013, as amended at 79 FR 75888, Dec. 19, 2014;85 FR 49577, Aug. 13, 2020] (J)See § 200.323.
(K)See § 200.216.
(L)See § 200.322.

Appendix II to Part 200, Title 2 (up to date as of 6/16/2022) Contract Provisions for Non-Federal Entity Contracts Under Fe...2 CFR Appendix-II-to-Part-200(J) 2 CFR Appendix-II-to-Part-200(L) (enhanced display)page 3 of 3-169-

REQUIRED LANGUAGE ON CONSTRUCTION SIGNS FOR PROJECTS

FUNDED BY THE
Land and Water Conservation Fund
(Agency Name)
Public Outdoor Recreation Site Development
Aided by the Federal

LAND AND WATER CONSERVATION FUND
Administered by the
National Park Service
U.S. Department of the Interior
Funding
LWCF 50% $250,000
State of California 25% $125,000
City of XXXX 25% $125,000
Total Project $500,000
Source of funding includes monies derived from Outer Continental Shelf Federal Receipts
(Required LWCF LOGO)
This logo is available at the Office of Grants and Local Services website.
-170-

Landscape Architecture
DESIGNED BY:

CHECKED BY:

DRAWN BY:

PREPARED UNDER THE SUPERVISION OF:

APPROVED:

DATE

C I T Y O F B E L L F L O W E R

R E F E R E N C E S
NUMBER APP'V'D R.L.A. No. 5571 (Exp. 9-30-24)

TRABUCO BUTTERFLY PARK

R E V I S I O N S

DATE INITIALS DESCRIPTION
Five Point Design
Sheet of 19
347 W MONTANA ST
PASADENA, CA 91103
tel: (415) 640-4193

SHEET INDEX
T1.1 Title Sheet
D1.1 Demolition Plan
C1.1 Construction Plan
C1.2 Construction Plan
C1.3 Horizontal Control Plan
L1.1 Landscape Materials Plan
L1.2 Landscape Materials Details
L1.3 Landscape Materials Details
L1.4 Landscape Materials Details
L1.5 Landscape Materials Details
L2.1 Irrigation Plan
L2.2 Irrigation Legend and Notes
L2.3 Irrigation Details
L2.4 Irrigation Details
L2.5 MWELO Calculations
L3.1 Planting Plan
L3.2 Planting Notes and Details
S1.0 Park Plan and General Notes
S2.1 Pedestrian Bridge and Details

TRABUCO BUTTERFLY GARDEN

CITY OF BELLFLOWER

LOCATION MAP

NO SCALE

PROJECT LOCATION

TITLE SHEET
1 T1.1

GENERAL NOTES

1.CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL ALL NEW IMPROVEMENTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CITY'S REQUIREMENTS. IN CASE OF DISCREPANCY BETWEEN THESE PLANS AND THE CITY, THE MOST STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS WILL APPLY.

2.CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE AND VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING A PROPOSAL OF COST FOR CONSTRUCTION.

3.CONTRACTOR SHALL READ THESE PLANS AND NOTES COMPLETELY AND BRING ANY

DISCREPANCIES TO THE ATTENTION OF THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY UPON DISCOVERY & PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY FURTHER WORK.

4.EXTRA WORK TO BE APPROVED IN WRITING BY THE OWNER PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK.

5.IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE SUB-CONTRACTORS TO FAMILIARIZE THEMSELVES

WITH ALL GRADE DIFFERENCES, LOCATION OF WALLS, UTILITIES, SEWERS, WATER LINES, ETC. COORDINATE WORK WITH OTHER SUB-CONTRACTORS FOR THE LOCATION

AND INSTALLATION OF PIPE SLEEVES UNDER PAVING, ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS, WATER HOOK-UPS, ETC.

6.ALL REQUIREMENTS OF THE 2019 CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE, 2019 CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE, 2019 ENERGY CODE, BELLFLOWER MUNICIPAL CODE, AND

STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION (SSPWC) AND

AMERICAN PUBLIC WORKS ASSOCIATION (APWA) SHALL APPLY TO THE WORK SPECIFIED HEREIN UNLESS OTHERWISE MODIFIED BY THESE DOCUMENTS.

7.CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN ALL PERMITS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE WORK SPECIFIED.

8.CONTRACTOR TO NOTIFY UNDERGROUND SERVICE ALERT AT 1-800-227-2600 48 HOURS PRIOR TO ANY EXCAVATION.

9.CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE OWNER 48 HOURS PRIOR TO STARTING CONSTRUCTION.

10.CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE A PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING ON SITE 48 HOURS PRIOR TO START OF CONSTRUCTION. NOTIFY OWNER, LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT, AND ALL SUB-CONTRACTORS.

11.CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT REQUESTS FOR MEETINGS, OBSERVATIONS, AND APPROVALS BY THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT AT LEAST 48 HOURS PRIOR TO THE DATE AND TIME PROPOSED.

12.OBTAIN THE CITY INSPECTOR'S AND LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT'S REVIEW AND APPROVAL OF WORK IN PROGRESS AT VARIOUS TIMES DURING CONSTRUCTION. THE FOLLOWING REVIEWS/MEETINGS ARE MANDATORY. PROVIDE 48 HOURS NOTICE FOR EACH REQUESTED VISIT.
* PRE-JOB CONFERENCE
* UTILITY PROTECTION PRIOR TO DEMOLITION
* CONSTRUCTION STAKING (PATHS, BIOSWALE, PARKING, ETC.) * MONUMENT SIGN INSTALLATION
* MAIN LINE PRESSURE TEST AND TRENCH DEPTHS PRIOR TO BACKFILL OF TRENCHES * FINAL GRADING REVIEW
* COVERAGE TEST UPON COMPLETION OF SPRINKLER INSTALLATION * PLANT MATERIAL APPEARANCE AND QUALITY REVIEW UPON DELIVERY * SOIL PREPARATION AND PLANTING INSTALLATION METHODS
* FINAL WALK THROUGH (AT COMPLETION OF PLANTING INSTALLATION) * FINAL WALK THROUGH (AT COMPLETION OF MAINTENANCE PERIOD)

13.CONTRACTOR SHALL IMPLEMENT CONSTRUCTION BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES (BMPs) TO COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE NPDES REQUIREMENTS.

14.FOR STATIONING REFER TO STREET CENTERLINE.

DIRECT ANY QUESTIONS REGARDING THESE PLANS TO :

JAIME YAMASHITA

FIVE POINT DESIGN
(415) 640-4193
[email protected]
-171-

TRABUCO STREET

ALONDRA

B
O
U
L
E
V
A
R
D
S00°37'36"E 67.34'N 89°00'45" E 513.30'
S85°13'20"E 520.87'119.75'S89°00'45"W 1818.31' CL
CL60'30'30'60'30'30'50'BACK OF WALK - 0.6' (OUT)
METAL CANOPY - 3.2' (IN)
METAL BUILDING - 3.3' (IN)
SIGN - 2.7' (OUT)
CHAINLINK FENCE - 0.6' (IN)
METAL CANOPY - 3.2' (IN)
STUCCO BUILDING CORNER - 3.3' (IN
)
METAL BUILDING - 3.4' (IN)
STUCCO BUILDING CORNER - 3.2' (IN
)BILL BOARD ABOVE - 0.7' (IN)CHAINLINK FENCE - 4.9'(OUT)N03°08'30"W 149.77'30.02'D-101 D-101
D-101D-101
D-101
D-101
D-102
D-105
D-108
D-104
D-101
D-106
D-106D-106

CHAINLINK FENCE

REMOVAL BEGINS E OF
PROJECT LIMIT. PIP (E)

FENCE POST FOR NEW
FENCE TIE-IN.

CHAINLINK FENCE

REMOVAL BEGINS E OF
PROJECT LIMIT. PIP (E)

FENCE POST FOR NEW
FENCE TIE-IN.

D-106
D-106
D-106

CHAINLINK FENCE

REMOVAL ENDS E OF
PROJECT LIMIT. PIP (E)

FENCE POST FOR NEW
FENCE TIE-IN.

CHAINLINK FENCE

REMOVAL ENDS E OF
PROJECT LIMIT AT WALL.

CHAINLINK FENCE
REMOVAL ENDS AT WALL.

PIP WALL.

D-105
D-106
D-104
D-104
D-104
D-108
D-108
D-108
D-107
D-107
D-108
D-108
D-108
D-108
D-108

DEMOLITION

SYMBOL DESCRIPTION QTY
REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF (E) CONCRETE AND 1,758 SF
BASE MATERIAL COMPLETE. BID ITEM #3
REMOVE (E) PCC DRIVE APPROACH COMPLETE. BID
ITEM #4
REMOVE AND DISPOSE (E) ASPHALT CONCRETE 34,930 SF
PAVEMENT AND BASE MATERIAL TO A DEPTH OF 8"
INCHES COMPLETE.BID ITEM #2

REMOVE AND DISPOSE EXISTING ROLL GATE
COMPLETE. BID ITEM #11

REMOVE AND DISPOSE EXISTING CHAIN LINK
FENCE, BID ITEM #14 COMPLETE

REMOVE AND DISPOSE CONCRETE WALL, FOOTING,
GUARD POSTS COMPLETE. BID ITEM #13

PROTECT IN PLACE
2022-06-07 11:16
D-101
D-102
D-104
D-105
D-106
D-107
D-108

REFERENCE NOTES SCHEDULE DEMOLITION
Landscape Architecture
DESIGNED BY:

CHECKED BY:

DRAWN BY:

PREPARED UNDER THE SUPERVISION OF:

APPROVED:

DATE

C I T Y O F B E L L F L O W E R

R E F E R E N C E S
NUMBER APP'V'D R.L.A. No. 5571 (Exp. 9-30-24)

TRABUCO BUTTERFLY PARK

R E V I S I O N S

DATE INITIALS DESCRIPTION
Five Point Design
Sheet of 19
347 W MONTANA ST
PASADENA, CA 91103
tel: (415) 640-4193

DEMOLITION PLAN
2 D1.1
N
0 16'8'32'
1" = 16'-0"-172-

3 of 19-173-

4 of 19-174-

5 of 19-175-

4 7
1 1
1 3
3 11
1 1
6 20
20 19
20 20
18 5 11 11 2
2 2
8 8
9 8
16 12
12 15
23 23
23 24
1 1
1 1
21 14
14 14
14 26
2613
13 13
13 13
13 13
27 27
27 27
27 27
27 27 27 27
27 2
2 2
27 27
2527
22 22
3 L1.04
1 L1.05

TIE (N) FENCING

INTO (E) CHAINLINK
AT POST. PIP (E)

CHAINLINK
16 17
2 L1.05
POTABLE WATER CONNECTION.

PROVIDE INSTALL 3 4" WILKINS

BACKFLOW PREVENTER MODEL
350XL AND NIBCO GATE VALVE.

SLEEVE BENEATH ALL PAVING.
5 8

SEE CIVIL PLAN FOR PARK PATH
CURVE TABLE. FINAL APPROVAL BY

LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT IN THE
FIELD PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.

FINAL APPROVAL OF BUTTERFLY

BY LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT IN THE
FIELD PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.
5 SYMBOL DESCRIPTION QTY
LANDSCAPE PLANTING, SEE PLANTING PLAN 6,945 SF
TURF, SEE PLANTING PLAN 13,619 SF
4" THICK STABILIZED `GAIL`S GOLD` DECOMPOSED 943 SF
GRANITE .SEE CIVIL DETAIL AND DETAIL 1, 2, 3,
SHEET L1.2. BID ITEM #20

ASPHALT PAVING, SEE CIVIL
4" THICK, NATURAL UNCOLORED CONCRETE. SEE 6,881 SF
CIVIL PLANS. LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT TO APPROVE
LAYOUT IN THE FIELD. BID ITEM #15

PERMEABLE ASPHALT CONCRETE, SEE CIVIL PLANS
GREEN VINYL COVERED CHAINLINK FENCE, 6` TALL. 419 LF
DETAIL 4, L1.2. BID ITEM #26
`MONTAGE INDUSTRIAL` 2RCB20708F CLASSIC 532 LF
STYLE ORNAMENTAL STEEL FENCE, 6` TALL BY
AMERISTAR OR APPROVED EQUAL. DETAIL 5, L1.2.

BID ITEM #27
`PASSPORT` CLASSIC 6` TALL ROLL GATE 24 LF
1CB207026R IN BLACK BY AMERISTAR OR
APPROVED EQUAL. DETAIL 6, L1.2. BID ITEM #28

TREX WOOD DECK FOOT BRIDGE, SEE STRUCTURAL
24" X 17" SINGLE POST INTERPRETIVE SIGN, GREEN
FRAME IN SATIN FINISH. PANNIER OR APPROVED
EQUAL. GRAPHICS PROVIDED BY FIVE POINT
DESIGN. DETAIL 7, L1.2. BID ITEM #31
OFCI - 6` LONG BLACK BENCH. DUMOR SERIES 92 7
WITH CENTRAL ARM REST. DETAIL 1, L1.3. BID ITEM
#36
2022-05-18 16:36
1 2
3 4
5 6
7 8
9 11
12 13

REFERENCE NOTES SCHEDULE
OFCI - BLACK TRASH RECEPTACLE. DUMOR 4
102-32-SH-FTO WITH `BT` RAIN GUARD. DETAIL 2,
L1.3. BID ITEM #37
VEHICULAR. SWING GATE AND POSTS, DETAIL 1,
L1.4. BID ITEM #29

MONUMENT SIGN WITH ARCHED GREEN FRAME IN
SATIN FINISH. PANNIER OR APPROVED EQUAL.

GRAPHICS PROVIDED BY FIVE POINT DESIGN.

DETAIL 5, L1.3. BID ITEM #32

SECONDARY PARK ENTRANCE SIGN WITH ARCHED

GREEN FRAME IN SATIN FINISH BY PANNIER OR
APPROVED EQUAL. GRAPHICS PROVIDED BY FIVE
POINT DESIGN. DETAIL 5, L1.3. BID ITEM #33.

OFCI - BIKE RACK DUMOR 125-40, S-1 IN BLACK.

DETAIL 3, L1.3.BID ITEM #38
4" THICK INTEGRALLY COLORED CONCRETE IN 787 SF
`SPANISH GOLD` BY DAVIS COLORS. BID ITEM #22
6" CONCRETE CURB, INTEGRALLY COLORED 207 LF
CONCRETE IN `BRICK RED` BY DAVIS COLORS. BID
ITEM #23
BIOSWALE. DETAIL 6, L1.3, DETAIL 2, L1.4, DETAIL 2, 246 SF L1.5.LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT TO APPROVE LAYOUT
IN THE FIELD. BID ITEM #30
ALUMINUM EDGE HEADER, PERMALOC OR 75 LF
APPROVED EQUAL. DETAIL 3, L1.2. BID ITEM #24
6" WIDE NATURAL COLORED CONCRETE MOWCURB, 520 LF
DETAIL 2, L1.2. BID ITEM #21
BOLLARD DUMOR 400-36 GROUND SLEEVE IN
BLACK, OR APPROVED EQUAL. DETAIL 4, L1.3. BID
ITEM #34

DRINKING FOUNTAIN AND BOTTLE FILLER, MODEL
14 15
16 17
18 19
20 21
22 23
24 DRINKING FOUNTAIN AND BOTTLE FILLER, MODEL
10145-GREEN WITH OPTIONAL INSTALLATION

TEMPLATE BY MOST DEPENDABLE FOUNTAIN OR
APPROVED EQUAL. PROVIDE 3/4" POTABLE WATER
LINE AND SUMP. DETAIL 3, L1.4.BID ITEM #35
SOLIS HUE SHADE STRUCTURE IN ORANGE AND 2
PURPLE BY BURKE OR APPROVED EQUAL. BID ITEM
#39
BEND-A-BOARD HEADER, DETAIL 3, L1.5. BID ITEM 273 LF
#25
25 26
27 Landscape Architecture
DESIGNED BY:

CHECKED BY:

DRAWN BY:

PREPARED UNDER THE SUPERVISION OF:

APPROVED:

DATE

C I T Y O F B E L L F L O W E R

R E F E R E N C E S
NUMBER APP'V'D R.L.A. No. 5571 (Exp. 9-30-24)

TRABUCO BUTTERFLY PARK

R E V I S I O N S

DATE INITIALS DESCRIPTION
Five Point Design
Sheet of 19
347 W MONTANA ST
PASADENA, CA 91103
tel: (415) 640-4193

LANDSCAPE MATERIALS PLAN
6 L1.1
N
0 16'8'32'
1" = 16'-0"

CONSTRUCTION NOTES

1.DRAWING IS DIAGRAMMATIC. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL QUANTITIES ON PLANS AND REFERENCES TO BID SHEET. IF ANY DISCREPANCIES ARE FOUND, NOTIFY THE CITY PRIOR TO SUBMITTING A BID.

2.CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL LOCATIONS AND CONDITIONS ON SITE PRIOR TO THE START OF CONSTRUCTION. NOTIFY LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY IF ANY ERRORS OR DISCREPANCIES ARE FOUND, BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH ANY WORK.

3.DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. USE DIMENSIONS AS INDICATED ON PLAN.

4.DO NOT WILLFULLY PROCEED WITH CONSTRUCTION WHEN IT IS OBVIOUS THAT OBSTRUCTIONS AND/OR GRADE DIFFERENCES EXIST THAT MAY NOT HAVE BEEN APPARENT DURING DESIGN. OBTAIN DIRECTION BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH CONSTRUCTION IN SUCH CASES.

5.THE LOCATION OF ALL SERVICE RUNS, SUCH AS WATER SUPPLY, ELECTRICAL (OVERHEAD AND UNDERGROUND), TELEPHONE, SANITARY SEWER, ETC. SHOULD BE ASCERTAINED BEFORE WORK IS

STARTED, WHERE THEY WILL BE AFFECTED BY EXCAVATION OR WHERE MACHINES MAY BE WORKING NEARBY, THEY SHOULD BE CAREFULLY SEALED, PROTECTED, OR DIVERTED. NOTIFY LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT OF ANY CONFLICT WITH PROPOSED IMPROVEMENTS.

6.COORDINATE ALL UTILITY RUNS AND INSTALLATIONS (EXISTING AND NEW) PRIOR TO PAVING

INSTALLATION, VERIFY ALL SLEEVES AND ELECTRIC SOURCES FOR IRRIGATION CLOCK AND LIGHTING WITH PROPER SUB-CONTRACTORS.

7.OBTAIN INSPECTION AND APPROVAL OF ALL FORMS PRIOR TO PLACING PAVING.

8.CLEAN OUT AND ADJUST EXISTING DRAINS TO ACCOMMODATE PROPOSED DRAINAGE. ADJUST LATERAL DRAIN LINES AS NECESSARY TO BEST LINK EXISTING MAIN LINES.

9.TRANSITIONS FROM EXISTING PAVING TO NEW PAVING SHALL BE FLUSH.

10.REFER TO CIVIL PLANS AND GENERAL NOTES FOR ADDITIONAL NOTES AND INFORMATION REGARDING THE CONSTRUCTION OF THIS PROJECT.

11.CONSTRUCT ALL WALLS, PAVING, DRAIN LINES, SLEEVING, ETC. PER PLAN AND DETAILS.

12.CONCRETE TO SLOPE FROM PAVING TOWARDS DRAIN INLETS AND DRAINAGE SWALES AT A MINIMUM RATE OF 1/8" PER FOOT. INSTALL CONCRETE FORMS WITH LONG, SMOOTH GRADIENTS TO ELIMINATE DIPS, RIDGES, ABRUPT CHANGES OF GRADE, AND SHARP TRANSITIONS.

13. INSTALL EXPANSION JOINTS @ MAX. 20'. INSTALL CRACK CONTROL JOINTS @ MAX. 10'. ZIP JOINTS WILL NOT BE ALLOWED. INSTALL EJ'S AND CCJ'S AT 90° TO THE EDGE OF CONCRETE PAVING. SEE PLAN FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION AND LOCATIONS.

14.OBTAIN INSPECTION AND APPROVAL OF ALL FORMS PRIOR TO PLACING CONCRETE.

15.PRIOR TO PLACING CONCRETE, SUFFICIENTLY MOISTEN THE SUBGRADE AND PROVIDE SUBGRADE PREPARATIONS PER THE SOILS ENGINEER.

16. INSTALL TYPE V CONCRETE THAT OBTAINS A MINIMUM COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF 2,500 P.S.I. AT 28 DAYS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED ON THESE PLANS AND DETAILS. CONCRETE FINISH PER PLANS AND SPECS. SUBMIT SAMPLE TO OWNER AND LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO LAYING OUT FORMS.

INSTALL CONCRETE FLATWORK PER RECOMMENDATIONS OF SOILS ENGINEER AND SOILS REPORT. IN

CASE OF CONFLICT BETWEEN SOILS REPORT AND DETAILS, THE MOST STRINGENT REQUIREMENT SHALL APPLY.

17.CLEAN UP AND REMOVE ALL DEBRIS FROM SITE PRIOR TO REQUESTING FINAL APPROVAL. GRADE ALL AREAS WITHIN 0.5 INCHES OF FINISH GRADES. NOTE AREAS OF ADDITIONAL GRADING SHOWN.

18.EXCAVATION FOR FOOTINGS, PAVING, SWALES, IRRIGATION, AND PLANTING IS INCLUDED WITHIN SCOPE OF WORK FOR INDIVIDUAL BID ITEMS.-176-

SIZE:

FINISH LEGEND:

PERMALOC CLEANLINE

ALUMINUM EDGING

TOP OF EDGING TO BE
MAXIMUM OF 12" (12.7MM)

ABOVE SURFACE MATERIAL
4" DECOMPOSED GRANITE WITH
STABILIZER. TAN GOLD COLOR,
ROLLED AND COMPACTED.

MIRAFI-S GEOTEXTILE FABRIC

COMPACT GRADES ADJACENT

TO EDGING TO AVOID SETTLING
12" (305MM) ALUMINUM STAKES

TO LOCK INTO PREFORMED

LOOPS ON THE EDGING

INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S
"INSTALLATION GUIDELINES"
16'-0" (4.88 M) SECTIONS TO INCLUDE (5) 12"
(305 MM) ALUMINUM STAKES.

CORNERS - CUT BASE EDGING UP HALFWAY
AND FORM A CONTINUOUS CORNER.

PERMALOC CLEANLINE

MANUFACTURED BY
PERMALOC CORPORATION, HOLLAND MI.
(800) 356-9660,
(616) 399-9600
WWW.PERMALOC.COM
3 16" X 4" (4.8MM X 102MM), 0.116" (2.95MM) THICK
(MF) MILL FINISH-NATURAL ALUMINUM
NOTES:

1. ALL MATERIAL TO CONFORM TO FEDERAL SPEC RR-F-191 G (1-25-74).

2. ALL GALVANIZED FITTINGS TO CONFORM TO ASTM-A153.

3. ALL FENCE COMPONENTS TO BE VINYL COATED.

4. VINYL COATING COLOR TO BE GREEN.

5. NO ALUMINUM TIES SHALL BE PERMITTED.

Landscape Architecture
DESIGNED BY:

CHECKED BY:

DRAWN BY:

PREPARED UNDER THE SUPERVISION OF:

APPROVED:

DATE

C I T Y O F B E L L F L O W E R

R E F E R E N C E S
NUMBER APP'V'D R.L.A. No. 5571 (Exp. 9-30-24)

TRABUCO BUTTERFLY PARK

R E V I S I O N S

DATE INITIALS DESCRIPTION
Five Point Design
Sheet of 19
347 W MONTANA ST
PASADENA, CA 91103
tel: (415) 640-4193

LANDSCAPE MATERIALS DETAILS
7 L1.2

DECOMPOSED GRANITE
SCALE: 1" = 1'-0"1CONCRETE MOW CURB
SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"2ALUMINUM EDGING
SCALE: N.T.S.3VINYL COATED CHAINLINK FENCE
SCALE: N.T.S.
4 6' 'MONTAGE INDUSTRIAL CLASSIC' FENCE
SCALE: N.T.S.
56' X 24' PASSPORT CLASSIC ROLL GATE
SCALE: N.T.S.6SINGLE PEDESTAL INTERPRETIVE SIGN
SCALE: N.T.S.
7 NOTES:

1. GRAPHICS PROVIDED BY FIVE POINT DESIGN.

2. FRAME COLOR IN GREEN, SATIN FINISH

3. 24" X 17" SINGLE PEDESTAL INTERPRETIVE SIGNAGE BY PANNIER OR APPROVED EQUAL.

4. PROVIDE SHOP DRAWINGS FOR APPROVAL BY LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT.-177-

5"Ø SCHEDULE 40 PIPE BY

BURKE OR APPROVED EQUAL,
COLOR TO MATCH TOPPER.

POST 10' ABOVE FINISH

GRADE, PAINTED WITH TWO

COATS RUST INHIBITIVE

PRIMER AND TWO COATS
PURPLE PAINT TO MATCH.4
1 4
1 1'-2"Ø X 3'-0" CYLINDRICAL

CONCRETE FOUNDATION

FOUNDATION (ELEVATION VIEW)
N.T.S.
℄ PIPE POST
℄ PIPE POST AND

CYLINDRICAL FOOTING

PIPE POST AND

CYLINDRICAL FOOTING
℄
Landscape Architecture
DESIGNED BY:

CHECKED BY:

DRAWN BY:

PREPARED UNDER THE SUPERVISION OF:

APPROVED:

DATE

C I T Y O F B E L L F L O W E R

R E F E R E N C E S
NUMBER APP'V'D R.L.A. No. 5571 (Exp. 9-30-24)

TRABUCO BUTTERFLY PARK

R E V I S I O N S

DATE INITIALS DESCRIPTION
Five Point Design
Sheet of 19
347 W MONTANA ST
PASADENA, CA 91103
tel: (415) 640-4193

LANDSCAPE MATERIALS DETAILS
8 L1.3

BENCH WITH CENTRAL ARM REST
SCALE: N.T.S.
1TRASH RECEPTACLE
SCALE: N.T.S.
2BIKE RACK
SCALE: N.T.S.
3BOLLARD
SCALE: N.T.S.
4 ENTRANCE SIGNAGE
SCALE: N.T.S.
5BIOSWALE
SCALE: N.T.S.
6 3.) CENTRAL ARM REST (NOT SHOWN)

SOLIS HUE TOPPER
SCALE: N.T.S.
7 OWNER FURNISHED, CONTRACTOR INSTALLED ITEM

OWNER FURNISHED, CONTRACTOR INSTALLED ITEM

OWNER FURNISHED, CONTRACTOR INSTALLED ITEM
-178-

FRONT VIEW
www.mostdependable.com

MOST DEPENDABLE
FOUNTAINS,INC.

MOST DEPENDABLE FOUNTAINS, INC.
5705 COMMANDER DR. P.O. BOX 587
ARLINGTON, TN 38002-0587
PHONE: (901) 867-0039
FAX: (901) 867-0159
FILTER
10" PIPE
OPTIONAL 10"

STAINLESS

STEEL CARRIER

WATER SUPPLY BY OTHERS
ACCESS DOOR BY MDF5"18"27"18"19"5"35"NOTES:

1.INSTALLATION TO BE COMPLETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS.

2.INSTALL WITH OPTIONAL 10" SS SURFACE CARRIER.

3.FOUNTAIN BY MOST DEPENDABLE FOUNTAINS OR APPROVED EQUAL.

4.CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL 3
4" MAINLINE, 3
4" WILKINS BACKFLOW PREVENTER 350XL, AND NIBCO GATE VALVE AT CONNECTION TO POTABLE WATER LINE. SLEEVE BENEATH ALL PAVING.11 3/4"34"TOP VIEW

BOLT CENTERED UNDER ADA ARM
NOTE: ANCHORED INSIDE OF PEDESTAL
46 3/4"
WATER

C/L OF WASTE
3'3'-6"10'
3'
3'-10
"
6'4'-2"7'7'-8"12'
6'-3"4'-6"
4'
5'-2"
1'-6"4'-8"2'-6"5'-8"1'-6"8'-6"10'-3"12'
10'-6"6'9'-6"6'-6"
R13'-
7"
R
1 1
'
-
9 "10'-7"2'-8"7'13'-9"10'3'-6"3'-6"3'-4"R33'
R28'-1
1 "
28'
2'6'5'-8"10'2'-8"7'-6"2'-8"10'14'
R4'
6'-6"10'
-10
"3'-7"21'-11"1'-9"
12'-6"
4'-1"5'-4"45'-10"9'-10"16'-9"24'-8"
5'-3"
7'-4"23'-6"7'-1"4'-7"8'-3"9'-3"20'-8"9'-6"R13'-11"
R44
'
-
5 "R14'-6"
R
1 5
'
-
1 0
"
R13'-3"31'-1"7'-6"R1
3 '
-
1 "
R
1 3
'
-
7 "
6'4'
-8
"2'-8"2'-1"3'
-6"
-1'
-1'
-1'
-1'
-6"-6"
-6"
-6"
Landscape Architecture
DESIGNED BY:

CHECKED BY:

DRAWN BY:

PREPARED UNDER THE SUPERVISION OF:

APPROVED:

DATE

C I T Y O F B E L L F L O W E R

R E F E R E N C E S
NUMBER APP'V'D R.L.A. No. 5571 (Exp. 9-30-24)

TRABUCO BUTTERFLY PARK

R E V I S I O N S

DATE INITIALS DESCRIPTION
Five Point Design
Sheet of 19
347 W MONTANA ST
PASADENA, CA 91103
tel: (415) 640-4193

LANDSCAPE MATERIALS DETAILS
9 L1.4

SWING GATE
SCALE: N.T.S.
1 DRINKING FOUNTAIN
SCALE: N.T.S.
3 EAST SWALE
SCALE: 1
4" = 1'-0"
2 NOTES
- CONFIGURE SWING GATE TO SWING TO THE
WEST, TOWARDS NEW FENCE.
- INSTALL (1) STEEL PIPE FOR HORIZONTAL
MEMBERS, (1) STATIONARY POST, AND (1)

HITCHING POST
NOTES
DIMENSIONS OF PATH SHOWN FROM S EDGE OF PAVING TO CL OF PATH WALKWAY. MEASUREMENTS PROVIDED AT 10' INCREMENTS FROM INTERIOR CURB LINE OF PARKING AREA. LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT TO APPROVE LAYOUT IN THE FIELD PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.-179-

R7'-2
"R7'R9'-10"R7'-
2 "R7'R9'-10"R3'
-1
"
R16'-2"
R3'
R
3 '
-
2 "
5'13'
-3
"
5'13'-3"R
3 '
-
6 "
R15'-8"R3'-7"R3'-8"10'
-9
"9'-2"6'-11"7'9'-3"6'9'-5"6'-1"11"10"4'-10"13'
-7
"6'-4"13'-9"9'-2"
12'-6"
1 2
'
-
6 "13'-6"13'-6"12'-6"12'-6"
9'-2"
1 3
'
-
9 "
4'-10"
3'-4"
2'-11"7'
2'-
1 0
"
2'-
7 "7'25'5'-0"5'-0"3'-6"17'-8"14'
-
4 "16'
-8
"
13'-4"
℄
12'-1"
31'-1"
10'
29'-10"
7'-3"
2'-8"
2'-8"
3'
10'-1"
9'-10"
4'-6"
R15'-1"
8'-8"
6'-7"
R19'-2"
R13'-10"
R8'-1"
R12'-4"
3'
NOTES
A. NATURAL COLORED CONCRETE
B. INTEGRALLYCOLORED CONCRETE 'SPANISH GOLD' BY DAVIS COLORS C. INTEGRALLY COLORED CONCRETE 6" RAISED CURB 'BRICK RED' BY DAVIS COLORS D. PLANTING
E. INTERPRETIVE SIGN
F. SOLIS SHADE STRUCTURE
Landscape Architecture
DESIGNED BY:

CHECKED BY:

DRAWN BY:

PREPARED UNDER THE SUPERVISION OF:

APPROVED:

DATE

C I T Y O F B E L L F L O W E R

R E F E R E N C E S
NUMBER APP'V'D R.L.A. No. 5571 (Exp. 9-30-24)

TRABUCO BUTTERFLY PARK

R E V I S I O N S

DATE INITIALS DESCRIPTION
Five Point Design
Sheet of 19
347 W MONTANA ST
PASADENA, CA 91103
tel: (415) 640-4193

LANDSCAPE MATERIALS DETAILS
10 L1.5

BUTTERFLY PAVING
SCALE: 1
4" = 1'-0"
1EAST DECOMPOSED GRANITE AREA
SCALE: 1
4" = 1'-0"
2 A
A
A
A
B
C
A
A
C
C
C
F
F
E
E
E
E
D
D
D
D
NOTES
A. NATURAL COLORED CONCRETE
B. DECOMPOSED GRANITE
C. METAL EDGING
D. CONCRETE MOWCURB
A
A
B
C
D

BEND-A-BOARD HEADER
SCALE: N.T.S.3
-180-

TRABUCO STREET

ALONDRA

B
O
U
L
E
V
A
R
D
SHRUB
NETAFIM 18" O.C.

SHRUB

BUBBLER
TURF

SPRAYTREE

BUBBLER
TURF
SPRAY
TURF
SPRAY
SHRUB

BUBBLER
SHRUB

BUBBLER
SHRUB

BUBBLER
TURF
SPRAY
SHRUB
NETAFIM 12" O.C.

TURF
SPRAY
TREE

BUBBLER
TURF
SPRAY
TURF
SPRAY
SHRUB
NETAFIM 18" O.C.

C

PROVIDE POTABLE

WATER CONNECTION

WITH SEPARATE BFP
Landscape Architecture
DESIGNED BY:

CHECKED BY:

DRAWN BY:

PREPARED UNDER THE SUPERVISION OF:

APPROVED:

DATE

C I T Y O F B E L L F L O W E R

R E F E R E N C E S
NUMBER APP'V'D R.L.A. No. 5571 (Exp. 9-30-24)

TRABUCO BUTTERFLY PARK

R E V I S I O N S

DATE INITIALS DESCRIPTION
Five Point Design
Sheet of 19
347 W MONTANA ST
PASADENA, CA 91103
tel: (415) 640-4193

IRRIGATION PLAN
11 L2.1
N
0 16'8'32'
1" = 16'-0"

IRRIGATION NOTES

1.DESIGN IS DIAGRAMMATIC. DUE TO THE SCALE OF THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS, IT IS NOT POSSIBLE TO INDICATE OFFSETS, FITTINGS, SLEEVES AND OTHER ITEMS WHICH MAY BE REQUIRED. THE

CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH ANY ITEM REQUIRED TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE IRRIGATION SYSTEM AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE CLIENT. ALL PIPING, VALVES, ETC. SHOWN WITHIN PAVED AREAS ARE

FOR DESIGN CLARIFICATION ONLY AND SHALL BE INSTALLED IN PLANTING AREAS WHEREVER POSSIBLE.

2.SYSTEM AND ALL WORK SHALL BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE 2016 CALIFORNIA PLUMBING CODE.

3.THE CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED TO WALK THE SITE PRIOR TO SUBMITTING A BID. THE CONTRACTOR

SHALL FAMILIARIZE THEMSELVES WITH THE GRADE DIFFERENCES, LOCATION OF WALLS AND UTILITIES, AND EXISTING IRRIGATION SYSTEMS. DISCREPANCIES SHOULD BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE CLIENT AND LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT IN WRITING PRIOR TO SUBMITTING A BID.

THE IRRIGATION CONTRACTOR SHALL REPAIR OR REPLACE ALL ITEMS DAMAGED BY THEIR WORK.

4.FINAL LOCATION OF THE AUTOMATIC CONTROLLER SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT AND OWNER.

5.120 VAC ELECTRICAL POWER SOURCE AT CONTROLLER SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR.

6.SET ALL VALVES AND QUICK COUPLERS NEXT TO WALKWAYS WHEN POSSIBLE.

7.PIPE SIZES SHALL CONFORM TO THOSE SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. NO SUBSTITUTIONS OF SMALLER PIPE SIZES SHALL BE PERMITTED, BUT SUBSTITUTIONS OF LARGER SIZES MAY BE APPROVED. ALL

DAMAGED AND REJECTED PIPE SHALL BE REMOVED FROM THE SITE AT THE TIME OF THE SAID REJECTION.

8.BEFORE COMMENCING ANY EXCAVATION, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN AN UNDERGROUND SERVICE ALERT I.D. NUMBER BY CALLING 1-800-227-2600. TWO (2) WORKING DAYS SHALL BE ALLOWED AFTER THE I.D. NUMBER IS OBTAINED AND BEFORE THE EXCAVATION WORK IS STARTED SO THAT UTILITY OWNERS CAN BE NOTIFIED.

9.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FLUSH AND ADJUST ALL SPRINKLER HEADS AND VALVES FOR OPTIMUM COVERAGE WITH MINIMAL OVERSPRAY ONTO WALKS, PAVING, STREETS, ETC.

10.DO NOT WILLFULLY INSTALL THE IRRIGATION SYSTEM AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS WHEN IT IS

OBVIOUS IN THE FIELD THAT THERE ARE UNKNOWN OBSTRUCTIONS OR GRADE DIFFERENCES IN THE AREA. DIMENSIONS EXIST THAT MIGHT NOT HAVE BEEN CONSIDERED IN THE ENGINEERING. SUCH OBSTRUCTIONS OR DIFFERENCES SHOULD BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT. IN

THE EVENT THAT THIS NOTIFICATION IS NOT GIVEN, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ASSUME FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR ANY NECESSARY REVISIONS.

11.ALL IRRIGATION EQUIPMENT NOT OTHERWISE DETAILED OR SPECIFIED SHALL BE INSTALLED AS PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND SPECIFICATIONS.

12.INSTALLATION FOR THE CONTROL WIRES SHALL FOLLOW MAINLINE ROUTING.

13.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SLEEVE ALL IRRIGATION PIPE UNDER PAVED AREAS UNLESS OTHERWISE REQUESTED. SLEEVING SHALL BE 2 TIMES THE PIPE DIAMETER, MINIMUM SCHEDULE 40 P.V.C., 24" MINIMUM DEPTH TO TOP OF LINE.

14.EXCAVATION FOR PLANTING AND IRRIGATION IS INCLUDED WITHIN SCOPE OF WORK FOR INDIVIDUAL BID ITEMS.

15.DURING CONSTRUCTION, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL KEEP A SET OF RECORD DRAWINGS ON SITE TO

RECORD ALL CHANGES TO THE IRRIGATION PLAN FOR THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE 'AS-BUILT' DRAWINGS. AT THE TIME OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUPPLY THE CLIENT WITH ALL THE NECESSARY TOOLS, KEYS, ETC. AND PROVIDE A REDUCED AND LAMINATED VALVE CHART FOR PLACEMENT IN CONTROLLER.

16.GUARANTEE: THE INSTALLED IRRIGATION SYSTEM SHALL BE GUARANTEED FOR A PERIOD OF ONE (1) YEAR FROM THE DATE OF ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK. SHOULD ANY TROUBLE DEVELOP WITHIN THE

TIME SPECIFIED DUE TO INFERIOR OR FAULTY MATERIAL OR WORKMANSHIP, THE TROUBLE SHALL BE CORRECTED BY THE CONTRACTOR WITHOUT EXPENSE TO THE OWNER.

17.REFER TO GENERAL NOTES FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REGARDING THIS SECTION OF WORK.

SCH 40

PIPE SIZING LEGEND

PIPE SIZE GPM
A 3/4"1 - 6
B 1" 7 - 12
C 1 1/4"13 - 20
D 1 1/2"21 - 30
E 2"31 - 45
F 2 1/2"46 - 55
G 3"56 - 70
H 4"71 - 125
-181-

Landscape Architecture
DESIGNED BY:

CHECKED BY:

DRAWN BY:

PREPARED UNDER THE SUPERVISION OF:

APPROVED:

DATE

C I T Y O F B E L L F L O W E R

R E F E R E N C E S
NUMBER APP'V'D R.L.A. No. 5571 (Exp. 9-30-24)

TRABUCO BUTTERFLY PARK

R E V I S I O N S

DATE INITIALS DESCRIPTION
Five Point Design
Sheet of 19
347 W MONTANA ST
PASADENA, CA 91103
tel: (415) 640-4193

IRRIGATION LEGEND AND NOTES
L2.2

CONSTRUCTION NOTES
TYPICAL - P.O.C. TO EXISTING WATER METER. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY PRESSURE AT P.O.C., PRIOR TO START OF CONSTRUCTION.

TYPICAL - (2 MIN.) FLOOD BUBBLERS PER TREE. EXACT LOCATION AND LAYOUT TO BE DETERMINED ON SITE. REFER TO LEGENDS AND DETAILS FOR MODEL AND INSTALLATION TYPE. EXACT LOCATION,

NUMBER OF BUBBLERS AND FINAL CONFIGURATION TO BE DETERMINED AND APPROVED BY LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT.

TYPICAL - (1) SHRUB BUBBLER HEAD (POP-UP) ASSEMBLY PER SHRUB/VINE. EXACT LOCATION AND LAYOUT TO BE DETERMINED ON SITE. REFER TO LEGENDS AND DETAILS FOR MODEL AND INSTALLATION TYPE.

EXACT LOCATION AND FINAL CONFIGURATION TO BE DETERMINED AND APPROVED BY LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT ON SITE.

TYPICAL - ALL LINES AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED INSIDE SHRUB/GC PLANTING AREAS WHENEVER POSSIBLE. LINES AND EQUIPMENT SHOWN OUTSIDE OF SHRUB/GC PLANTING AREAS ARE FOR REASONS OF GRAPHIC CLARITY PURPOSES ONLY. EXACT LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT AND ROUTING OF LINES SHALL BE DETERMINED ON SITE. ALL LOCATIONS OF EQUIPMENT SHALL BE REVIEWED AND APPROVED BY LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT & ARCHITECT. . REFER TO VALVE BOX PLACEMENT FOR MANIFOLD LAYOUT.

TYPICAL - IRRIGATION CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL PVC SLEEVES FOR PIPING & WIRES, A MINIMUM OF 6" INTO PLANTING AREAS. EXACT LOCATION OF CROSSOVERS SHALL BE DETER-MINED ON SITE. ALL CROSSOVERS OF PIPING, WIRES, CABLES, ETC. SHALL BE NOTED AND DELINEATED ON THE AS-BUILT DRAWINGS. MEASURED FROM TWO PERMANENT FIXED POINT OF REFERENCE. SLEEVES SHALL BE INSTALLED UNDER ALL PAVING, HARDSCAPE, ETC. (2X DIAMETER OF PIPE BEING SLEEVED AND SUFFICIENT SIZE FOR WIRES WITHOUT RESISTANCE).

GENERAL NOTES

INLINE DRIP EMITTER CHART FOR GRID PATTERN

AND PRECIPITATION RATES

EMITTER GPH EMITTER

SPACING
12" O.C.

ROW SPACING

0.53 GPH
(PER EMITTER)12" O.C.
16" O.C.18" O.C.
.85 PR .64 PR .57 PR
INLINE TUBING (GRID PATTERN) PRECIPITATION RATE FORMULA:

PR=(231.1 x EMITTER FLOW RATE / (EMITTER SPACING x ROW SPACING) A B C
SCH 40

PIPE SIZING LEGEND

PIPE SIZE GPM
A 3/4"1 - 6
B 1" 7 - 12
C 1 1/4"13 - 20
D 1 1/2"21 - 30
E 2"31 - 45
F 2 1/2"46 - 55
G 3"56 - 70
H 4"71 - 125
TYPICAL - DENOTES MASTER CONTROL VALVE (LINE SIZE) & (1-1/2") FLOW SENSOR ASSEMBLY.

EXACT LOCATION TO BE DETERMINED ON SITE. REFER TO LEGEND AND DETAILS FOR MODEL AND INSTALLATION TYPE. INSTALLING CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL ASSEMBLY PER MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATION. ASSEMBLY SHOULD BE CALIBRATED AND TESTED. WRITTEN PROOF SHALL BE

SUBMITTED TO GENERAL CONTRACTOR & ARCHITECT THAT TESTING HAS BEEN DONE AND ASSEMBLY IS IN PROPER WORKING CONDITION, PRIOR TO PROJECT SIGN-OFF.

TYPICAL - NEW (12) STATION AUTOMATIC "SMART" CONTROLLER ASSEMBLY (PEDESTAL MOUNTED).

EXACT LOCATION OF CONTROLLER SHALL BE DETERMINED AND COORDINATED WITH PROPER TRADE ON SITE, TO ENSURE PROPER CONNECTION TO (120V.) ELECTRICAL SERVICE IS MADE AND PROPER CONDUITS FOR WIRES HAVE BEEN PROVIDED AND LOCATED. ELECTRICAL SERVICE PROVIDED BY OTHERS. NOTIFY ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY OF ANY DISCREPANCIES FOUND.

LOCATION OF RAIN SENSOR/WEATHER STATION SHALL BE MOUNTED ON SIDE OF PEDESTAL.

EXACT LOCATION TO BE DETERMINED ON SITE AND APPROVED BY LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT. 12-182-

Landscape Architecture
DESIGNED BY:

CHECKED BY:

DRAWN BY:

PREPARED UNDER THE SUPERVISION OF:

APPROVED:

DATE

C I T Y O F B E L L F L O W E R

R E F E R E N C E S
NUMBER APP'V'D R.L.A. No. 5571 (Exp. 9-30-24)

TRABUCO BUTTERFLY PARK

R E V I S I O N S

DATE INITIALS DESCRIPTION
Five Point Design
Sheet of 19
347 W MONTANA ST
PASADENA, CA 91103
tel: (415) 640-4193

IRRIGATION DETAILS
L2.3
© Copyright 2003
NETAFIM IRRIGATION INC.
®
13-183-

MANIFOLD GROUP SCHEMATIC
2"
M
M
M
M
12"MIN.12"MIN.12"
MIN.1 1/2"2"2"2"2"
"QUICK COUPLER (LINE TO QC
SHALL BE 1-1/2") 1" RISER/SWING
JOINT PER QC DETAIL THIS SHEET.

LINE SIZED GATE VALVE, TYP.

MAINLINE

LATERAL LINE

REMOTE CONTROL

VALVE, TYPICAL

MAINLINE SIZE PER
PLAN 2" MINIMUM
2 EA 2"X4"X24" RECYCLED PLASTIC

SUPPORT BLOCKS UNDER THE LONG AXIS
OF THE VALVE BOX. AVAILABLE FROM "THE
PLASTIC LUMBER CO." (800) 866-8990 OR
EQUAL. SEE DETAIL FOR EACH.

QUICK COUPLING VALVE, TYPICAL.

SEE DETAIL
REMOTE CONTROL VALVE, TYPICAL.

SEE DETAIL
GATE VALVE, TYPICAL. SEE DETAIL
EDGE OF WALK, CURB, WALL, ETC.

NOTES:

1. ALL VALVES SHALL BE RUN OFF A MANIFOLD GROUP SIMILAR TO THAT SHOWN IN ABOVE SCHEMATIC.

2. ALL BOXES SHALL BE SQUARE TO ONE ANOTHER AND TO THE EDGES OF ADJACENT FIXED OBJECTS.

3. ALL VALVE BOXES SHALL BE SET FLUSH TO FINISH GRADE.

Landscape Architecture
DESIGNED BY:

CHECKED BY:

DRAWN BY:

PREPARED UNDER THE SUPERVISION OF:

APPROVED:

DATE

C I T Y O F B E L L F L O W E R

R E F E R E N C E S
NUMBER APP'V'D R.L.A. No. 5571 (Exp. 9-30-24)

TRABUCO BUTTERFLY PARK

R E V I S I O N S

DATE INITIALS DESCRIPTION
Five Point Design
Sheet of 19
347 W MONTANA ST
PASADENA, CA 91103
tel: (415) 640-4193

IRRIGATION DETAILS
L2.4
14-184-

Landscape Architecture
DESIGNED BY:

CHECKED BY:

DRAWN BY:

PREPARED UNDER THE SUPERVISION OF:

APPROVED:

DATE

C I T Y O F B E L L F L O W E R

R E F E R E N C E S
NUMBER APP'V'D R.L.A. No. 5571 (Exp. 9-30-24)

TRABUCO BUTTERFLY PARK

R E V I S I O N S

DATE INITIALS DESCRIPTION
Five Point Design
Sheet of 19
347 W MONTANA ST
PASADENA, CA 91103
tel: (415) 640-4193

MWELO CALCULATIONS
L2.5
CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE ABOVE PRESSURE BEFORE INSTALLATION.

IF INFORMATION CONFLICTS, NOTIFY THE OWNER FOR INFORMATION

FAILURE TO DO SO MAY RESULT IN CONTRACTOR BEING RESPONSIBLE MINIMUM SYSTEM DESIGN CRITERIA IS BASED ON 60 P.S.I. USING 26 G.P.M.

STATIC WATER PRESSURE AT THIS LOCATION IS 60 PSI.

MINIMUM DESIGN CRITERIA
FOR ANY CHANGES REQUIRED AS A RESULT.

TREE TRUNK WIDTH SIZE RECOMMENDED

WATER VOLUME
MONTHS
April to October
MONTHS
November to March
Newly Planted (Less than 5")*10 to 20 Gallons

WATERING FREQUENCY

BASED ON SPECIES
Newly Planted Trees Weekly
Average Street Tree (16")*160 Gallons Minimal Once or Twice a Month None Bi-Weekly
Minimal Once or Twice a Month None
Small (5" to 12")*Twice to Three Times a
MonthModerate Once a Month
High Weekly Once to Twice a Month
Minimal Once or Twice a Month None
Twice to Three Times a
MonthModerate Once a Month
High Weekly Once to Twice a Month
Minimal Once or Twice a Month None
Twice to Three Times a
MonthModerate Once a Month
High Weekly Once to Twice a Month
80 Gallons
Medium (13" to 21")*160 Gallons
Large (22" to 30")*260 Gallons
Minimal Once or Twice a Month None
Twice to Three Times a
MonthModerate Once a Month
High Weekly Once to Twice a Month
Very Large (31" and
Over)*
310 Gallons
PLANTING FORM:

SE SEED

SO SOD

F FLAT

P PLUG
Q QUART (4" POT)
1G 1 GALLON
5G 5 GALLON
15G 15 GALLON
24 24" BOX
36 36" BOX
48 48" BOX

ET EXISTING TREE
PLANT TYPE:

CODE WUCOLS CATEGORY OF WATER NEEDS

T TURF

H HIGH

M MEDIUM

LVL LOW, VERY LOW

O OTHER
HYDROZONE BASIS:

PL PLANT TYPE

IR IRRIGATION METHOD

SU SUN EXPOSURE

SO SOIL TYPE

SL SLOPE

O OTHER
IRRIGATION METHOD:

D DRIP

S SPRAY

R ROTOR

B BUBBLER

M MICROSPRAY

O OTHER-MP ROTATOR

HYDROZONE EXPOSURE
1 SUN ALL DAY
2 SUN MOST OF THE DAY
4 SHADE ALL DAY
3 SHADE MOST OF THE DAY

TREE WATERING SCHEDULE RECOMMENDATION
STATEMENTS AND CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS (TITLE 23)
15-185-

TRABUCO STREET

ALONDRA

B
O
U
L
E
V
A
R
D
24"box
TAB IMP (1)
sod
TUR SOD (344
sf)
5 gal
(17) PLU AUR
24"box
TAB IMP (3)
5 gal
(28) MAS MAC
5 gal
LAN CON (23)
24"box
JAC MIM (4)
1 gal
(90) DIA LI3
24"box
PLA RAC (4)
24"box
TIP TIP (4)
1 gal
DIE SUN (43)
1 gal
LAN HYB (22)
1 gal
DIA LI3 (35)
24"box
PLA RAC (3)
1 gal
(38) DIE SUN
5 gal
MUH CAP (22)
1 gal
DIE SUN (29)
1 gal
DIE SUN (54)
24"box
CHI PIN (4)
sod
TUR SOD (348
sf)
sod
TUR SOD (131
sf)
sod
TUR SOD (256
sf)
sod
TUR SOD (337
sf)sod

TUR SOD
(4,636 sf)sod

TUR SOD
(1,675 sf)
sod

TUR SOD
(4,073 sf)sod

TUR SOD
(1,737 sf)
15 gal
(15) PRU ILI
5 gal
(18) LAN CON
5 gal
(70) BOU RAS
5 gal
(55) LAN SPR
1 gal
DIA LI3 (109)
15 gal
HET ARB (7)
5 gal
LAN SPR (12)
1 gal
(22) LAN HYB
5 gal
(10) SAL PO4
1 gal
(10) SAL CO6
1 gal
(158) DEL COO
flat

SED PUR
(1,637)
5 gal
BUD XBU (12)
1 gal
ACH PAP (50)
5 gal
MAL PAL (12)
1 gal
ASC FAS (24)
1 gal
(36) LAN HYB
1 gal
LAN HYB (34)

TREES CODE BOTANICAL / COMMON NAME CONT PLANT FACTOR QTY JAC MIM JACARANDA MIMOSIFOLIA / JACARANDA 24"BOX 0.5, MOD 4 PLA RAC PLATANUS RACEMOSA / CALIFORNIA SYCAMORE 24"BOX 0.5, MOD 7 TAB IMP TABEBUIA IMPETIGINOSA / PINK TRUMPET TREE 24"BOX 0.5, MOD 4 TIP TIP TIPUANA TIPU / TIPU TREE 24"BOX 0.3, LOW 4
CHI PIN X CHITALPA TASHKENTENSIS `PINK DAWN` / PINK DAWN CHITALPA 24"BOX 0.3, LOW 4

SHRUBS CODE BOTANICAL / COMMON NAME SIZE PLANT FACTOR QTY ACH PAP ACHILLEA MILLEFOLIUM 'PAPRIKA' / PAPRIKA COMMON YARROW 1 GAL 0.3, LOW 50 ASC FAS ASCLEPIAS FASCICULARIS / NARROWLEAF MILKWEED 1 GAL 0.3, LOW 24 BOU RAS BOUGAINVILLEA X `RASPBERRY ICE` / BOUGAINVILLEA 5 GAL 0.3, LOW 70 BUD XBU BUDDLEJA X BUZZ LAVENDER TM / BUZZ LAVENDER BUTTERFLY BUSH 5 GAL 0.5, MOD 12 DIA LI3 DIANELLA REVOLUTA `LITTLE REV` / LITTLE REV FLAX LILY 1 GAL 0.3, LOW 234 DIE SUN DIETES GRANDIFLORA `SUNSTRIPE` / YELLOW STRIPED FORTNIGHT LILY 1 GAL 0.3, LOW 164 2022-05-18 16:51
PLANT SCHEDULE HET ARB HETEROMELES ARBUTIFOLIA / TOYON 15 GAL 0.2 VERY LOW 7 LAN CON LANTANA CAMARA `CONFETTI` / CONFETTI LANTANA 5 GAL 0.3, LOW 41 LAN SPR LANTANA MONTEVIDENSIS `SPREADING SUNSET` / YELLOW TRAILING LANTANA 5 GAL 0.3, LOW 67 LAN HYB LANTANA X `NEW GOLD` / NEW GOLD LANTANA 1 GAL 0.3, LOW 114 MAL PAL MALACOTHAMNUS PALMERI / PALMER BUSHMALLOW 5 GAL 0.3, LOW 12 MAS MAC MASCAGNIA MACROPTERA / ORCHID VINE 5 GAL 0.3, LOW 28 MUH CAP MUHLENBERGIA CAPILLARIS / PINK MUHLY 5 GAL 0.5, MOD 22 PLU AUR PLUMBAGO AURICULATA / BLUE PLUMBAGO 5 GAL 0.5, MOD 17 PRU ILI PRUNUS ILICIFOLIA / HOLLY LEAF CHERRY 15 GAL 0.2 VERY LOW 15 SAL CO6 SALVIA APIANA COMPACTA / COMPACT WHITE SAGE 1 GAL 0.3, LOW 10 SAL PO4 SALVIA X `POZO BLUE` / POZO BLUE SAGE 5 GAL 0.3, LOW 10

GROUND COVERS CODE BOTANICAL / COMMON NAME CONT PLANT FACTOR QTY DEL COO DELOSPERMA COOPERI / PURPLE ICE PLANT 10" O.C.1 GAL 0.3, LOW 158 SED PUR SEDUM SPATHULIFOLIUM `PURPUREUM` / PURPLE SPATHE LEAVED STONECROP 4" O.C.FLAT 0.3, LOW 1,637 TUR SOD TIFWAY BERMUDA SOD SOD SLA 13,537 SF
Landscape Architecture
DESIGNED BY:

CHECKED BY:

DRAWN BY:

PREPARED UNDER THE SUPERVISION OF:

APPROVED:

DATE

C I T Y O F B E L L F L O W E R

R E F E R E N C E S
NUMBER APP'V'D R.L.A. No. 5571 (Exp. 9-30-24)

TRABUCO BUTTERFLY PARK

R E V I S I O N S

DATE INITIALS DESCRIPTION
Five Point Design
Sheet of 19
347 W MONTANA ST
PASADENA, CA 91103
tel: (415) 640-4193

PLANTING PLAN
L3.1
N
0 16'8'32'
1" = 16'-0"
16-186-

2" THICK LAYER OF TOP DRESSING MULCH
WITHIN THE WATERING BASIN, TYP.

TIE TREE TO EACH STAKE WITH A CT-24 "CINCH
TIE". OR APPROVED EQUAL. SECURE WITH 6D
NAIL. ATTACH TREE TIE JUST UNDER HEAD OF
TREE. NO HOSE AND WIRE TIES SHALL BE
ALLOWED.

THE PLANT PIT SHALL BE TWICE THE WIDTH OF
THE TREE ROOTBALL, AS INDICATED. SET ROOT

BALL ON NATURAL UNDISTURBED SOIL AT
BOTTOM OF PIT, PLUM TO GRADE. SEE
PLANTING SPECIFICATIONS FOR BACKFILL MIX.

FORM A 6" HIGH TAMPED SOIL WATER BASIN
AROUND EDGE OF TREE PIT.

NOTES:

1. PROVIDE TWO 6" DIA. X 6 ' DEEP SUMPS IN OPPOSITE CORNERS FOR EACH TREE. BACKFILL WITH LOOSE AMENDED SOIL.

2. INSTALL 'DEEP ROOT' LINEAR BARRIER WHERE INDICATED ON PLANS PER NOTES AND SPECIFICATIONS.

FERTILIZER TABLETS @ 3"DEPTH PER LANDSCAPE
CONSTRUCTION NOTES, TYP.

SET CROWN OF TREE ROOTBALL 2" ABOVE

FINISH GRADE

TREE STAKES SHALL BE PRESSURE TREATED
LODGEPOLE PINE, MIN. 10' LONG X 2"
DIAMETER. DRIVE STAKE A MIN. TWO FEET
INTO GROUND. DOUBLE STAKE ALL TREES .

TWICE THE WIDTH
OF ROOTBALLDEPTH OFROOTBALL6"DRAINAGE SUMP TYP.

UNDISTURBED NATURAL SUBGRADE

FINISHED GRADE

SHRUB PLANTING

ROOTBALL
3" LAYER OF MULCH, TAPER AT ROOT BALL, SEE

PLANTING NOTES AND SPECS
FORM 2" DEEP WATERING BASIN AROUND EDGE OF
PLANT PIT AT TIME OF PLANTING, TYP.

FINISHED GRADE OF ADJACENT PLANT BED OR

UNDISTURBED SOIL
FERTILIZER TABLET AT 3" DEPTH, QUANTITY PER PLANTING

SPECIFICATIONS

AMENDED BACKFILL, REFER TO PLANTING

SPECIFICATIONS

UNDISTURBED NATURAL SUBGRADE

PLANTING PIT - SCARIFY SIDES AND BOTTOM

SHRUB- CENTER IN PIT
SET CROWN OF PLANT ROOTBALL 1" ABOVE

SURROUNDING FINISH GRADE FOR DRAINAGE

SEE NOTES FOR WIDTH
NOTE:

1.PLANT PIT FOR 15 GAL TREES SHALL BE 6" GREATER THAN TREE WIDTH OF

THE CONTAINER AND THE SAME DEPTH AS THE CONTAINER

2.PLANT PIT FOR ONE AND FIVE GAL SHRUBS SHALL BE 6" GREATER THAN THE WIDTH OF THE CONTAINER AND 6" DEEPER THAN THE CONTAINER

3.SEE GENERAL PLANTING NOTES
NOTE:

1.PLACE PLANTS IN PREPARED BED AS SPECIFIED

2.REFER TO PLANTING SCHEDULE FOR SIZE AND SPACING

3.PLACE PLANTS AROUND PLANTING BED EDGE FIRST, THEN

FILL INSIDE

4.PLANTING BED TO BE TILLED TO DEPTH OF 12 INCHES.12" MINCOMPACTED

SUBGRADE

AMENDED TOPSOIL,

REFER TO SPECS

FERTILIZER TABLETS,

REFER TO SPECS

ROOTBALL, SLIT THE

BOTTOM OF ROOTBALL
3" MULCH, TAPER TO ROOTBALL,
REFER TO SPECSO.C
.

SPAC
INGO.C. SPACINGNOTE:

1.ALL SHRUBS/GROUNDCOVER TO BE TRIANGULAR SPACED, UNLESS SHOWN OTHERWISE. SEE PLANTING SCHEDULE FOR O.C. SPACING.

2.WHERE TRIANGULAR SPACING MEETS WALKWAY AT END, ADD A PLANT TO SQUARE OFF END.

ON-CENTER TRIANGULAR PLANT SPACINGONE HALF O.C. SPACINGO.C. SPACING

EDGE OF PLANTING AREA
Landscape Architecture
DESIGNED BY:

CHECKED BY:

DRAWN BY:

PREPARED UNDER THE SUPERVISION OF:

APPROVED:

DATE

C I T Y O F B E L L F L O W E R

R E F E R E N C E S
NUMBER APP'V'D R.L.A. No. 5571 (Exp. 9-30-24)

TRABUCO BUTTERFLY PARK

R E V I S I O N S

DATE INITIALS DESCRIPTION
Five Point Design
Sheet of 19
347 W MONTANA ST
PASADENA, CA 91103
tel: (415) 640-4193

PLANTING NOTES AND DETAILS
L3.2

PLANTING NOTES

GENERAL

1.PLANTING PLAN IS DIAGRAMMATIC. PLANT SYMBOLS TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER PLANT QUANTITIES SPECIFIED.

THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL QUANTITIES SHOWN ON THE PLANTING PLAN AND NOTIFY THE

LANDSCAPE DESIGNER OF DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN QUANTITIES AND THE SYMBOLS SHOWN, PRIOR TO SUBMITTING A BID. IN THE EVENT THIS NOTIFICATION IS NOT GIVEN, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR ANY NECESSARY REVISIONS.

2.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL AND MAINTAIN LANDSCAPE PLANTING IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE LOCAL CODES, POLICIES AND GUIDELINES.

3.CONTRACTOR SHALL GIVE NOTICE OF PLANTING FIVE (5) BUSINESS DAYS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.

CONTRACTOR SHALL STAGE PLANT MATERIAL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION FOR LANDSCAPE DESIGNER'S REVIEW AND APPROVAL. THE LANDSCAPE DESIGNER RESERVES THE RIGHT TO ADJUST PLANTS AFTER INSTALLATION.

4.NO PLANTING SUBSTITUTIONS SHALL BE APPROVED BY LANDSCAPE DESIGNER ON SITE WITHOUT PRIOR APPROVAL.

5.ALL PROPERTY OR ITEMS DAMAGED BY THE CONTRACTOR'S WORK SHALL BE REPLACED OR REPAIRED TO ITS ORIGINAL CONDITION AT CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE.

6.CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A SUBMITTAL OF ALL PLANTING RELATED MATERIALS TO THE LANDSCAPE DESIGNER FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. THIS INCLUDES, BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO: LIST OF

PROPOSED PLANTS (SHOWING GENUS AND SPECIES), TREE PROTECTION MATERIALS, SOIL REPORT FOR

EXISTING SOIL, SOIL REPORT FOR ALL IMPORTED SOIL, SOIL AMENDMENTS, FERTILIZERS, HERBICIDES,

PESTICIDES, MULCH, STAKING/GUYING MATERIALS, ROOT BARRIERS AND NURSERY RECEIPTS SHOWING PROOF OF CORRECT PLANT MATERIAL.

SOIL PREPARATION & FINE GRADING

1.SOIL PREPARATION IS REQUIRED IN ALL PLANTING AREAS.

2.PRIOR TO ANY EXCAVATION, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN AN UNDERGROUND SERVICE ALERT I.D.

NUMBER, TWO (2) WORKING DAYS SHALL BE ALLOWED AFTER THE I.D NUMBER IS OBTAINED AND BEFORE THE EXCAVATION WORK IS STARTED SO THAT UTILITY OWNERS CAN BE NOTIFIED.

3.EXCAVATION FOR FOOTINGS, PAVING, SWALES, IRRIGATION, AND PLANTING IS INCLUDED WITHIN SCOPE OF WORK FOR INDIVIDUAL BID ITEMS.

4.CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT A SOIL ANALYSIS REPORT FROM WALLACE LABORATORIES (310) 615-0116 (OR AN ACCEPTED EQUIVALENT) TO LANDSCAPE DESIGNER PRIOR TO BEGINNING WORK. SOIL RECOMMENDATIONS FROM ANALYSIS SHALL SUPERCEDE THE AMENDMENTS SPECIFIED BELOW.

5.ALL EXISTING PLANT MATERIAL TO BE REMOVED EXCEPT WHERE NOTED ON PLAN (REFER TO PLANT LIST FOR ADDITIONAL REMARKS ON SPECIFIC PLANTS).

6.FINAL GRADING SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE LANDSCAPE DESIGNER AND CIVIL ENGINEER IN THE FIELD AFTER SOIL PREPARATION AND PRIOR TO PLANTING. ALL PLANTING AREAS SHALL BE GRADED TO THE ELEVATIONS INDICATED ON THE CIVIL ENGINEER'S PLANS, OR 2" BELOW PAVING.

7.CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN A MINIMUM OF 2% DRAINAGE AWAY FROM ALL BUILDINGS, STRUCTURES AND WALLS. FINISHED GRADES SHALL BE SMOOTHED TO ELIMINATE PUDDLING OR STANDING WATER. EXCESS SOIL FROM LANDSCAPE GRADING TO BE REMOVED AND DISPOSED OF OFF-SITE BY CONTRACTOR.

8.REFER TO CIVIL ENGINEER DRAWINGS FOR GRADING AND DRAINAGE INFORMATION AND OTHER RELATED NON-LANDSCAPE WORK. VERIFY ON-SITE AND REPORT DISCREPANCIES TO LANDSCAPE DESIGNER BEFORE START OF WORK.

9.PRIOR TO PLANTING, IRRIGATION SYSTEMS SHALL BE FULLY OPERATIONAL AND APPROVED BY THE LANDSCAPE DESIGNER.

10.CONTRACTOR SHALL APPLY A CONTACT HERBICIDE, WHERE WEEDS ARE PRESENT, PER MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS A MINIMUM OF TEN (10) DAYS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF PLANTING OR IRRIGATION WORK. WEEDS SHALL BE ALLOWED TO COMPLETELY DIE BACK, INCLUDING THE ROOTS BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH WORK.

11.EXISTING COMPACTED SOIL IN ALL PLANTING AREAS SHALL BE RIPPED TO A DEPTH OF EIGHTEEN (18) INCHES PRIOR TO SOIL AMENDMENT WORK.

12.SOIL FILL AND BACKFILL MIX: SHALL CONTAIN NO MORE THAN 20% CLAY (EXPANDABLE MATERIAL) AND HAVE A PH RANGE BETWEEN 6.0 - 8.0. MIX SHALL BE FREE OF DEBRIS, ANY NOXIOUS WEEDS AND INGREDIENTS OR OBJECTS THAT ARE DETRIMENTAL TO HEALTHY PLANT GROWTH. IMPORT ADDITIONAL TOPSOIL ONLY AS REQUIRED TO BRING PLANTING AREAS UP TO FINISH GRADE. SEE CIVIL ENGINEER'S DRAWINGS.

13.SOIL AMENDMENTS TO BE BASED ON SOIL REPORT RECOMMENDATIONS. THE FOLLOWING SOIL AMENDMENT RECOMMENDATIONSN ARE FOR BIDDING PURPOSES ONLY: APPLY SIX (6) CUBIC YARDS OF WELL COMPOSTED ORGANIC MATERIAL AND TWENTY-FIVE (25) POUNDS OF COMMERCIAL FERTILIZER 16-6-8 PER 1,000 SQUARE FEET OF PLANTING. TILL INTO THE SOIL A MINIMUM OF SIX (6) TO EIGHT (8) INCHES IN BOTH DIRECTIONS.

14.SHRUB AND TREE BACKFILL MIX: PER CUBIC YARD - 50% NATIVE SOIL, 25% COMPOST, 25% FINE SAND, 2 LBS.

OF 6-20-20 COMMERCIAL FERTILIZER (3 LBS. OF CALCIUM CARBONATE LIME, 3 LBS. OF DOLOMITE LIME) AND 1 LB. OF IRON SULFATE. REFER TO PLANTING DETAILS.

15.IN AREAS WHERE PAVING IS BEING REMOVED FOR A NEW/PROPOSED TREE WELL, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL

REMOVE THE EXCAVATED SOIL AND BACKFILL THE TREE WELL PLANTING PIT WITH CLASS 'A' TOPSOIL SUITABLE FOR PLANT GROWTH. AMEND PER NOTES.

16.PLANT TABLETS FOR PLANT PITS: SHALL BE AGRIFORM 20-10-5 AND 21 GRAMS OR ACCEPTED SUBSTITUTION.

AGRIFORM IS BY SIERRA CHEMICAL COMPANY. QUANTITIES SHALL BE:
1 TABLET FOR 1 GALLON CONTAINER PLANTS
3 TABLETS FOR 5 GALLON CONTAINER PLANTS
5 TABLETS FOR 15 GALLON CONTAINER PLANTS
1 TABLET FOR EACH ½" OF TRUNK DIAMETER OF SPECIMEN TREES PLANTING:

1.ALL PLANT MATERIALS SHALL BE APPROVED AT THE NURSERY OR BY PHOTO BY LANDSCAPE DESIGNER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. UNLESS OTHERWISE DIRECTED, ALL TREES TO BE TAGGED BY THE LANDSCAPE DESIGNER. CONTRACTOR SHALL GIVE LANDSCAPE DESIGNER FIVE (5) DAYS ADVANCE NOTICE PRIOR TO PLANTING TO ALLOW FOR SUFFICIENT TIME FOR LANDSCAPE DESIGNER TO APPROVE SELECTED MATERIALS.

2.CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE PHOTOS OF ALL PLANT MATERIAL WITH SCALE REFERENCE FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO DELIVERY AND INSTALLATION ON SITE.

3.PLANT MATERIAL SHALL NOT BE ROOT BOUND. FIVE (5) GALLON PLANTS AND LARGER SHALL HAVE BEEN GROWN IN CONTAINERS FOR A MIN. OF SIX (6) MONTHS AND A MAX. OF TWO (2) YEARS. PLANT MATERIALS SHALL EXHIBIT HEALTHY GROWTH AND BE FREE OF DISEASES AND PESTS.

4.PROVIDE MATCHING FORMS AND SIZES FOR ALL PALMS. ONLY A ONE (1) FOOT VARIANCE FROM SPECIFIED SIZE WILL BE PERMITTED.

5.PROVIDE LINEAR (NOT CIRCULAR) ROOT BARRIERS FOR ALL TREES IN TREE WELLS AND/OR WITHIN FIVE (5) FEET OF PAVING. CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS.

6.PLANT PITS SHALL BE TWICE THE SIZE OF THE ROOTBALL OR DESIGNATED NURSERY CONTAINER.

7.ALL TREES SHALL BE DOUBLE STAKED AND TIED USING CINCH TREE TIES (OR APPROVED EQUAL), UNLESS OTHERWISE DIRECTED.

8.DO NOT PRUNE NEWLY PLANTED TREES UNLESS DIRECTED BY THE LANDSCAPE DESIGNER.

9.CONTRACTOR SHALL APPLY A CONSISTENT LAYER OF MULCH TO ALL PLANTING AREAS, NO LESS THAN 3" IN THICKNESS. MULCH SHALL BE PULLED BACK 3" FROM THE BASE OF SHRUBS AND TREE CROWNS. MULCH SHALL BE 1/2" TO 1" SIZE BARK PIECES, BROWN COLOR, NOT BLACK OR RED.

GUARANTEE & MAINTENANCE PERIOD

1.CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN ALL PLANTINGS FOR A PERIOD OF NINETY (90) DAYS AFTER COMPLETION AND ACCEPTANCE BY LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT/DESIGNER. ALL AREAS SHALL BE KEPT CLEAN, WATERED AND WEED-FREE. THE MAINTENANCE PERIOD SHALL INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING SCOPE OF WORK:

A. WATERING OF ALL PLANT MATERIAL AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN & ESTABLISH PLANT HEALTH.

B. WEEDING AND REMOVAL OF ALL WEEDS
C. REPLACEMENT OF ANY DEAD, DYING, OR DAMAGED TREES, SHRUBS, OR GROUND COVERS.

D. FILLING AND REPLANTING OF ANY LOW AREAS WHICH MAY CAUSE STANDING WATER.

E. FILLING OF DEPLETED MULCH AREAS.

F.ADJUSTING OF SPRINKLER HEADS AND WATERING PATTERN.

H. WEEKLY REMOVAL OF ALL TRASH, LITTER, CLIPPINGS, AND ALL FOREIGN DEBRIS.

2.PRIOR TO END OF MAINTENANCE PERIOD, CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT OWNER AND ARRANGE FOR A FINAL WALK THROUGH. OWNER MUST ACCEPT ALL MAINTAINED AREAS IN WRITING PRIOR TO END OF MAINTENANCE PERIOD. OWNER SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ARRANGEMENTS FOR FUTURE MAINTENANCE AFTER MAINTENANCE PERIOD AND FINAL WALK THROUGH.

3.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL GUARANTEE ALL PLANT MATERIAL IN TERMS OF VIGOROUS GROWTH AND HEALTH FOR THE FOLLOWING TIME PERIODS: GROUND COVERS SHALL BE GUARANTEED FOR A PERIOD OF SIXTY (60) DAY, SHRUBS SHALL BE GUARANTEED FOR A PERIOD OF NINETY (90) DAYS, AND TREES SHALL BE GUARANTEED TO LIVE AND GROW IN AN ACCEPTABLE UPRIGHT POSITION FOR A PERIOD OF ONE (1) YEAR AFTER COMPLETION OF THE SPECIFIED MAINTENANCE PERIOD AND FINAL ACCEPTANCE.

4.THE CONTRACTOR HAS FIFTEEN (15) DAYS FROM THE TIME OF WRITTEN NOTIFICATION BY THE LANDSCAPE

ARCHITECT/DESIGNER TO REMOVE AND REPLACE ALL GUARANTEED PLANT MATERIALS AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT/DESIGNER SHALL BE THE SOLE JUDGE OF THE PLANT MATERIAL CONDITION. REPLACEMENT SHALL BE MADE WITH PLANT MATERIALS AS INDICATED OR SPECIFIED

ON THE ORIGINAL PLANS, AND ALL SUCH REPLACEMENT MATERIALS SHALL BE GUARANTEED FROM THE TIME OF REPLACEMENT AS SPECIFIED FOR THE ORIGINAL MATERIAL GUARANTEE.

TREE PLANTING
SCALE: N.T.S.1SHRUB PLANTING
SCALE: N.T.S.2

GROUNDCOVER PLANTING
SCALE: N.T.S.
3 ON-CENTER TRIANGULAR PLANT SPACING
SCALE: N.T.S.
4 17-187-

P_NAMEP_SIZE
DESIGNED BY:

CHECKED BY:

DRAWN BY:

PREPARED UNDER THE SUPERVISION OF:

APPROVED:

DATE

C I T Y O F B E L L F L O W E R

R E F E R E N C E S
NUMBER APP'V'D R.C.E. No. C48193 (Exp. 6-30-22)

ALONDRA TRABUCO BUTTERFLY PARK

R E V I S I O N S

DATE INITIALS DESCRIPTION
Sheet of 18
PARK PLAN AND GENERAL NOTES S-1.0
1718 of 19-188-

DESIGNED BY:

CHECKED BY:

DRAWN BY:

PREPARED UNDER THE SUPERVISION OF:

APPROVED:

DATE

C I T Y O F B E L L F L O W E R

R E F E R E N C E S
NUMBER APP'V'D R.C.E. No. C48193 (Exp. 6-30-22)

ALONDRA TRABUCO BUTTERFLY PARK

R E V I S I O N S

DATE INITIALS DESCRIPTION
Sheet of 18
PEDESTRIAN BRIDGE DETAILS S-2.1
1819 of 19-189-